You are on page 1of 865

RAN

V900R013C00

Feature Activation Guide
Issue

11

Date

2013-05-29

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address:

Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

support@huawei.com

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

About This Document
Purpose
This document provides guidelines for enabling or disabling a feature after initial configuration.
Based on the activation, verification, and deactivation of a feature in the feature list, the
guidelines aim to ensure that the feature is available on the network.
This document describes how to activate a license and configure a feature in RAN.
NOTE

The BSC6900 is used as an example to describe the network controller in this document.

Product Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document.
Product Name

Product Version

BSC6900

V900R013C00

NodeB

V100R013

NodeB

V200R013

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l

Technical support engineers

l

Maintenance engineers

l

Field engineers

l

Network optimization engineers

Organization
1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This chapter describes the changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide.
2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide
RANFeatures are classified into basic and optional features. Basic features are not licensecontrolled and therefore do not require license activation before use. Some optional features are
license-controlled and therefore require license activation before use. If the Configuration
Method column for a basic feature in the RAN basic feature list is None, enabling this feature
does not involve any configurations. If the Configuration Method column for an optional feature
in the RAN optional feature list is None, this feature is enabled once it is activated.
3 Activating the UMTS License
In the case of certain UMTS features, a license control item is defined for each feature. The
license control item of a feature must be activated before the configuration and use of the feature.
The license control items related to the RNC can be activated on the M2000 or RNC LMT,
whereas those related to the NodeB can be activated only on the M2000.
4 Configuring 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer
Establishment and Release
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010510
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release.
5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010501
Conversational QoS Class.
6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010502
Streaming QoS Class.
7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010503
Interactive QoS Class.
8 Configuring Background QoS Class
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010504
Background QoS Class.
9 Configuring Emergency Call
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021104
Emergency Call.
10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210604
2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity.
11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010205
Cell Digital Combination and Split.
12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH,
CELL_FACH)
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010202
UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH, CELL_FACH).
13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH State (Type 1)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010301
Paging UE in Idle, CELL_PCH, URA_PCH State (Type 1).
14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_DCH State (Type 2)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010302
Paging UE in CELL_FACH, CELL_DCH State (Type 2).
15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021101
Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC).
16 Configuring Integrity Protection
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011401
Integrity Protection.
17 Configuring Encryption
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011402
Encryption.
18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020501
Open Loop Power Control.
19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020502
Downlink Power Balance.
20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020503
Outer Loop Power Control.
21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020504
Inner Loop Power Control.
22 Configuring Admission Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020101
Admission Control.
23 Configuring Load Measurement
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020102
Load Measurement.
24 Configuring Load Reshuffling
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020106
Load Reshuffling.
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

25 Configuring Overload Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020107
Overload Control.
26 Configuring Code Resource Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020108
Code Resource Management.
27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021301
Shared Network Support in Connected Mode.
28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020201
Intra NodeB Softer Handover.
29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020202
Intra RNC Soft Handover.
30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020203
Inter RNC Soft Handover.
31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020301
Intra Frequency Hard Handover.
32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010801
Intra RNC Cell Update.
33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010802
Inter RNC Cell Update.
34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010901
Intra RNC URA Update.
35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010902
Inter RNC URA Update.
36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021400
Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR).
37 Configuring NodeB Clock
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210501
NodeB Clock.
38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030104
Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface.
39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030105
Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic.
40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030106
Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth.
41 Configuring CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, UBR ATM QoS Classes
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature
"WRFD-05030107 CBR, rt-VBR, nrt-VBR, UBR ATM QoS Classes".
42 Configuring F5
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030110
F5.
43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-050305
UBR+ ATM QoS Class".
44 Configuring Flow Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040100
Flow Control.
45 Configuring BOOTP
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031100
BOOTP. In ATM transport mode, the NodeB can automatically set up the OM channel with the
BSC6900 by using the BOOTSTRAP Protocol (BOOTP) function.
46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031101
NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode.
47 Configuring License Control for Urgency
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040300
License Control for Urgency.
48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031000
Intelligently Out of Service.
49 Configuring OCNS
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031200
OCNS (Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator).
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031400
Power Off the Equipment Level by Level.
51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031500
Solar Power Device Management.
52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210601
Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier).
53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210602
Remote Electrical Tilt.
54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-060003
Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz).
55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010615
Multiple RAB Package.
56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061501 Combination of Two PS Services.
57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061502 Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services.
58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061503 Combination of Three PS Services.
59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061504 Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services.
60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061505 Combination of Four PS Services.
61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010610
HSDPA Introduction Package.
62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell.
63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.
64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF).
65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation.
66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061004 HSDPA Power Control.
67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061003 HSDPA Admission Control.
68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control.
69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management.
70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28.
71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service.
72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010629
16QAM Modulation.
73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010631
Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB.
74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

viii

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010611
HSDPA Enhanced Package.
75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR.
76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition.
77 Configuring HSDPA DRD
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061112 HSDPA DRD.
78 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010630
Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA.
79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010651
HSDPA over Iur.
80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010652
SRB over HSDPA.
81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-030010
CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target.
82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010612
HSUPA Introduction Package.
83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control.
84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061203 HSUPA Power Control.
85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management.
86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC.
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell.
88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061401 E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH).
89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI.
90 Configuring HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover.
91 Configuring HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User.
92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010632
Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA.
93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010634
60 HSUPA Users per Cell.
94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010635
HSUPA over Iur.
95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010636
SRB over HSUPA.
96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010641
HSUPA Adaptive Transmission.
97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010690
TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage.
98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020138
HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation.
99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

x

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010712
Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA .
100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010637
HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion.
101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010638
Dynamic CE Resource Management.
102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010680
HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User.
103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010681
HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User.
104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010685
Downlink Enhanced L2.
105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010688
Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH.
106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010701
Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH.
107 Configuring Enhanced DRX
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010702
Enhanced DRX.
108 Configuring MIMO Prime
This chapter describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-030011
MIMO Prime.
109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010689
HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User.
110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010683
Downlink 64QAM.
111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010684
2x2 MIMO. Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) is a multi-antenna technology, which
enables multiple antennas to receive and transmit data. This increases the data transmission rate.
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010693
DL 64QAM+MIMO.
113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010700
Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA.
114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010704
Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection.
115 Configuring CPC - DTX /DRX
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010686
CPC - DTX /DRX.
116 Configuring CPC - HS-SCCH less operation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010687
CPC - HS-SCCH less operation.
117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010653
96 HSDPA Users per Cell.
118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA Users per Cell.
119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010654
128 HSDPA Users per Cell.
120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010670
128 HSUPA Users per Cell.
121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010691
HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation.
122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020137
Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation.
123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020136
Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.
124 Configuring HSUPA FDE
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xii

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010692
HSUPA FDE.
125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010694
Uplink 16QAM.
126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010697
E-DPCCH Boosting.
127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbit/s per User
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010698
HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbit/s per User.
128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010695
UL Layer 2 Improvement.
129 Configuring DC-HSDPA
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010696
DC-HSDPA.
130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier
In Multi-carrier
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010713
Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier.
131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010699
DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial).
132 Configuring Queuing and Pre-Emption
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010505
Queuing and Pre-Emption.
133 Configuring Access Class Restriction
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021103
Access Class Restriction.
134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050424
Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources.
135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020806
Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight.
136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020132
Web browsing acceleration.
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020133
P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour.
138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020135
Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management.
139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020302
Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage.
140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020304
Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS.
141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02060501 SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved).
142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02060502 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover.
143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02060503 SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update.
144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020303
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage.
145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020309
Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS.
146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020307
Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO.
147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020308
Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO.
148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02030801 NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change).
149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiv

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS.
150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020126
Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. For details about how to configure this feature on
the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.
151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020129
Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial).
152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020103
Inter Frequency Load Balance.
153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020305
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service.
154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020306
Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load.
155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020400
DRD Introduction Package.
156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02040001 Intra System Direct Retry.
157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry.
158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect.
159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-02040004 Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup.
160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance
This section describes how to activate and verify the optional feature WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT
Redirection Based on Distance.
161 Configuring Measurement Based Direct Retry
This section describes how to activate, verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020402
Measurement Based Direct Retry.
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

About This Document

162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020500
Enhanced Fast Dormancy.
163 Configuring Cell Barring
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021102
Cell Barring.
164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020310
3G/2G Common Load Management.
165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010506
RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface.
166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010507
Rate Negotiation at Admission Control.
167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020120
Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup.
168 Configuring TCP Accelerator
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020123
TCP Accelerator.
169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020124
Uplink Flow Control of User Plane.
170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020130
Videophone Service Restriction.
171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011502
Active Queue Management (AQM).
172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020128
Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service.
173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020131
Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness.
174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xvi

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS. verify. verify. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020116 Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO. 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+.. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020118 Energy Efficiency Improved. 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band). 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load This section describes how to activate. Ltd. xvii . 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers This section describes how to activate. 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup This section describes how to activate. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast. 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020121 Intelligent Power Management. verify. verify. 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO This section describes how to activate. 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved This section describes how to activate. 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup. verify. 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ This section describes how to activate. verify. 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management This section describes how to activate.

196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010619 CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061703 Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA. 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130401 Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator. 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator This section describes how to activate. xviii . 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ This section describes how to activate.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA This section describes how to activate. verify. 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020807 Iupc Interface for LCS service. verify. verify.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020805 Configuring LCS over Iur. 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC). verify. verify. verify. 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) This section describes how to activate. 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020804 LCS Classified Zones. 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zones This section describes how to activate. 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA This section describes how to activate. verify. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020802 OTDOA Based LCS. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS. 195 Configuring LCS over Iur This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010618 IMS Signaling over HSPA.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD02130403 Mobility Control and Service Differentiation. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131104 MOCN Load Balance. 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. verify. 211 Configuring Iu Flex This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130402 Flexible Network Architecture. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131101 Carrier Sharing by Operators. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131106 Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate. verify. xix . verify. 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131102 Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators. verify. verify. verify. 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance This section describes how to activate. Ltd. 204 Configuring IMSI Based Handover This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021311 MOCN (Multi-Operator Core Network) Introduction Package. verify. 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021303 IMSI Based Handover. 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021302 Iu Flex. 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators This section describes how to activate. verify. 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02131103 MOCN Mobility Management. 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130501 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control. 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02130404 Independent License Control.. 201 Configuring Independent License Control This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify.

verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061605 MBMS Transport Resource Management. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061608 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS. 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management This section describes how to activate.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management This section describes how to activate. 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020160 Enhanced Multiband Management. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061603 MBMS Load Control. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050104 Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface. Ltd.. 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management This section describes how to activate. 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control This section describes how to activate. 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066001 MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode. verify. 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. verify. 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control This section describes how to activate. 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021306 Iu Flex Load Distribution Management. 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061606 Streaming Service on MBMS. verify. verify. 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061602 MBMS Admission Control. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050108 Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface. verify. 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS This section describes how to activate. verify. xx . 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS This section describes how to activate.

235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface This section describes how to activate. verify. Ltd. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066004 Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users. 234 Configuring One Tunnel This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010627 FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066002 MBMS P2P over HSDPA. verify..RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate. 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics This section describes how to activate. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling This section describes how to activate. 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010665 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics. 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) This section describes how to activate. xxi . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010663 MSCH Scheduling. 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify. 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020111 One Tunnel. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010626 MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion). 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010661 MBMS over Iur. 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. 226 Configuring Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010662 Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01066003 MBMS Admission Enhancement. 228 Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) This section describes how to activate. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050403 Hybrid Iub IP Transmission. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface. verify. verify.

245 Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050106 AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB. verify. verify. Ltd. verify. 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050422 Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP. 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB This section describes how to activate. verify.. 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050425 Ethernet OAM. verify. 244 Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate. 248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB. 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission This section describes how to activate. 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB This section describes how to activate. 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050420 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission. 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050107 IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050105 ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission. xxii . 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP This section describes how to activate. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050501 Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB. and deactivate the feature WRFD-050412 UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission.

verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance. verify. 253 Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity This section describes how to activate. verify. verify. verify. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate. xxiii . 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. verify. 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) This section describes how to activate. verify. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy This section describes how to activate. verify. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell. verify. 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-040203 RRU Redundancy. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-040202 RNC Node Redundancy. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020105 Potential User Control. verify. 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity This section describes how to activate. 260 Configuring Potential User Control This section describes how to activate. verify. 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) This section describes how to activate. 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011500 PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010206 High Speed Access. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021308 Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km. 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell This section describes how to activate.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050502 Synchronous Ethernet. 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure). 255 Configuring High Speed Access This section describes how to activate. Transmit diversity enables the NodeB to provide twice the number of RF DL channels compared with no transmit diversity.

verify. 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing(UMTS) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g. verify. 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate..RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. improving frequency utilization. 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB). This feature enables the spectrum resources to be dynamically shared between the GSM and UMTS networks based on their traffic load. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020127 Warning of Disaster. verify. verify. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020134 Push to Talk. With this feature. 268 Configuring RNC offload (trial) This section describes how to activate. Ltd. 267 Configuring Push to Talk This section describes how to activate. 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster This section describes how to activate. verify. xxiv . verify. 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side. 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. verify. verify. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS). and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221802GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing(UMTS). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-012001 RNC offload (trial). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g. 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g. the RNC can send some PS service data directly to Internet over the offload Gi interface. 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier This section describes how to activate.

data loss.. xxv .0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS). if not avoided. verify. Boldface Names of files. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221601 Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB). log in as user root. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Symbol Description Indicates a hazard with a high level or medium level of risk which. Convention Description Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman. Italic Book titles are in italics. folders. performance deterioration. Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document This section describes how to activate. General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. if not avoided. Indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which. Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New. 274 Configuring 2. and users are in boldface. Ltd. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that. Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. could result in death or serious injury. and deactivate the optional feature MRFD-221703 2. if not avoided. could result in minor or moderate injury. directories. For example. could result in equipment damage. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text. or unanticipated results. Conventions Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. verify.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) This section describes how to activate.

[ x | y | . For example.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Italic Command arguments are in italics. window. Ltd. } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. Convention Description Boldface Buttons. { x | y | . A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected. choose File > Create > Folder. One item is selected or no item is selected. parameters.. press Enter and press Tab.. GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows... tabs.. [] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional. Key 1. For example.. click OK. Key 2 Press the keys in turn. Format Description Key Press the key. Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. A means the two keys should be pressed in turn. For example. Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. For example. [ x | y | . Several items or no item can be selected. }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected. pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. { x | y | . ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars.RAN Feature Activation Guide About This Document Convention Description Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface. > Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. and dialog titles are in boldface. menus. xxvi . Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.. pressing Alt. For example.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position. xxvii . Ltd. Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) About This Document Action Description Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer.

..................................................................................................................... CELL_DCH State (Type 2)............................76 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC)..........................................................................................59 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class................................................51 4 Configuring 3..............................9 3 Activating the UMTS License......................................62 8 Configuring Background QoS Class........................... URA_PCH................................................................................................................91 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance............................71 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle.................................................................3 Allocating a License to NodeBs...................................53 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class ...............49 3.................................................................................................................56 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class................... CELL_PCH...................................................................... CELL_FACH)....................2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release.............................................................1 Activating the BSC6900 License...............78 16 Configuring Integrity Protection...........................2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators........................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents Contents About This Document...........................6/27....................................................................................................................................................................................1 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide................................................................................ii 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide..........8/13.................................................94 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Ltd........................................................................73 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH.......48 3................................................66 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity.................64 9 Configuring Emergency Call..............................................................................................................................................................69 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH..................... xxviii ......................... CELL_PCH....................................................................87 17 Configuring Encryption......96 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.............................. URA_PCH State (Type 1)....50 3............................................89 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control...67 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split......4/6..............

...........................151 44 Configuring Flow Control...........................................................................................167 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..............................................................130 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update....................................157 46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode...................153 45 Configuring BOOTP.......................163 49 Configuring OCNS............................................114 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover................110 26 Configuring Code Resource Management........................................ Ltd.....143 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth....................................................................................................141 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic.............................................................................................................. rt-VBR.............................161 48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service......133 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) ..........................159 47 Configuring License Control for Urgency............................................145 41 Configuring CBR......125 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update...............138 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface....................128 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update...........................................................................................165 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level..............................................................................................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control ....................104 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling....................................................................................................................................................................117 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover...........................................99 22 Configuring Admission Control......................... UBR ATM QoS Classes...............................................................106 25 Configuring Overload Control...................................................................................................................................121 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover.......................... xxix ..119 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover...123 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................149 43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class................................................................................................................................101 23 Configuring Load Measurement..........................147 42 Configuring F5........................................................................................................................................................................................................................112 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode................................................................................................................... nrt-VBR..........................................135 37 Configuring NodeB Clock....................................................................

.................200 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control ................................................169 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier)................................................................................ xxx ..........................................................................................................................................198 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation..................... and PF)......231 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA...........................................................................171 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt.....................223 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition.............190 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package.............................................................217 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package...................................................................182 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services.174 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz)..............................................229 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur.............188 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services.....................................................................233 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co........................................................212 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service.........................................................................186 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services...........215 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB...............................................192 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell............................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management........210 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28..............................................207 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management..........................................................................................................................213 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation.....................................197 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I.................................202 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control.....................................................................................................225 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD..............................................................................................................................................................195 63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex...................................................................................184 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services.................................................................204 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control................221 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR..........................................................................................................227 78 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA.............................................................................................................................................180 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services......................... Ltd................177 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package............................................................... RR...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................................253 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................309 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...... xxxi ...........................................306 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM............................................................................237 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package...............................................................................................................251 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH)......266 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA....................285 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management..................................289 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User.......................................................................................258 91 Configuring HSUPA 5.................272 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation..........................................................................................................................287 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User..260 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA................291 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2..................................................................................298 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX.............247 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC............................................................................................................................................................................................303 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User......................................239 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control..................................242 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control .....................................................293 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH.................................270 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ltd........................................................................................245 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management...........................74Mbps per User..........................296 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH..................................264 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur.......................................................262 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell..................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target........255 90 Configuring HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover.............................................................................268 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission....................................276 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA .............................................249 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell...............300 108 Configuring MIMO Prime.............................................................................278 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion..................................................

...............................................................................346 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation .......................................................................................358 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting......337 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell.....................................................................................................................................................................................385 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction ......................................................................................312 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO................................................................................................................................398 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour.................. Ltd......................................................................................................................339 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell..........................................................5Mbit/s per User...........331 116 Configuring CPC ..........387 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources.............................................................344 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation...........................352 124 Configuring HSUPA FDE.............374 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier...........................................................................................356 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM.....................................................................................392 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration...............................................................390 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight..............................................................................HS-SCCH less operation...................................................................................381 132 Configuring Queuing and Pre-Emption.........................................................................401 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management.....................................................................................379 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial)........................341 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell...............................................................404 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage....................................................................................................370 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA..................DTX /DRX....328 115 Configuring CPC ............................................................................................................408 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.............................................................320 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier..................................................................349 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.......................................................334 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell.367 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement.323 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection.................................. xxxii ..................361 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.........................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................439 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1...........................................................463 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup.....RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS..............441 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) ....................................... Ltd.........................494 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co......................................................453 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package..................................................435 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change)..................412 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved)....................480 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management...420 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update..................................427 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS...............461 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect.......437 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS..433 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2............................................................................................................................................................................................448 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service...............................................................................................................................486 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control.......................................................................................................................430 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO ................................................................445 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance..................................415 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover............467 161 Configuring Measurement Based Direct Retry...................................................................................484 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface..................................................................................................................451 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load....................................................488 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup.................................... xxxiii ..................................................................456 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................458 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry............................................................470 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy.............492 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator................................472 163 Configuring Cell Barring......................424 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage.......................................465 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance..................................................................

..........................................................509 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast.......................................................................589 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service.............................................................586 195 Configuring LCS over Iur...................................539 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control.....................506 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service................................................................................................................522 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers........531 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup...............................526 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved...................................................................................................503 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness..............601 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..........................................................................................................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane................529 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS.................534 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management........................................................................595 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package..................................................567 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS............................................................................................................................................................................524 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load...........................................550 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA......................................................................................................563 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS..............578 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zones...........537 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band).................................499 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM).....................542 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission...........................................................560 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+.................557 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC).......................................................................................................................................................501 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service.........................................496 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction...............555 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA...........519 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO............ xxxiv .....575 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS.............................................................................................................................................................................................................546 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+............................598 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator.... Ltd..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................668 226 Configuring Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users ........................................................................................................................................666 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement............................................................................604 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation....................................662 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................652 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control................................................................................625 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management........617 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators............................654 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management.....................632 211 Configuring Iu Flex.....................................658 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS................664 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA.........................................................630 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion.......606 201 Configuring Independent License Control.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................647 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package........................ Ltd..........................................................................................................................635 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management........611 204 Configuring IMSI Based Handover.......................................................................645 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface.....................................................................670 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS................................... xxxv ............................608 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2......................................................656 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS........672 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.............649 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control......................................................622 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators...............................................................638 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management................................................................................642 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface..........................................................610 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control...660 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2................RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture....................................................................................................................615 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package.........628 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance...........................................

......................708 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission.............RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 228 Configuring MBMS FLC(Frequency Layer Convergence)/FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) .......................................................................................................................................... xxxvi ...............................................................748 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...............................746 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell ....702 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface...................................729 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy............................................................714 244 Configuring ATM Switching-Based Hub NodeB...........................................................742 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km......................................................690 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission..............................................................................................................................................................................................................687 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface...............................................................................680 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics...........................716 245 Configuring AAL2 Switching-Based Hub NodeB...................................................706 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP........................ Ltd...........................................................................................................................................................682 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC)......678 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling..........................................................710 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission...........................................722 248 Configuring Clock Synchronization on Ethernet in NodeB......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................696 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB.............674 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur.......................................................684 234 Configuring One Tunnel......699 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface.....................................................................................720 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM.....731 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy.........................................................................740 253 Configuring 4-Antenna Receive Diversity...................................................................................738 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity.............744 255 Configuring High Speed Access..........704 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission..............................................................................................................718 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB...................................676 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH...................726 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet.........................................................................................................................................................

....................780 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS)................................................................825 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co............................771 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster..........................................................................................767 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g..............................................................810 273.................................................................774 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier...........................................................................1 Configuring GSM and UMTS Common Reference Clock.......................................................................................................................798 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB)................760 262 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g......................811 273.776 267 Configuring Push to Talk........................................750 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure)......................................................778 268 Configuring RNC offload (trial).........2 Configuring IP-Based UMTS and LTE Co-Transmission on Base Station Side...........RAN Feature Activation Guide Contents 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507)...........................................................755 260 Configuring Potential User Control....................................784 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing(UMTS)...................................... xxxvii ............................................................................752 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance....758 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g ............................2 Configuring UMTS and LTE Common Reference Clock.............................................................................................................................................................................................................764 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g....................................................................................................................818 274 Configuring 2......................................................................................0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS)....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................787 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode Co-Transmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) ...........792 271.........1 Configuring IP-Based GSM and UMTS Co-Transmission on Base Station Side.............................804 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB)........791 271......................................................... Ltd...........................

this issue does not include any new topics. 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA The activation procedure is changed. 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling The context and the activation procedure are changed. this issue incorporates the following changes: Content Description 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell The activation procedure is changed. 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell The activation procedure is changed. 11 (2013-05-29) This is the eleventh commercial release of V900R013C00.this issue does not exclude any topics. Ltd. Compared with issue 10 (2013-01-28).. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell The activation procedure is changed. Compared with issue 10 (2013-01-28).RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide This chapter describes the changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide. 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance The activation procedure is changed. 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS The activation procedure and the deactivation procedure are changed. 1 . Compared with issue 10 (2013-01-28). 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package The activation procedure is changed.

Ltd. 132 Configuring Queuing and PreEmption The verification procedure is changed.74Mbps per User The activation procedure is changed. 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance The activation procedure is changed. 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) The verification procedure is changed. Compared with issue 08 (2012-06-25). 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage The activation procedure is changed. Compared with issue 09 (2012-09-17).RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide 10 (2013-01-28) This is the tenth commercial release of V900R013C00. 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO The context is changed. 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission The prerequisite is changed. Compared with issue 09 (2012-09-17). 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM +MIMO The prerequisite is changed. 91 Configuring HSUPA 5. 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH The prerequisite is changed. this issue incorporates the following changes: Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator The prerequisite is changed.this issue does not exclude any topics. this issue does not include any new topics. 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission The activation procedure is changed. 09 (2012-09-17) This is the ninth commercial release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue 09 (2012-09-17). this issue includes the following topics: l Configuring HS-DPCCH Preamble Support Compared with issue 08 (2012-06-25). this issue incorporates the following changes: Content Description 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction The verification procedure is changed. 2 . 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management The verification procedure is changed..

214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface The procedure is changed. 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface The task example is changed. Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 84 Mbit/s per User The task example is changed. 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA The task example is changed. 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover The procedure is changed. 25 Configuring Overload Control The procedure is changed. 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell The procedure is changed. 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User The task example is changed. 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell The procedure is changed. 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package The procedure is changed. Ltd. 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS The procedure is changed. 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell The procedure is changed.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide Content Description 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update The procedure is changed.. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy The procedure is changed. 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) The task example is changed. 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH The procedure is changed. 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage The procedure is changed. 3 . 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management The procedure is changed. 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User The task example is changed. 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell The procedure is changed.

101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management The procedure is changed. 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS The task example and the procedure are changed. 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage The verification procedure is optimized.this issue does not exclude any topics. 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy The procedure is changed. 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI The activation procedure is optimized. 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) The activation procedure is optimized. 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control The procedure is changed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide Content Description 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS The procedure is changed.. 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) The activation procedure is optimized. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD The procedure is changed. 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage The procedure is changed. Configuring Link aggregation The procedure is changed. Compared with issue 07 (2012-03-30). 08 (2012-06-25) This is the eighth commercial release of V900R013C00. this issue incorporates the following changes: Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Content Description 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control The activation procedure is optimized. 4 . this issue includes the following topics: l Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 84 Mbit/s per User Compared with issue 07 (2012-03-30). Ltd. Compared with issue 08 (2012-06-25). 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g The procedure is changed.

121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation The dependencies on NodeB Hardware is changed.this issue does not exclude any topics. Compared with issue 06 (2012-02-27). 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation The dependencies on NodeB Hardware is changed.. 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight The activation procedure is optimized. 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI The activation procedure is optimized. 108 Configuring MIMO Prime The activation procedure is optimized. Compared with issue 06 (2012-02-27). Compared with issue 07 (2012-03-30). Compared with issue 05 (2012-01-05).this issue does not exclude any topics.RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide Content Description 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy The activation procedure is optimized. 06 (2012-02-27) This is the sixth commercial release of V900R013C00. Ltd. 07 (2012-03-30) This is the seventh commercial release of V900R013C00. 5 . this issue does not include any new topics. Compared with issue 06 (2012-02-27). and the configuration of DC-HSDPA and MIMO is added. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target The verification procedure is optimized. this issue incorporates the following changes: Content Description 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection The limit that WRFD-010704 Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection cannot be used together with WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA +MIMO is deleted from prerequisites. this issue does not include any new topics. 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA The activation procedure is optimized. 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA The activation procedure is optimized.

03 (2011-08-31) This is the third commercial release of V900R013C00.this issue does not exclude any topics. this issue includes the following new topics: l Configuring Link aggregation Compared with issue 04 (2011-10-10). Ltd. 05 (2012-01-05) This is the fifth commercial release of V900R013C00..RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide Compared with issue 05 (2012-01-05). 6 . Compared with issue 02 (2011-07-11). Compared with issue 03 (2011-08-31). this issue incorporates the following changes: Content Description 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target The activation procedure is optimized. Compared with issue 02 (2011-07-11). this issue does not incorporate any changes. this issue does not exclude any topics. Compared with issue 03 (2011-08-31). this issue does not include any new topics. 04 (2011-10-10) This is the fourth commercial release of V900R013C00. this issue does not exclude any topics. Compared with issue 04 (2011-10-10). this issue incorporates the following changes: Content Description 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy The activation procedure is optimized. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Compared with issue 04 (2011-10-10). Compared with issue 02 (2011-07-11). Compared with issue 03 (2011-08-31). this issue does not include any new topics. this issue incorporates the following changes: Content Description 267 Configuring Push to Talk The activation procedure is optimized. Compared with issue 05 (2012-01-05). this issue does not exclude any topics.

this issue includes the following new topics: l 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration l 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour l 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface l 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface l 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface Compared with issue Draft A (2011-01-31). this issue does not exclude any topics. this issue does not incorporate any changes. Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-21). Draft A (2011-01-31) This is the Draft A release of V900R013C00. 01 (2011-04-25) This is the first commercial release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue Draft A (2011-01-31). this issue includes the following new topics: l 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-21). Compared with issue 06 (2010-11-30) of V900R012C01. Draft B (2011-03-21) This is the Draft B release of V900R013C00. Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-25). this issue does not incorporate any changes. Ltd. Compared with issue Draft B (2011-03-21).RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide 02 (2011-07-11) This is the second commercial release of V900R013C00.. this issue does not exclude any topics. 7 . Compared with issue Draft A (2011-01-31). this issue includes the following new topics: l 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target l 108 Configuring MIMO Prime Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-25). this issue does not incorporate any changes. this issue includes the following new topics: l 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation l 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA l 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH l 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX l 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection l 122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. this issue does not exclude any topics. Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-25).

Ltd. Compared with issue 06 (2010-11-30) of V900R012C01.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) Compared with issue 06 (2010-11-30) of V900R012C01. 8 . this issue does not exclude any topics.RAN Feature Activation Guide 1 Changes in the RAN Feature Activation Guide l 123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA l 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting l 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.. this issue does not incorporate any changes.5Mbit/s per User l 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier l 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) l 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management l 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) l 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness l 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS l 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management l 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion l 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell l 267 Configuring Push to Talk l 268 Configuring RNC offload (trial) l 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing(UMTS) l 274 Configuring 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

enabling this feature does not involve any configurations. Some optional features are license-controlled and therefore require license activation before use.1 None WRFD-000004 System Improvement for RAN10. 9 .1 None WRFD-000007 System Improvement for RAN12. Basic features are not licensecontrolled and therefore do not require license activation before use.0 None WRFD-000006 System Improvement for RAN11. Ltd.0 None WRFD-010101 3GPP R9 Specifications None WRFD-010102 Operating Multi-band None Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Table 2-2 lists the RAN optional features..0 None WRFD-000003 System Improvement for RAN6. this feature is enabled once it is activated.0 None WRFD-000008 System Improvement for RAN13. Table 2-1 lists the RAN basic features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Overview of Feature Activation Guide RANFeatures are classified into basic and optional features. If the Configuration Method column for an optional feature in the RAN optional feature list is None.0 None WRFD-000005 System Improvement for RAN11. If the Configuration Method column for a basic feature in the RAN basic feature list is None.1 None WRFD-000002 System Improvement for RAN6. Table 2-1 RAN Basic Feature List Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method WRFD-000001 System Improvement for RAN5.

10 . CELL-FACH) 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. CELL-PCH. CELL_FACH) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.8/13.6/27.8/13. URA-PCH.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release 4 Configuring 3. Ltd..4/6.6/27.4/6.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method WRFD-010201 FDD Mode None WRFD-010510 3. URA_PCH. CELL_PCH.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release WRFD-010501 Conversational QoS Class 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS Class 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS Class 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class WRFD-010504 Background QoS Class 8 Configuring Background QoS Class WRFD-010609 Multiple RAB Introduction Package (PS RAB < 2) None WRFD-01060901 Combination of Two CS Services (Except for Two AMR Speech Services) None WRFD-01060902 Combination of One CS Service and One PS Service None WRFD-01060903 Combination of Two CS Services and One PS Service (Except for Two AMR Speech Services) None WRFD-021104 Emergency Call 9 Configuring Emergency Call MRFD-210604 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity WRFD-010205 Cell Digital Combination and Split 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split WRFD-010208 Fast Power Congestion Control (FCC) None WRFD-010211 Active TX Chain Gain Calibration None WRFD-010202 UE State in Connected Mode (CELL-DCH.

URA_PCH State (Type 1) WRFD-010302 Paging UE in CELL_FACH. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) WRFD-020900 Logical Channel Management None WRFD-021000 Transport Channel Management None WRFD-022000 Physical Channel Management None WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) WRFD-011401 Integrity Protection 16 Configuring Integrity Protection WRFD-011402 Encryption 17 Configuring Encryption WRFD-020501 Open Loop Power Control 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control WRFD-020502 Downlink Power Balance 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control WRFD-020504 Inner Loop Power Control 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control WRFD-020101 Admission Control 22 Configuring Admission Control WRFD-020102 Load Measurement 23 Configuring Load Measurement WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling WRFD-020107 Overload Control 25 Configuring Overload Control WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management 26 Configuring Code Resource Management Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CELL_PCH. CELL_PCH. URA_PCH State (Type 1) 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH.. Ltd. 11 .RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method WRFD-010401 System Information Broadcasting None WRFD-010301 Paging UE in Idle.

12 . Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method WRFD-021301 Shared Network Support in Connected Mode 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode MRFD-210104 BSC/RNC Resource Sharing None WRFD-020201 Intra NodeB Softer Handover 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover WRFD-020202 Intra NodeB Softer Handover 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover WRFD-010801 Intra RNC Cell Update 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update WRFD-010802 Inter RNC Cell Update 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update WRFD-010901 Intra RNC URA Update 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update WRFD-010902 Inter RNC URA Update 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update WRFD-021400 Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) MRFD-210204 Star Topology None MRFD-210205 Chain Topology None MRFD-210206 Tree Topology None MRFD-210501 NodeB Clock 37 Configuring NodeB Clock MRFD-210502 RNC Clock None WRFD-050301 ATM Transmission Introduction Package None WRFD-05030101 ATM over E1T1 on Iub Interface None WRFD-05030102 ATM over Channelized STM-1/OC-3 on Iub Interface None Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

rt-VBR.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method WRFD-05030103 ATM over Non-channelized STM-1/OC-3c on Iub/Iu/Iur Interface None WRFD-05030104 Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/ IuCS/Iur Interface WRFD-05030105 Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic WRFD-05030106 Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth WRFD-05030107 CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes 41 Configuring CBR.. rtVBR. nrt-VBR. Ltd. UBR ATM QoS Classes WRFD-05030110 F5 42 Configuring F5 WRFD-050304 IMA for E1T1 or Channelized STM-1/OC-3 on Iub Interface None WRFD-050305 UBR+ ATM QoS Class 43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class MRFD-210103 Link aggregation Configuring Link aggregation WRFD-040100 Flow Control 44 Configuring Flow Control WRFD-040101 DPU Board Replaced without Service Interrupt in RNC None MRFD-210101 System Redundancy None MRFD-210102 Operate System Security Management None MRFD-210302 Performance Management None MRFD-210304 Fault Management None MRFD-210303 Inventory Management None MRFD-210301 Configuration Management None MRFD-210305 Security Management None MRFD-210801 Interface Tracing None Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. nrt-VBR. 13 .

. Ltd. 14 .RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method MRFD-210802 Call Tracing None MRFD-210401 RNC Software Management None MRFD-210402 NodeB Software Management None MRFD-210310 NodeB Software USB Download None WRFD-031100 BOOTP 45 Configuring BOOTP WRFD-031101 NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode 46 Configuring NodeB Selfdiscovery Based on IP Mode WRFD-031102 NodeB Remote Selfconfiguration None WRFD-031103 NodeB Self-test None MRFD-210403 License Management None WRFD-040300 License Control for Urgency 47 Configuring License Control for Urgency MRFD-210309 DBS Topology Maintenance None WRFD-031000 Intelligently Out of Service 48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service WRFD-031200 OCNS 49 Configuring OCNS WRFD-031400 Power off the equipment level by level 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level WRFD-031500 Solar Power Device Management 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management WRFD-021404 Single IP Address for NodeB None WRFD-020406 Intelligent Power Measurement None WRFD-010212 Improved CE Mapping for EDCH None MRFD-210701 Documentation None MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

. 15 . Ltd. Configuration Method WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ VoIP over HSPA Introduction Pakage BSC6900 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ WRFD-010617 01 RAB Mapping VoIP over HSPA Introduction Pakage BSC6900 None WRFD-010617 03 Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA VoIP over HSPA Introduction Pakage BSC6900 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA WRFD-010618 IMS Signaling over HSPA IMS Signaling over HSPA BSC6900 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) PDCP ROHC Function BSC6900 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) WRFD-010619 CS voice over HSPA/HSPA+ CS voice over HSPA BSC6900 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name Configuration Method WRFD-060003 Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) MRFD-220001 Multi-mode BS Common CPRI Interface(NodeB) None MRFD-220002 Multi-mode BS RRU/RFU star-connection with separate CPRI interface(NodeB) None Table 2-2 RAN Optional Feature List Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.

Configuration Method WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) Wide Band AMR BSC6900 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) WRFD-020701 AMR/WBAMR Speech Rates Control AMR voice coding rate control BSC6900 184 Configuring AMR/WBAMR Speech Rates Control WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO TFO/TrFO BSC6900 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service Cell broadcast service BSC6900 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast Simplified Cell Broadcast BSC6900 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast WRFD-020127 Warning of Disaster Warning of Disaster BSC6900 265 Configuring Warning of Disaster WRFD-010616 MBMS Introduction Package MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB 216 Configuring MBMS Introduction Package WRFD-010616 01 MBMS Broadcast Mode MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010616 02 MBMS Admission Control MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB 217 Configuring MBMS Admission Control WRFD-010616 03 MBMS Load Control MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB 218 Configuring MBMS Load Control Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 16 ....RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.

.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. 17 . Configuration Method WRFD-010616 04 MBMS Soft/ Selective Combining MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010616 05 MBMS Transport Resource Management MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB 219 Configuring MBMS Transport Resource Management WRFD-010616 06 Streaming Service on MBMS MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB 220 Configuring Streaming Service on MBMS WRFD-010616 07 MBMS 2 Channels per Cell MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB None WRFD-010616 08 16/32/64/128K bps Channel Rate on MBMS MBMS Function BSC6900&Nod eB 221 Configuring 16/32/64/128K bps Channel Rate on MBMS WRFD-010660 MBMS Phase 2 None BSC6900 222 Configuring MBMS Phase 2 WRFD-010660 01 MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode BSC6900 223 Configuring MBMS Enhanced Broadcast Mode WRFD-010660 02 MBMS P2P over HSDPA MBMS P2P over HSDPA BSC6900 224 Configuring MBMS P2P over HSDPA WRFD-010660 03 MBMS Admission Enhancement MBMS Admission Enhancement BSC6900 225 Configuring MBMS Admission Enhancement Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd..

. 18 . Configuration Method WRFD-010660 04 Inter-Frequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users None None 226 Configuring InterFrequency Neighboring Cell Selection for MBMS PTP Users WRFD-010627 FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS None None 227 Configuring FACH Transmission Sharing for MBMS WRFD-010626 MBMS FLC (Frequency Layer Convergence)/ FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) MBMS FLC (Frequency Layer Convergence)/ FLD(Frequency Layer Dispersion) BSC6900 228 Configuring MBMS FLC (Frequency Layer Convergence)/ FLD (Frequency Layer Dispersion) WRFD-010624 MBMS 8 Channels per Cell MBMS 8 Channels per Cell BSC6900 None WRFD-010625 256Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS 256Kbps Channel Rate on MBMS BSC6900 None WRFD-010628 MBMS 16 Channels per Cell MBMS 16 Channels per Cell BSC6900 None WRFD-010661 MBMS over Iur MBMS over Iur BSC6900 229 Configuring MBMS over Iur WRFD-010662 Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH BSC6900 230 Configuring Dynamic Power Estimation for MTCH Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Ltd..

RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.... Ltd. Configuration Method WRFD-010663 MSCH Scheduling MSCH Scheduling BSC6900 231 Configuring MSCH Scheduling WRFD-010665 MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics BSC6900 232 Configuring MBMS Channel Audience Rating Statistics WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Cell ID LCS BSC6900 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS WRFD-020802 OTDOA Based LCS OTDOA LCS BSC6900 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS AGPS LCS BSC6900 193 Configuring AGPS Based LCS WRFD-020804 LCS Classified Zones LCS Classified Zones BSC6900 194 Configuring LCS Classified Zones WRFD-020805 LCS over Iur LCS over Iur BSC6900 195 Configuring LCS over Iur WRFD-020807 Iupc Interface for LCS service Iu-PC Interface for LCS service BSC6900 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service WRFD-020134 Push to Talk Push To Talk (per PTT Active User) BSC6900 267 Configuring Push to Talk Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 19 .

.. Configuration Method WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access BSC6900&Nod eB 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package BSC6900&Nod eB None BSC6900&Nod eB None BSC6900&Nod eB 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010612 01 HSUPA UE Category 1 to 7 RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010612 09 WRFD-010612 02 HSUPA HARQ and Fast UL Scheduling in Node B RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access HSUPA Admission Control RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. 20 ..

.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. Configuration Method WRFD-010612 03 HSUPA Power Control RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access BSC6900&Nod eB 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control BSC6900&Nod eB 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management BSC6900&Nod eB 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC BSC6900&Nod eB None NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010612 04 HSUPA Mobility Management RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010612 08 HSUPA DCCC RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010612 07 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) HSUPA Transport Resource Management RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. 21 .

22 ... Configuration Method WRFD-010612 06 Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSUPA RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access BSC6900&Nod eB None HSUPA 1.44Mbps per User RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access BSC6900&Nod eB None BSC6900&Nod eB 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell BSC6900 None WRFD-010612 10 NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010612 11 20 HSUPA Users per Cell RNC:High Speed Uplink Packet Access NodeB:the number of NodeBs with HSUPA function enabled WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2 HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI handover the number of NodeBs with HSUPA 2ms TTI function enabled Issue 11 (2013-05-29) WRFD-010614 01 HSUPA EAGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HSSCCH) HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI handover BSC6900 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) WRFD-010614 02 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI handover BSC6900 None Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.

.74Mbps per User BSC6900 91 Configuring HSUPA 5.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.74Mbps per User HSUPA 5. 23 ..74Mbps per User WRFD-010632 Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA BSC6900 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur HSUPA over Iur BSC6900 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur WRFD-010640 Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving Uplink Macro Diversity Intelligent Receiving BSC6900 None WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage BSC6900 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission BSC6900 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management the number of NodeBs with dynamic CE function enabled NodeB 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Configuration Method WRFD-010614 03 HSUPA 2ms TTI the number of NodeBs with HSUPA 2ms TTI function enabled NodeB 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI WRFD-010614 04 HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI Handover HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI handover BSC6900 90 Configuring HSUPA 2ms/ 10ms TTI Handover WRFD-010614 05 HSUPA 5. Ltd.

RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Configuration Method WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion None NodeB 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion WRFD-010692 HSUPA FDE The number of Cells with FDE function enabled NodeB 124 Configuring HSUPA FDE WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA Adaptive Config of Traffic Channel Power for HSUPA BSC6900 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA WRFD-020136 AntiInterference Scheduling for HSUPA the number of cells with antiinterference scheduling for HSUPA function enabled NodeB 123 Configuring AntiInterference Scheduling for HSUPA WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation the number of NodeBs with dual-threshold scheduling with HSUPA interference cancellation function enabled NodeB 122 Configuring DualThreshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA Users per Cell 60 HSUPA Users per Cell BSC6900 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell WRFD-010210 Control Channel Parallel Interference Cancellation (CCPIC) the number of NodeBs with CCPIC function enabled NodeB None Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 24 . Ltd...

. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. 25 . and PF) WRFD-010610 05 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation HSDPA function NodeB 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation WRFD-010610 04 HSDPA Power Control HSDPA function NodeB 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control WRFD-010610 03 HSDPA Admission Control HSDPA function NodeB 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RR and PF) HSDPA function NodeB 64 Configuring HSDPA HARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. RR.. Configuration Method WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation The number of Cells with UL IC function enabled NodeB 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA SRB over HSUPA BSC6900 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package High Speed Downlink Packet Access BSC6900 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package WRFD-010610 17 QPSK Modulation HSDPA function NodeB None WRFD-010610 01 15 Codes per Cell HSDPA function NodeB 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell WRFD-010610 18 Time and HSPDSCH Codes Multiplex HSDPA function NodeB 63 Configuring Time and HSPDSCH Codes Multiplex WRFD-010610 09 HSDPA HARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I.

6Mbps per User High Speed Downlink Packet Access Function 3.. Ltd. Configuration Method WRFD-010610 19 HSDPA Dynamic Power Allocation HSDPA function NodeB None WRFD-010610 20 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service HSDPA function NodeB 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service WRFD-010610 10 HSDPA Flow Control HSDPA function NodeB 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control WRFD-010610 06 HSDPA Mobility Management HSDPA function NodeB 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management WRFD-010610 14 HSDPA Transport Resource Management HSDPA function NodeB None WRFD-010610 08 Interactive and Background Traffic Class on HSDPA HSDPA function NodeB None WRFD-010610 02 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 HSDPA function NodeB 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 WRFD-010610 15 HSDPA 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.6M BSC6900 None WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation HSDPA RRM package 1 NodeB 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation HSDPA function Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.8Mbps per User HSDPA function NodeB None WRFD-010610 16 16 HSDPA Users per Cell HSDPA function NodeB None WRFD-010620 HSDPA 3... 26 .

.976Mbps per User BSC6900 None WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur HSDPA over Iur BSC6900 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA SRB over HSDPA BSC6900 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.2M BSC6900 None WRFD-010622 32 HSDPA Users per Cell 32 HSDPA Users per Cell BSC6900 None WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package None BSC6900 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package WRFD-010611 03 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR None BSC6900 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR WRFD-010611 11 HSDPA State Transition HSDPA State Transition BSC6900 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition WRFD-010611 12 HSDPA DRD HSDPA DRD BSC6900 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD WRFD-010611 13 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support HS-DPCCH Preamble support BSC6900 Configuring HS-DPCCH Preamble Support WRFD-010630 Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA BSC6900 78 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13. Configuration Method WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on Node B HSDPA RRM package 1 NodeB 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB WRFD-010621 HSDPA 7.976Mbps per User HSDPA 13. Ltd.2Mbps per User High Speed Downlink Packet Access Function 7.. 27 .RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on..

.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Ltd. 28 ... Configuration Method WRFD-010623 64 HSDPA Users per Cell 64 HSDPA Users per Cell BSC6900 None WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target(per Cell) NodeB 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime MIMO Prime (per Cell) NodeB 108 Configuring MIMO Prime WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User HSPA + Downlink 28 Mbit/s Per User BSC6900 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User HSPA + Downlink 21 Mbit/s Per User BSC6900 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 Downlink Enhanced L2 BSC6900 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User HSPA+ Downlink 42 Mbit/s per User BSC6900 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM the number of cells with 64QAM function enabled NodeB 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO the number of cells with MIMO function enabled NodeB 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

5Mbit/s per User HSPA+ Uplink 11. 29 . Ltd..5Mbit/s per User WRFD-010703 HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User (Trial) HSPA+ Downlink 84Mbit/s per User BSC6900 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 84 Mbit/s per User WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA +MIMO(Trial) the number of cells with DCHSDPA +MIMO function enabled NodeB 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA +MIMO (trial) WRFD-010694 UL 16QAM The number of Cells with UL 16QAM function enabled NodeB 125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement The number of Cells with UL L2 Improvement function enabled NodeB 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA The number of Cells with DL DC function enabled NodeB 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH Enhanced CELL_FACH BSC6900 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.5Mbit/s per User BSC6900 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.. Configuration Method WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM +MIMO the number of Cells with DL 64QAM +MIMO function enabled NodeB 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM +MIMO WRFD-010698 HSPA+ Uplink 11..

.HSSCCH less operation WRFD-010697 E-DPCCH Boosting the number of cells with EDPCCH boosting function enabled NodeB 126 Configuring EDPCCH Boosting WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH Enhanced Uplink for CELL_FACH BSC6900 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell 96 HSDPA Users per Cell BSC6900 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell 96 HSUPA Users per Cell BSC6900 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell 128 HSDPA Users per Cell BSC6900 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.HSSCCH less operation CPC-HS-SCCH Less Operation BSC6900 116 Configuring CPC . 30 ..DTX / DRX WRFD-010687 CPC .DTX / DRX CPC-DTX / DRX BSC6900 115 Configuring CPC . Configuration Method WRFD-010700 Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Cocarrier the number of cells with performace improvement of MIMO and HSDPA cocarrier function enabled NodeB 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Cocarrier WRFD-010686 CPC . Ltd.

31 ... Configuration Method WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell 128 HSUPA Users per Cell BSC6900 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell WRFD-010704 Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection BSC6900 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA + Technology Selection WRFD-010713 Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multicarrier the number of cells with traffic-based activation and deactivation of the slave carrier function enabled NodeB 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementar y Carrier In Multi-carrier WRFD-010702 Enhanced DRX Enhanced DRX BSC6900 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX WRFD-020500 Enhanced Fast Dormancy Fast Dormancy Enhancement (per PS Active User) BSC6900 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy WRFD-020132 Web browsing acceleration Web Browsing Acceleration BSC6900 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour P2P Rate Control BSC6900 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour WRFD-020116 Dynamic Power Sharing in Multi-Carriers the number of NodeBs with PA-SHARING function enabled NodeB 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of MultiCarriers Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on..

.. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. 32 .. Configuration Method WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load Multi-carrier switch off based on traffic load BSC6900 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load WRFD-020118 Energy Efficiency Improved the number of NodeBs with energy efficiency improved function enabled NodeB 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup the number of NodeBs with multi-carrier switch off based on power backup function enabled NodeB 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS the number of cells with multicarrier switch off based on QoS function enabled NodeB 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS WRFD-020121 Intelligent Power Management the number of NodeBs with PSU Intelligent Shutdown function enabled NodeB 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management WRFD-021304 RAN Sharing Introduction Package RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 197 Configuring RAN Sharing Introduction Package WRFD-021304 01 Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 198 Configuring Dedicated Carrier for Each Operator Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. 33 . Configuration Method WRFD-021304 02 Flexible Network Architecture RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 199 Configuring Flexible Network Architecture WRFD-021304 03 Mobility Control and Service Differentiation RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 200 Configuring Mobility Control and Service Differentiation WRFD-021304 04 Independent License Control RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 201 Configuring Independent License Control WRFD-021304 05 Independent Cell-level FM/ PM/CM RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 None WRFD-021304 06 Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface RAN Sharing Function BSC6900 None WRFD-021305 RAN Sharing Phase 2 RAN Sharing Enhanced Package BSC6900 202 Configuring RAN Sharing Phase 2 WRFD-021305 01 Dedicated Iub Transmission Control None BSC6900 203 Configuring Dedicated Iub Transmission Control WRFD-021303 IMSI Based Handover IMSI Based Handover BSC6900 204 Configuring IMSI Based Handover WRFD-021311 MOCN Introduction Package MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 205 Configuring MOCN Introduction Package Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd..

Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Configuration Method WRFD-021311 01 Carrier Sharing by Operators MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 206 Configuring Carrier Sharing by Operators WRFD-021311 02 Dedicated Node B/Cell for Operators MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 207 Configuring Dedicated NodeB/Cell for Operators WRFD-021311 03 MOCN Mobility Management MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 208 Configuring MOCN Mobility Management WRFD-021311 04 MOCN Load Balance MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 209 Configuring MOCN Load Balance WRFD-021311 05 MOCN Independent Performance Management MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 None WRFD-021311 06 Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion MOCN Introduction Package BSC6900 210 Configuring Routing Roaming UEs in Proportion WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) Hierarchical Cell Structure BSC6900 258 Configuring HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) WRFD-020111 One Tunnel One Tunnel BSC6900 234 Configuring One Tunnel WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission ATM IUB overbooking Function BSC6900 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.... 34 .

.. Configuration Method WRFD-050105 ATM Switching Based Hub Node B ATM Switching Based Hub NodeB (per NodeB) NodeB 244 Configuring ATM SwitchingBased Hub NodeB WRFD-050106 AAL2 Switching Based Hub Node B AAL2 Switching Based Hub NodeB (per NodeB) NodeB 245 Configuring AAL2 SwitchingBased Hub NodeB WRFD-050406 ATM QoS Introduction on Hub Node B (Overbooking on Hub Node B Transmission) HUB IUB overbooking Function BSC6900 None WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface Fractional ATM BSC6900 None WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface IP Transportation in Iub Interface BSC6900 235 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface Fractional IP BSC6900 None WRFD-050403 Hybrid Iub IP Transmission IUB Hybrid IP Transportation Function BSC6900 236 Configuring Hybrid Iub IP Transmission WRFD-050404 ATM/IP Dual Stack Node B IUB ATM/IP Dual Stack Transportation Function BSC6900 237 Configuring ATM/IP Dual Stack NodeB WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface IP Transportation in Iu Interface BSC6900 238 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 35 .RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.

RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Configuration Method WRFD-050410 IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface IP Transportation in Iur Interface BSC6900 239 Configuring IP Transmission Introduction on Iur Interface WRFD-050420 FP MUX for IP Transmission FP MUX BSC6900 240 Configuring FP MUX for IP Transmission WRFD-050422 Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP BSC6900 241 Configuring Dynamic Bandwidth Control of Iub IP WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission IP IUB overbooking Function BSC6900 242 Configuring Overbooking on IP Transmission WRFD-050107 IP routing Based Hub Node B IP Routing Based Hub NodeB (per NodeB) NodeB 246 Configuring IP Routing-Based Hub NodeB WRFD-011500 PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) PDCP Header compression BSC6900 257 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RFC2507) WRFD-012001 RNC offload (trial) None None 268 Configuring RNC offload (trial) WRFD-050412 UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission BSC6900 243 Configuring UDP MUX for Iu-CS Transmission Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd... 36 ..

. Ltd... Configuration Method WRFD-050104 Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface Satellite Communication in Iub Interface BSC6900 214 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iub Interface WRFD-050108 Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface BSC6900 215 Configuring Satellite Transmission on Iu Interface WRFD-050501 Clock Sync on Ethernet in Node B the number of NodeBs with IP Clock function enabled NodeB 248 Configuring Clock Synchronizatio n on Ethernet in NodeB WRFD-050502 Synchronous Ethernet The Number of NodeBs with Ethernet Synchronizatio n Function Enabled NodeB 249 Configuring Synchronous Ethernet WRFD-050425 Ethernet OAM Ethernet Operation and Maintenance Function (per NodeB) NodeB 247 Configuring Ethernet OAM WRFD-040202 RNC Node Redundancy RNC Node Redundancy BSC6900 250 Configuring RNC Node Redundancy WRFD-040203 RRU Redundancy RRU Backup (per Sector) NodeB 251 Configuring RRU Redundancy WRFD-021302 Iu Flex IU FLEX BSC6900 211 Configuring Iu Flex Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. 37 .

RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Configuration Method WRFD-021306 Iu Flex Load Distribution Management Enhanced Iu Flex BSC6900 212 Configuring Iu Flex Load Distribution Management WRFD-010203 Transmit Diversity Transmit Diversity (per NodeB) NodeB 252 Configuring Transmit Diversity WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity 4-Antenna Receive (per NodeB) NodeB 253 Configuring 4Antenna Receive Diversity WRFD-021308 Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km None None 254 Configuring Extended Cell Coverage up to 200km WRFD-021309 Improved Downlink Coverage Improved Downlink Coverage BSC6900 None WRFD-020138 HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE power limitation HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE power limitation BSC6900 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation WRFD-021001 Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier The number of NodeBs with flexible frequency separation function enabled NodeB 266 Configuring Flexible frequency bandwidth of UMTS carrier WRFD-010206 High Speed Access None None 255 Configuring High Speed Access Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co... 38 . Ltd..

Configuration Method WRFD-021350 Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell the number of RRUs with in independent demodulation of signals in one cell NodeB 256 Configuring Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage Inter frequency hard handover BSC6900 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS BSC6900 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS WRFD-020605 SRNS Relocation Introduction Package SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) BSC6900 None WRFD-020605 01 SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) BSC6900 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) WRFD-020605 02 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover BSC6900 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover WRFD-020605 03 SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update BSC6900 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Ltd. 39 ...

40 .RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. Ltd. Configuration Method WRFD-020605 04 Lossless SRNS Relocation Lossless SRNS Relocation BSC6900 None WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package Multiple RAB BSC6900 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package WRFD-010615 01 Combination of Two PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services WRFD-010615 02 Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services WRFD-010615 03 Combination of Three PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services WRFD-010615 04 Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services WRFD-010615 05 Combination of Four PS Services Multiple RAB BSC6900 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance Inter frequency load handover BSC6900 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance WRFD-020114 Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) BSC6900 233 Configuring Domain Specific Access Control (DSAC) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...

.. Ltd. Configuration Method WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management Multi Frequency Band Networking Management BSC6900 None WRFD-020160 Enhanced Multiband Management Enhancement for Multi frequency band Networking management BSC6900 213 Configuring Enhanced Multiband Management WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package Inter system Load Handover BSC6900 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package WRFD-020400 01 Intra System Direct Retry Intra System Direct Retry BSC6900 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry WRFD-020400 02 Inter System Direct Retry Inter System Direct Retry BSC6900 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry WRFD-020400 03 Inter System Redirect Inter System Redirect BSC6900 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect WRFD-020400 04 Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup None BSC6900 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup WRFD-020402 Measurement Based Direct Retry Measurement Based Direct Retry BSC6900 161 Configuring Measurement Based Direct Retry WRFD-021102 Cell Barring Cell Barring when IU in fault BSC6900 163 Configuring Cell Barring Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. 41 .

Ltd.. 42 . Configuration Method WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup Service Steering in RRC Connection Setup BSC6900 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup WRFD-020124 Uplink Flow Control of User Plane Uplink Flow Control of User Plane BSC6900 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance Intra frequency load balancing BSC6900 259 Configuring Intra Frequency Load Balance WRFD-020105 Potential User Control Potential user control BSC6900 260 Configuring Potential User Control WRFD-070004 Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g Handover Based on Load on Iur-g BSC6900 261 Configuring Load Based GSM and UMTS Handover Enhancement Based on Iur-g WRFD-070005 NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g NACC Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g BSC6900 262 Configuring NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) Procedure Optimization Based on Iur-g Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co...RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.

RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. Configuration Method WRFD-070006 GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g BSC Load Balancing Based on Iur-g BSC6900 263 Configuring GSM and UMTS Load Balancing Based on Iur-g WRFD-070007 GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g BSC Service Distribution Based on Iur-g BSC6900 264 Configuring GSM and UMTS Traffic Steering Based on Iur-g WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage Coverage Based Inter-RAT Handover Between UMTS and GSM/ GPRS BSC6900 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS BSC6900 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO BSC6900 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO WRFD-020308 Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO BSC6900 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 WRFD-020308 01 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) BSC6900 148 Configuring NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 43 . Ltd...

.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Ltd. Configuration Method WRFD-020308 02 PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS PS Handover Between UMTS and GPRS BSC6900 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service Inter system Service Handover BSC6900 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load Inter system Load Handover BSC6900 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance Inter System Redirect Based on Distance BSC6900 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management 3G/2G Common Load Management BSC6900 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 Mobility between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 BSC6900 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE BSC6900 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 44 ..

.. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Configuration Method WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption Queuing and Pre-emption BSC6900 132 Configuring Queuing and Pre-Emption WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction Access Class Restriction when SPU overload BSC6900 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction WRFD-050424 Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources Traffic Priority Mapping on Transport BSC6900 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight BSC6900 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight WRFD-020131 Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness BSC6900 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness WRFD-011502 Active Queue Management (AQM) Active Queue Management (AQM) BSC6900 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) WRFD-020128 Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service BSC6900 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service WRFD-020123 TCP Accelerator TCP Accelerator BSC6900 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 45 .

Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on. Configuration Method WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu BSC6900 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control RAB Downsizing at Admission Control BSC6900 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control WRFD-020130 Videophone Service Restriction Videophone Service Restriction BSC6900 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction WRFD-020135 Intelligent InterCarrier UE Layered Management Intelligent InterCarrier UE Layered Management (per Cell) BSC6900 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management MRFD-221801 Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) the number of NodeBs with Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing function enabled NodeB 269 Configuring Multi-mode Dynamic Power Sharing (UMTS) MRFD-221802 GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS) GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS)(Per NodeB) NodeB 270 Configuring GSM and UMTS Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (UMTS) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 46 ..

0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode(UMTS) 2.. 47 .. Ltd.0MHz Central Frequency point separation between GSM and UMTS mode(UMTS) (Per NodeB) NodeB 274 Configuring 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide Feature ID Feature Name License Control Item License Configured on.. Configuration Method MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (NodeB) None None 271 Configuring IP-Based Multi-Mode CoTransmission on Base Station Side (NodeB) MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) Multi Mode BTS Transmission Sharing NodeB 272 Configuring TDM-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB) MRFD-221505 Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multimode CoTransmission (NodeB) Bandwidth sharing of MBTS Multimode CoTransmission (NodeB)(Per NodeB) NodeB None MRFD-221601 Multi-mode BS Common Reference Clock(NodeB) None None 273 Configuring Multi-Mode BS Common Reference Clock (NodeB) MRFD-221703 2.0 MHz Central Frequency Point Separation Between GSM and UMTS Mode (UMTS) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

3 Allocating a License to NodeBs After uploading a NodeB license file of a RAN to the M2000 server. you need to allocate the license to the NodeBs in the RAN.1 Activating the BSC6900 License This section describes how to activate the BSC6900 license. The license control item of a feature must be activated before the configuration and use of the feature. 3. Ltd. whereas those related to the NodeB can be activated only on the M2000. they can also share the resources defined in a NodeB license after you allocate the license to the telecom operators. Then you can activate the license for it to take effect. The license control items related to the RNC can be activated on the M2000 or RNC LMT. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 48 . 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License 3 Activating the UMTS License About This Chapter In the case of certain UMTS features.2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators When multiple telecom operators share one RAN. 3. a license control item is defined for each feature.

1 Activating the BSC6900 License This section describes how to activate the BSC6900 license. The file information does not comply with the information of the file that you apply for. If. End the task and contact Huawei. Exit the task and contact Huawei. If. run the SET LICENSE command to active the license for the primary operator first and then for secondary operators. run the SET CFGDATAEFFECTIVE command to switch it to the effective state. on the OMU If the running license on the host is inconsistent with that on the OMU Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 6 If the primary operator and secondary operators exist. If the running license on the host is consistent with that End the task or go to Step 8.. Then. Step 3 Run the LST LICENSE command and enter the filename of the license to be activated to query the file information. 49 . l The BSC6900 is in service... Step 5 Run the ACT LICENSE command to activate the license. The file information complies with the information of Go to Step 4... If multiple secondary operators exist. If the BSC6900 is ineffective. Step 7 Run the BSC6900 MML command CMP LICENSE to check whether the running license on the host is consistent with that on the OMU.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License 3.. Prerequisites l The LMT is started and you have logged in to the BSC6900.. Procedure Step 1 Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ESN and record the Equipment Serial Number (ESN) of the BSC.. Ltd.. Step 2 Run the BSC6900 MML command DLD LICENSE to download the license file from the FTP server to the \ftp\license directory of the main area directory of the OMU. Then. the file that you apply for. run the SET LICENSE command repeatedly. Step 4 Run the LST CFGMODE command to query the BSC6900 configuration status.

As show in Figure 3-1. Figure 3-1 License Distributed to Operator Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Step 2 From the navigation tree in the left pane of the NodeB License Management window. For details. Prerequisites You have uploaded a valid NodeB license file to the M2000 server. Procedure Step 1 Choose License > NE License Management > NodeB License Management.2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators When multiple telecom operators share one RAN. see License Control in Emergencies. they can also share the resources defined in a NodeB license after you allocate the license to the telecom operators. run the SET LICENSECTRL command to enable the license control function of the BSC6900 to enter the grace protection period.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License Step 8 In the case of high traffic. and then choose License Distributed to Operator from the shortcut menu. 50 . ----End 3. The NodeB License Management window is displayed. select an RNC node whose NodeB license file is already uploaded to the M2000 server. Ltd.. Step 3 Right-click a license.

it is activated automatically. After a NodeB license file is uploaded to the M2000. click the tab of a telecom operator. Step 4 Double-click a NodeB to which you need to allocate the license. set available resources and functions for the NodeB. l You can hold down Ctrl or Shift to select multiple NodeBs at a time. ----End 3. l You can click Settings in the Modify dialog box to add or delete one or multiple control items to be set. and then choose Modify from the shortcut menu to set a control item value to all the selected NodeBs. The NodeB License Management window is displayed. The license allocation information about all the NodeBs related to the telecom operator is displayed in a list. To view the values indicating that the control item is not supported by NodeBs. click the status description on the right in the Modify dialog box. 51 . Procedure Step 1 Choose License > NE License Management > NodeB License Management. Prerequisites You have uploaded a valid NodeB license file to the M2000 server. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select an RNC node whose NodeB license file is already uploaded to the M2000 server. set available functions and resources for each telecom operator. 0 indicates that the function is not enabled while 1 indicates that the function is enabled.. Right-click the selected NodeBs. you can allocate a NodeB license to them by referring to 3. or right-click the NodeB and choose Modify from the shortcut menu. For descriptions of the values. Then you can activate the license for it to take effect. see Parameter Description in the dialog box. NOTE l You can set a function control item to either 0 or 1. Step 5 Perform operations according to license allocation policies. you can allocate the license to NodeBs immediately. You can allocate an inactive license to NodeBs. If a RAN is shared by multiple telecom operators.2 Allocating a license to Telecom Operators. Step 2 From the navigation tree in the left pane of the NodeB License Management window. and then click OK. For details about the parameters. Step 3 Optional: In the lower part of the license information area. see Parameters of NodeB License Information. it indicates that the control item is not supported by NodeBs.3 Allocating a License to NodeBs After uploading a NodeB license file of a RAN to the M2000 server. Then. Ltd. you can click Clear to clear the preset values in the column of the control item. You can also create a scheduled task for delivering preset license allocation information to NodeBs at a certain non-busy hour. l If a control item is unavailable in the Modify dialog box. l When setting a certain control item.RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License Step 4 In the License Distributed to Operator window. you need to allocate the license to the NodeBs in the RAN. After an inactive license is allocated to NodeBs.

----End Result When delivering license allocation information to NodeBs. see Parameters for Setting the Common Information About Timing TasksCommon Information About Timing Tasks and Parameters for Creating/Modifying/Copying Scheduled NodeB License Allocation Tasks... You can click Details to view the license allocate information. 52 . and then choose Distribute from the shortcut menu.. If resource control item values are incorrectly set. and you need to synchronize the license allocation information saved on the M2000 to the NodeBs. In the license information area. In this case. Then . NOTE The control item values that have been delivered to NodeBs are still valid after an M2000 upgrade or a license capacity expansion. the M2000 reports the EVT-513 The Amount of Used NodeB License's Resource Exceeds the Threshold event. Ltd. select the license record. If setting resource control item values fails or the resource control item values used by NodeBs are inconsistent with the corresponding values set on the M2000. the M2000 delivers only new control item values and the control item values that are inconsistent on the NodeBs and the M2000.. In the displayed Message dialog box. For details about the task parameters. Alternatively. and then choose License NodeBs on a scheduled basis Distribute Task from the shortcut menu. and you need to set the resource control items and allocate the license to NodeBs again. In the license information area.. and the license may fail to be allocated to NodeBs. and then click .RAN Feature Activation Guide 3 Activating the UMTS License If you want to . right-click a license record. the M2000 reports the EVT-514 Changes in the Usage of NE License Resources event. Deliver license allocation information to 1. The Task Management window is displayed. Set the parameters of the scheduled task for delivering license allocation information. right-click a license record. see Synchronizing a NodeB License. 2. click Yes. Allocate a license to NodeBs immediately 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details. the total number of resources used by NodeBs may exceed the maximum available resource number specified in the license. 2.

Context This feature enables RRC connection establishment and release and RAB assignment for services of different rates.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release Configuring 3. NOTE Do not set Channel type for RRC establishment to FACH. 53 . as shown in Figure 4-1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1.8/13. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010510 3.8/13. Set Switch for RRC established on E_FACH to OFF.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE to set the channel type and bit rate corresponding to a specific RRC connection establishment cause. verify.4/6.4/6. Ltd.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release This section describes how to activate.8/13.6/27. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release. so as to meet different QoS requirements.6/27. This feature is fundamental to service provision.4/6. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.6/27.RAN Feature Activation Guide 4 4 Configuring 3. l License – This feature is not under license control. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Start Iub interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT.

you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 3.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release Figure 4-1 Iub Interface Trace dialog box 2. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 6. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 27. – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 20. you can infer that the RRC connection is released.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release. If you find an RRC_RRC_CONN_REL_CMP message in the traced data. //set the channel type and bit rate corresponding to a specific RRC connection establishment cause Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.6/27.8/13. ----End Example //Activating 3. The result shows that the ID of the transport channel that carries signaling is 32.6 kbit/s service. This feature does not need to be deactivated. – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 10 and the maximum value of nrOfTransportBlocks is 1. and perform Uu interface tracing. Deactivation Procedure 1. 3..4/6. View the transmissionTimeInterval and nrOfTransportBlocks IEs in the ulTransportFormatSet IE associated with the DCH whose dCH-ID value is 32. you can infer that an RRC connection is established for a 13. – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 40. l Release the service on the UE. Among the traced Iub data. Ltd. view the dCH-ID in the DCH-Specific-FDD-Item IE in the NBAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message.6/27.2 kbit/s service.4/6.RAN Feature Activation Guide 4 Configuring 3.8/13. Establish a service on the UE.8 kbit/s service.4 kbit/s service. 54 . – If the value of transmissionTimeInterval is 10 and the maximum value of nrOfTransportBlocks is 2. 4.

4K_SIGNALLING. EFachSwitch=OFF.6K_SIGNALLING. 55 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.4/6.. SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST. SigChType=DCH_27. EFachSwitch=OFF.6/27.2Kbps RRC Connection and Radio Access Bearer Establishment and Release SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST. SigChType=DCH_3. Ltd.8K_SIGNALLING.2K_SIGNALLING. SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST. SigChType=DCH_6.8/13. SET URRCESTCAUSE: RrcCause=ORIGCONVCALLEST.RAN Feature Activation Guide 4 Configuring 3. EFachSwitch=OFF. SigChType=DCH_13. EFachSwitch=OFF.

15 kbit/s. streaming. and 4.2 kbit/s. 7. 32 kbit/s. 7. Huawei RAN supports the following basic types of conversational services: l CS AMR speech services at the rates of 12. 5.4 kbit/s. l Conversational pattern (stringent requirement on the delay). Most typical applications of the conversational class are voice services and videophone services in the CS domain and VoIP services in the PS domain. 56 kbit/s. 10. Context Based on QoS requirements. and 28.2 kbit/s.. interactive. verify.8 kbit/s Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. They differ in their sensitivity to delay.RAN Feature Activation Guide 5 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class Configuring Conversational QoS Class This section describes how to activate. The conversational class has the following fundamental characteristics: l Preservation of the time relationships between information entities in a stream and limitation of the transmission delay and delay jitter within an acceptable range.75 kbit/s l CS transparent data services (conversational class) at the rates of 64 kbit/s. 6. 56 .95 kbit/s. l License – This feature is not under license control. Ltd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 5. l Others – The UE and the CN support the conversational class.7 kbit/s. Conversational services are applicable in both the CS and PS domains.9 kbit/s. 3GPP defines four traffic classes: conversational. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The conversational class is highly sensitive to the delay and therefore has a high requirement on real-time transmission. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010501 Conversational QoS Class. and background.

and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. Establish a conversational service on the UE. Figure 5-1 Iub interface trace dialog box 2. the uplink and downlink transmission uses symmetric rates. then the maxBitrate IE contains one value. set CS voice channel type and VOIP channel type to DCH(UL_DCH. then the maxBitrate IE contains two values. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. That is. the downlink rate of the service is 0. 3. then the maxBitrate IE contains one value. which indicates the downlink rate of the conversational service. Ltd. and 8 kbit/s l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. Check the DPC (that is. In this step. the source) of the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message among the traced Iu data to determine whether the service is a CS service or PS service. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional Uplink. 57 . Verification Procedure 1. which indicates the uplink rate of the conversational service. then the maxBitrate IE contains one value.. In this case. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. as shown in Figure 5-1. which indicates the rate applicable in both the uplink and the downlink. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. In this case. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional downlink. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 32 kbit/s.8 kbit/s. The first value indicates the downlink rate of the conversational service. View the trafficClass IE in the rRB-Parameters IE of the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message to verify that the traffic class is conversational.DL_DCH). 4. That is. the uplink rate of the service is 0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class l PS bidirectional symmetric voice services at the rates of 64 kbit/s. 42. Initiate Iub interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. 16 kbit/s. the uplink and downlink transmission uses asymmetric rates.

Ltd. 58 .. l View the guaranteedBitRate (the guaranteed bit rate of the conversational service) and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message by following the same rules as those for viewing maxBitrate. ----End Example //Activating conversational QoS class SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: CSVoiceChlType=DCH. Deactivation Procedure 1. VoipChlType=DCH. This feature does not need to be deactivated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 5 Configuring Conversational QoS Class 5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

The most typical applications of the streaming class are fax services in the CS domain and streaming video services in the PS domain. The streaming class has the following features: l The time sequence of information entities in a stream is not changed. l Others – The UE and CN support streaming services.RAN Feature Activation Guide 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class This section describes how to activate. streaming. QoS indicates the sensitivity of services to the delay. Ltd. The transmission of streaming services must follow the time sequence of information entities . 59 . and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS Class. l License – This feature is not under license control. and background. interactive. verify. which raises a number of new requirements in both telecommunication and data communication systems. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Context Based on QoS requirements. Streaming services are real-time services. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. The streaming class is a relatively recent development in data communications. such as audio and video programs. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. there are four traffic classes: conversational. l Streaming services are applicable in both the CS and PS domains. They are transmitted in only one direction and serve individual users.

The first value indicates the downlink rate of the streaming service. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional downlink. as shown in Figure 6-1 Figure 6-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2. Expected result: – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. 4. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. the settings of the thresholds cannot ensure that the services are set up on R99 services. which indicates the rate in both the uplink and the downlink. 60 . Check the DPC (that is. In this case. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. the uplink and downlink transmission use the same rate. l 2. Ltd. Verification Procedure 1. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric Uni directional Uplink. 3. If the assigned rate of a streaming service is lower than this threshold. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to disable the HSDPA capability of the cell. the downlink rate of the service is 0. the source) of the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message among the traced Iu data to determine whether the service is a CS service or PS service. the uplink rate of the service is 0. which indicates the uplink rate of the streaming service. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. the maxBitrate IE contains two values. That is. Check the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message and check that the value of the trafficClass information element (IE) in rRB-Parameters is streaming. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the HSDPA/ HSUPA rate threshold for streaming services. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSUPA to disable the HSUPA capability of the cell. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the streaming service is set up on R99 channels.RAN Feature Activation Guide 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class 1. Use a UE to set up a streaming service. NOTE In the tests on 384 kbit/s streaming services. which indicates the downlink rate of the streaming service. you can disable the HSDPA and HSUPA capabilities of the cell to enable the streaming services to be set up on R99 channels.. In this case. In this case. 3. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message.

UlStrThsOnHsupa=D384. 61 . ----End Example //Activating Streaming Class QoS SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D384.RAN Feature Activation Guide 6 Configuring Streaming QoS Class 5. l View the guaranteedBitRate (the guaranteed bit rate of the streaming service) and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message by following the same rules as those for the maxBitrate IE.. Ltd. DEA UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. Deactivation Procedure 1. DEA UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

and background. 64 kbit/s. 62 . Interactive services are applicable in the PS domain and not applicable in the CS domain. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Ltd. The most typical application of the interactive class is web browsing. streaming.. 32 kbit/s. 128 kbit/s. Another characteristic is that the packets should be transparently transferred at a low Bit Error Rate (BER). Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and 8 kbit/s. 285 kbit/s. For example. In summary. interactive. Context Based on QoS requirements. In this situation. QoS indicates the sensitivity of services to the delay. The interactive class is a typical data communication solution. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS Class. the Round Trip Time (RTT) is one of the key attributes of the interactive class. l Others – The UE and CN support interactive services. Huawei RAN supports the following types of interactive services: PS bidirectional symmetric or asymmetric interactive services at the rates of 384 kbit/s. verify. there are four traffic classes: conversational. It is characterized by the request/ response pattern of end users. 144 kbit/s. a person or an entity at the destination sends a data request to a remote server and expects a response message within a specific time. l License – This feature is not under license control. the interactive class has the following fundamental characteristics: request/ response pattern and preservation of the payload. 16 kbit/s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class This section describes how to activate. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

l Deactivation Procedure 1. Use a UE to set up an interactive service.RAN Feature Activation Guide 7 Configuring Interactive QoS Class Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. the interactive service is set up on R99 channels. Check the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message and check that the value of the trafficClass information element (IE) in rRB-Parameters is interactive. That is. Expected result: – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. the uplink and downlink transmission use the same rate. the maxBitrate IE contains two values. ----End Example //Activating Interactive QoS Class SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D13900. Ltd. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the HSDPA/ HSUPA rate threshold for interactive services. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. If the assigned rate of an interactive service is lower than this threshold. which indicates the rate in both the uplink and the downlink. as shown in Figure 7-1 Figure 7-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2. 63 . The first value indicates the downlink rate of the interactive service. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa=D5440. Verification Procedure 1.

interactive. Ltd. l License – This feature is not under license control. l Others – The UE and CN support this feature. 32 kbit/s. In summary. and background. 64 kbit/s. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. A typical type of background service is data services. the background class has the following fundamental characteristics: destination not expecting data within a specific time and preservation of the payload. verify. The most typical applications of the background class are download and emails. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 8 Configuring Background QoS Class 8 Configuring Background QoS Class This section describes how to activate. 16 kbit/s. Context Based on QoS requirements. 64 . 128 kbit/s.. Background services are applicable in the PS domain and not applicable in the CS domain. and 8 kbit/s. 256 kbit/s. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010504 Background QoS Class. there are four traffic classes: conversational. Another characteristic is that the packets should be transparently transferred at a low Bit Error Rate (BER). and therefore the background class is delay-insensitive. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 144 kbit/s. Huawei RAN supports the following types of background services: PS bidirectional symmetric or asymmetric background services at the rates of 384 kbit/s. QoS indicates the sensitivity of services to the delay. streaming. One of the characteristics of the background class is that the destination does not expect data within a specific time.

the maxBitrate IE contains two values. The first value indicates the downlink rate of the background service. which indicates the rate in both the uplink and the downlink. the maxBitrate IE contains one value. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. View the maxBitrate and rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IEs in the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. the uplink and downlink transmission use the same rate.RAN Feature Activation Guide 8 Configuring Background QoS Class Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. That is. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Ltd. If the assigned rate of a background service is lower than this threshold. Verification Procedure 1. This feature does not need to be deactivated. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the HSDPA/ HSUPA rate threshold for background services. UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa=D5440. 3. and the second indicates the uplink rate of the service. the background service is set up on R99 channels. – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Symmetric bidirectional. ----End Example //Activating Background QoS Class SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D13900. Use a UE to set up a background service.. as shown in Figure 8-1 Figure 8-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box 2. Check the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message and check that the value of the trafficClass information element (IE) in rRB-Parameters is background. Expected result: – If the value of the rAB-AsymmetryIndicator IE is Asymmetric bidirectional. 65 .

Context This feature grants higher priority to emergency calls so that they are preferentially processed. l License – This feature is not under license control. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call. ensure that AMR-WB is not enabled for this RNC on the CS core network side. Ltd. 66 . l Use a UE to initiate an emergency call. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature need not be activated. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The emergency call is successfully established.. l Verification Procedure 1. both the AMR-NB services and emergency calls cannot be set up for the UE supporting AMR-WB. compared to normal calls. CAUTION If the license of the AMR-WB service is not activated on a RNC. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. Deactivation Procedure This feature need not be deactivated. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Otherwise.RAN Feature Activation Guide 9 Configuring Emergency Call 9 Configuring Emergency Call This section describes how to activate.

the NodeB should provide sufficient RF channels and demodulation resources to meet the requirements for the number of antenna diversities. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. l License – This feature is not under license control.RAN Feature Activation Guide 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity This section describes how to activate. verify. Run the NodeB MML command LST SEC to query the value of Antenna Magnitude. where two received signals are combined after certain processing.. In this step. Expected result: Antenna Magnitude is 2. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context The 2-Antenna Receive Diversity is an effective approach of reducing signal attenuation by using two antennas to receive a signal at the reception end. Verification Procedure 1. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 67 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – In receive diversity mode. l Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC. set Antenna Magnitude to 2. and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210604 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.

ANTM=2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 10 Configuring 2-Way Antenna Receive Diversity Example //Activation procedure ADD SEC: STN=1. 68 . //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SECN=0. DIVM=COMMON_MODE. ANT1N=R0A. ANT2N=R0B. ANT2SRN=60. SECN=0.. Ltd. ANT1SRN=60.

verify. – One BBU supports combination of UL digital signals on a maximum of two CPRI ports. the digital combination and split can provide higher capacity and wider coverage without bringing additional noises or signal losses. RRU 3828 and RRU3829 can only support maximum of 4 carriers when they are implemented for Cell Digital Combination and Split. when the WBBPa board is configured. RRU3801c cannot support this feature. – In the case of the DBS3900. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. A maximum of eight RRUs share one cell. A maximum of three distributed cells are supported. – RF modules. Compared with the analog combination and split. which improves CE resource utilization and operation benefits. A maximum of 16 RRUs share one cell. Multiple-antenna receive modes are not supported. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010205 Cell Digital Combination and Split. each RRU can support the one-antenna or two-antenna receive mode.RAN Feature Activation Guide 11 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split This section describes how to activate. when other baseband boards are configured. l License – This feature is not under license control. which improves system spectrum efficiency and resource utilization. each RRU supports only the one-antenna receive mode. each RRU supports only the one-antenna receive mode. Cell coverage can be adjusted simply through software to adapt to actual traffic distribution and changes. – With the delay considered. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Only DBS3800/DBS3900 support this feature. – One CPRI port supports a maximum of eight cascaded RRUs. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context The feature enables multiple sectors to use the resources in the same cell. 69 . Ltd. the optical fiber for interconnecting RRUs in one cell and with neighboring coverage areas should be less than 4 km in length.. In the case of DBS3800.

RT=MRRU. A small cell radius may cause access failure to some or all coverage of user under certain configuration. set Sector Type to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). SRNB=60. set Sector Type to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). SECT=DIST_SECTOR. RCN=0. CAUTION Do not change the default cell radius randomly. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=100. SN=1. PS=0. STN=0. Set a group of RRUs in consecutive numbering to the RRUs to be used by the distributed sector. RT=MRRU. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. RS=UO. SECN=1. STN=0. HPN=0. NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. BBPOOLTYPE=GEN_POOL. HSN=0. LOCELL=100. TP=TRUNK. 3. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. RS=UO. HISPM=FALSE. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. 4.. ULFREQ=9610. ADD SEC: STN=0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SRN=60. SRN=61. Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRU to add an RRU. check that Sector Type is set to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). 2. //Verification procedure LST SEC: STN=0. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC to add a sector. 2. Run the NodeB MML command LST SEC. DLFREQ=10560. TP=TRUNK. SRNE=61. PS=1. TT=CHAIN. NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. 2. TT=CHAIN. SRN=60. In this step. HPN=0. 70 . LOCELL=100. SRNE=61. SRN=61. In this step. ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=100. RT=MRRU. ADD SEC: STN=0. RCN=0. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. SECN=1. ADD RRU: CN=0. SECN=1. RT=MRRU. ULFREQ=9610. In this step. In this step. check that Sector Type is set to DIST_SECTOR(DIST_SECTOR). HISPM=FALSE. SECN=1. SECT=DIST_SECTOR. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL. RCN=0. SRNB=60. Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRUCHAIN to add an RRU chain. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. TP=TRUNK. l l Verification Procedure 1. PS=0. PS=0. Ltd. In this step. ADD RRU: CN=0. SECN=1. SN=0. ----End Example 1. RRUMODE=SYNC. ADD RRU: CN=0. RRUMODE=SYNC. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. DLFREQ=10560. TP=TRUNK. ADD RRU: CN=0. set Topo Type to CHAIN. SECN=1. HSN=2. RCN=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 11 Configuring Cell Digital Combination and Split Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. BM=COLD.

URA_PCH. CELL_PCH. URA_PCH. – The Iu-PS activity factor is already modified.RAN Feature Activation Guide 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010202 UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. The recommended value of the Iu-PS activity factor is 10%. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Adjusting the Iu-PS activity factor can prevent PS service admission failures due to the increase in the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CELL_PCH. The Iu-PS activity factor can be modified by running the ADD TRMFACTOR and MOD ADJMAP commands. CELL_PCH. and CELL_FACH.331 CR3483.. 71 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. This feature helps save radio resources efficiently. CELL_PCH. URA_PCH. NOTE If there are excessive users in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. – The Fast Dormancy procedure of the UE must comply with 3GPP TS 25. a large amount of bandwidth on the Iu-PS interface is consumed though such users do not have data to transmit. l Other Prerequisites – UEs must support associated states. URA_PCH. CELL_FACH) This section describes how to activate. Ltd. CELL_FACH). verify. l License – This feature is not under license control. CELL_FACH) 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. Context Huawei RAN supports four states of UEs in connected mode: CELL_DCH.

SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=9. 3. CELL_PCH. 72 . CELL_FACH) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. select the DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. ----End Example //Activating UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. 2. Ltd. set BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer and Cell Reselection Timer to appropriate values. CellReSelectTimer=180. The state of a UE changes when it requests different services. This is referred to as state transition. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeF2PStateTransTimer=65535. CELL_FACH) Procedure l Activation Procedure A UE can directly enter the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state. The settings of state transition are as follows: 1. For the parameter settings of other types of state transition. l Verification Procedure This feature cannot be verified separately. see 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC). l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. For details. It can enter the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state only through state transition from CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH. see 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS. l For the parameter settings related to fast dormancy. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. URA_PCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.. In this step. see 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy. In this step. set Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to an appropriate value. In this step. CELL_PCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER. NOTE l This feature involves the parameter settings of state transition from CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. URA_PCH.

the UTRAN sends a paging message to the UE in idle mode. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. URA_PCH State (Type 1) This section describes how to activate. l License – This feature is not under license control. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. URA_PCH State (Type 1). DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH. CELL_PCH.. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. CELL_PCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer to 10 4. CELL_PCH. CELL_PCH state. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010301 Paging UE in Idle. The recommended value is 10%. URA_PCH State (Type 1) 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMFACTOR and MOD ADJMAP to modify the Iu-PS activation factor. verify. Ltd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set Interactive service T1 and Background service T1 to 1800.RAN Feature Activation Guide 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch set to DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH. or URA_PCH state through the paging control channel (PCCH). 2. Context In paging type 1. 73 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to set the parameter Reserved parameter 1 to RSVDBIT1_BIT21 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 21).

74 . CELL_PCH. On the BSC6900 LMT. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. and the value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. the network side should perform UE1 transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. 3. 2. Then. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE1 message should be displayed on the Trace Data tab page. and the value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. On the BSC6900 LMT. NOTE For details about how to enable UE transition to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. click Submit. l You can adjust the Iu-PS activation factor to avoid the PS admission failure due to increasing number of UEs in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. CELL_FACH). URA_PCH. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Ltd. 3. Search for the last RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message in trace data. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. set the PS service type to background or interactive. Establish an R99 PS service on UE1. Use UE2 to call UE1. Cause UE1 to perform another cell reselection after the Cell Reselection Timer[s] expires. Power on UE1 and UE2. 3. Do not send any data from UE1 for another while. click Trace > UMTS Services. the network side should perform UE1 transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. and camp on CELL1. The value of rrcstateindicator IE should be URA_PCH. Trace Mode and Save File. see 12 Configuring UE State in Connected Mode (CELL_DCH. CELL_PCH. click Trace > UMTS Services. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE1 message should be displayed. These UEs consume a large number of Iu-PS resources although there is no service data transmission. On the BSC6900 LMT. Use UE2 to call UE1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. On the HLR. 2. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Then. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. Do not send any data from UE1 for 30 seconds. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. URA_PCH State (Type 1) NOTE l After this feature is activated. click Trace > UMTS Services. number of UEs in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state will increase sharply. l l l Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in Idle Mode) 1. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Commissioning Procedure (Paging a UE in CELL_PCH State) 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. Then. Repeat step 3 through step 5 described in section "Paging a UE in URA_PCH" to perform UE1 transition to CELL_PCH. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Uu Message Type. 5. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Cause UE1 to perform a cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2. deselect RSVDBIT1_BIT21 (Reserved Parameter 1 Bit 21) from the Reserved parameter 1 drop-down list box. Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in URA_PCH) 1. 4.. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE1 message should be displayed. 2. Use UE2 to call UE1. 6.

75 . Ltd. //Modifying the mapping between activation factor and adjacent node MOD ADJMAP: ANI=1. the FACH-to-PCH state transition is disabled.RAN Feature Activation Guide 13 Configuring Paging UE in Idle. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PSSTRMUL=10. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer to 65535. PsInactTmrForBac=1800. //Setting the PS inactive period detection timer for RNC SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=20. //Adding an activation factor ADD TRMFACTOR: FTI=1. ITFT=IUPS. //Enabling the cell update during CS service setup SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT21-0. 3. PSINTERDL=10. PSINTERUL=10. FTI=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set Interactive service T1and set Background service T1 to 20. PSBKGUL=10.. PsInactTmrForBac=20. CELL_PCH. PSSTRMDL=10. URA_PCH State (Type 1) 2. PSCONVUL=10. //Setting the PS inactive period detection timer for RNC SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=1800. ----End Example // Activation Procedure //Setting the FACH/E_FACH-tO-PCH state transition timer for BE services SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeF2PStateTransTimer=10. When this parameter is set to 65535. //Disabling the cell update during CS service setup SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT21-1. REMARK="Iu-PS". PSCONVDL=10. PSBKGDL=10. // Deactivation Procedure //Setting the FACH/E_FACH-tO-PCH state transition timer for BE services SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeF2PStateTransTimer=65535.

. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 3. Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in CELL_DCH State) 1. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer[s] to 30s. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 14 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. Then. 76 . Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. click Submit. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) This section describes how to activate. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. Trace Mode and Save File. Uu Message Type. Context In paging type 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. l License – This feature is not under license control. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010302 Paging UE in CELL_FACH. 2. the UTRAN sends a paging message to the UE in CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state through the DCH or FACH. verify. CELL_DCH State (Type 2). On the BSC6900 LMT. click Trace > UMTS Services.

set the PS service type to background or interactive. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. ----End Example //Activating paging type 2 SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 14 Configuring Paging UE in CELL_FACH. 4. 2. Use UE2 to call UE1. Uu Message Type. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE2 message should be displayed. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. ProtectTmrForBac=20. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace.. The value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Use UE2 to call UE1. Establish an R99 PS service on UE1. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The RRC_PAGING_TYPE2 message should be displayed. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=1440. Verification Procedure (Paging a UE in CELL_FACH State) 1. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. The Trace Data tab page is displayed. On the BSC6900 LMT. 4. Do not send any data from UE1 for 30 seconds. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. 77 . On the HLR. ProtectTmrForInt=20. This feature does not need to be deactivated. and then click Submit. CELL_DCH State (Type 2) 3. PsInactTmrForBac=1440. you can view that the network side performs UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=30. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. 3. and Save File. Deactivation Procedure 1. click Trace > UMTS Services. Then. 6. 5. Establish an R99 PS service on UE1. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data.

. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC). This improves the quality of services and increases resource utilization. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC to set the following event 4A and 4B parameters: – Direction – Event4AThd – Event4BThd – TimetoTrigger4A Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. 78 . Context This feature allows dynamic rate adjustment and UE state transition triggered by various reasons. Procedure l Activating DCCC 1. In this step. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. To activate traffic-based BE service rate adjustment. Ltd. To activate the DCCC algorithm.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. l License – This feature is not under license control. 2. perform the following steps: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. perform the following steps: a.

To activate throughput-based BE service rate adjustment. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set the following RNClevel DCCC algorithm parameters: – DcccStg – UlRateUpAdjLevel – UlRateDnAdjLevel – DlRateUpAdjLevel – DlRateDnAdjLevel – UlDcccRateThd – DlDcccRateThd – UlMidRateCalc – DlMidRateCalc – UlMidRateThd – DlMidRateThd 3. In this step. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC to set the following event 4B parameters for the DCH: – Period Amount to trigger 4B on DCH – Period Amount after trigger 4B on DCH 4. c. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to set the RNC-level QoS enhancement algorithm parameters. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. To activate link-stability-based BE service rate adjustment. b. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – QOS Switch for BE Traffic – First Action for BE Uplink QOS – Second Action for BE Uplink QOS – Third Action for BE Uplink QOS – Wait Timer for BE Uplink Rate – First Action for BE Downlink QOS – Second Action for BE Downlink QOS – Third Action for BE Downlink QOS – Indicator for BE Uplink QOS Event – Srnc Parameter for BE Downlink RLC QOS – DRNC Parameter for BE Downlink RLC QOS Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. perform the following steps: a. 79 . set DCH Throu Meas Period and HSUPA DCCC strategy. perform the following steps: a.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) – TimetoTrigger4B – PendingTime4A – PendingTime4B b.

e. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUALITYMEAS to set the RNClevel QoS measurement parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the cell-level Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm parameters.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLQUALITYMEAS to set the cell-level QoS measurement parameters. 80 . Retain the default values in normal situations.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) – Measurement of 6A1 Switch – Measurement of 5A Switch – Measurement of 6D Switch b. Ltd. d. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – BE Trigger Time 6A1 – BE Trigger Time 6B1 – BE Trigger Time 6A2 – BE Trigger Time 6B2 – BE Trigger Time 6D – BE Trigger Time of Event E – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event E – BE Event E Reporting Period – BE Trigger Time of Event F Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – Max UL TX power of interactive service – Max UL TX power of background service NOTE The BSC6900 defines default values for Max UL TX power of interactive service and Max UL TX power of background service. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLRLPWR to set the cell-level downlink transmit power parameters. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – BE Trigger Time 6A1 – BE Trigger Time 6B1 – BE Trigger Time 6A2 – BE Trigger Time 6B2 – BE Trigger Time 6D – UL Measurement Filter Coefficient – DL TCP Measurement Filter Coefficient – BE Trigger Time of Event E – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event E – BE Event E Reporting Period or BE Event E Reporting Period minute – BE Trigger Time of Event F – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event F – BE Event F Reporting Period or BE Event F Reporting Period minute c.

set Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch to INTERFREQ. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. j. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABRLC to set Radio Link Control (RLC) parameters for a typical Radio Access Bearer (RAB). perform the following steps: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. b. The parameters for ensuring link stability are: – Re-TX monitor period – Event A threshold – Hysteresis of Event A – Event A pending time after trigger – Filter Coefficient of RLC Retransmission Ratio NOTE The BSC6900 defines default values for the preceding parameters.. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) – BE Reporting Period Unit for Event F – BE Event E Reporting Period NOTE The BSC6900 defines default values for the preceding parameters. f. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. 81 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Link stability control for BE services is implemented through Inter-frequency handover. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. set Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch to INTERRAT and Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch to ON. h. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. Retain the default values in normal situations. In this step. a. Retain the default values in normal situations. i. perform the following steps: a. b. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS to set the following typical parameters for QoS measurement: – Uplink Event 6A1 Relative Threshold – Uplink Event 6A2 Relative Threshold – Uplink Event 6B1 Relative Threshold – Uplink Event 6B2 Relative Threshold – Statistic Block Number for 5A Event – Event 5A Threshold – Event 5A Interval Block Number – Event Ea Relative Threshold – Event Eb Relative Threshold g. To configure inter-RAT handover for the link stability of BE services. In this step. To configure inter-frequency handover and inter-RAT handover for the link stability of BE services.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUSERGBR to set the guaranteed bit rates (GBRs) for gold.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step. a. and copper users requesting interactive and background services. Activating basic-congestion-based BE service rate adjustment a. see 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set the following RNClevel DCCC algorithm parameters: – Uplink Full Coverage Bit Rate – Downlink Full Coverage Bit Rate l. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDCCC to set the following cell-level DCCC algorithm parameters: – Uplink Full Coverage Bit Rate – Downlink Full Coverage Bit Rate NOTE For details about the settings of measurement control parameters. 3. In this step. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set the following RNClevel DCCC algorithm parameters: – DCCC Rate Up Fail Time Threshold – DCCC Rate Up Fail Monitor Time length – DCCC Rate Up Fail Penalty Time Length l Activating the UE state transition algorithm 1. turn on the following switches of Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch: – DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH – DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH – DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH – DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH NOTE The HSDPA state transition license must be activated before the HSDPA state transition switch is turned on. b. 82 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the measurement control parameters of the UE state transition algorithm. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET to set HSUPA Uplink Rate Adjust Set. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2. Ltd. silver. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) k. c. set Inter-Frequency and Inter-RAT Coexist Switch to SIMINTERFREQRAT and Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the timer parameters of the UE state transition algorithm. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. b.

as shown in Figure 15-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) 4. In addition. as shown in Figure 15-2. Check whether the information element (IE) trafficVolumeMeasurement exists in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message traced on the Uu interface. Ltd. Figure 15-1 IE trafficVolumeMeasurement Figure 15-2 IE periodicalOrEventTrigger 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the Monitor tab page. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the following timer parameters for checking the low activity of PS users: – Conversational service T1 – Streaming service T1 – Interactive service T1 – Background service T1 – IMS signal T1 – Conversational service T2 – Streaming service T2 – Interactive service T2 – Background service T2 – IMS signal T2 l Verifying DCCC 1. Activating always online 1. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth monitoring tasks. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) On the BSC6900 LMT. 83 . Throughput-based BE service rate adjustment a. Traffic-based BE service rate adjustment Set up an R99 BE service.. open the Monitor window. check whether the value of the IE periodicalOrEventTrigger is eventTrigger (1). double-click UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC to set Low Activity Bit Rate Threshold.

l Basic-congestion-based BE service rate adjustment a. The message RRC_RB_REL is not traced on the Uu interface. check whether the value of the IE periodicalOrEventTrigger is eventTrigger (1). In the Connection Performance Monitoring tab page. In addition. as shown in Figure 15-4. In the Monitor tab page. Ltd. On the BSC6900 LMT. 3. Verifying the UE state transition algorithm Set up an R99 BE service and maintain the service without data operations. 84 . b. open the Monitor window. Check whether the value of measurementQuantity in the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message traced on the Uu interface is ue-TransmittedPower (0). you can view the bandwidth reduction in UL Throughput Bandwidth.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) b. as shown in Figure 15-5. You can view the bandwidth decrease in UL Throughput Bandwidth in the Connection Performance Monitoring tab page. Figure 15-5 IE rrc-StateIndicator l Verifying always online Set up an R99 BE service and maintain the service without data operations. Figure 15-3 IE measurementQuantity Figure 15-4 IE periodicalOrEventTrigger 4. as shown in Figure 15-3. Set up an R99 BE service. Check whether the value of rrc-StateIndicator in the traced RRC_RB_RECFG message is cell-FACH (1). Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell congestion status on the Uu interface (the cell is in the basic congestion state). double-click UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth monitoring tasks. Set up an R99 BE service and maintain the service without data operations. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Link-stability-based BE service rate adjustment Set up an R99 BE service.

DrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch=YES. SET UUESTATETRANS: E2FThrouMeasPeriod=30. //Activating link-stability-based BE service rate adjustment //Setting the QoS-related parameters SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. AmRlcCfgPara=FLOWCONTROL_PARA. RlcMode=AM. DlMidRateCalc=HAND_APPOINT. UlBeTrigTime6A2=D1280. BeDlAct2=InterFreqHO. StaBlkNum5A=500. BeUlAct3=InterRatHO. DchThrouTimetoTrigger4B=2. SET UDCCC: HsupaDcccStg=RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the related switches. //Configuring inter-frequency handover for the link stability of BE services MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1. InterFreqRATSwitch=INTERRAT. HangBlockNum5a=512. Event4bThd=D16. SubflowIndex=0. OppositeTrchType=TRCH_DCH. Event4bThd=D64. CSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. BeUlEvTrigInd=SINGLE. DlMidRateThd=D128.. MAXBITRATE=12200. DchThrouMeasPeriod=100. MOD UCELLRLPWR: CellId=1. ReTransRatioFilterCoef=1. //Activating throughput-based BE service rate adjustment SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH-1. MOD UTYPRABRLC: RabIndex=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) 1. PendingTime4A=D4000. PSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. UlThd6a1=1. In this step. ThdEa=2. UlMidRateThd=D128. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. CoexistMeasThdChoice=COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ. DlRateDnAdjLevel=3_Rates. UlThd6b2=5. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. DlDcccRateThd=D64. 2. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. SrncBeDlRlcQosSwitch=YES. BeUlQos6A1McSwitch=YES. TimetoTrigger4A=D240. SET UDCCC: UlDcccRateThd=D64. BeUlQos6DMcSwitch=YES. CNDOMAINID=CS_DOMAIN. SET UQUALITYMEAS: UlBeTrigTime6A1=D640. TimeToTriggerA=2. //Configuring inter-RAT handover for the link stability of BE services MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1. Thd5a=280. UlBeTrigTime6B2=D1280. DlBeTrigTimeE=64. MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC: RabIndex=1. DlRateUpAdjLevel=3_Rates. //Setting the DCCC algorithm parameters Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Activating traffic-based BE service rate adjustment MOD UTYPRABDCCCMC: RabIndex=1. CSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. DchThrouPendingTime4B=16. PSServiceHOSwitch=ON. DelayClass=1. TimetoTrigger4B=D2560. ThdEb=2. EventAThred=160. ChoiceRptUnitForBeE=TEN_MSEC. PendingTimeA=1. UlMidRateCalc=HAND_APPOINT. CoexistMeasThdChoice=COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ. TenMsecForBeF=480. ChoiceRptUnitForBeF=TEN_MSEC. UlMeasFilterCoef=D19. UlBeTrigTime6B1=D2560. MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS: RabIndex=1. DlMeasFilterCoef=D1. InterFreqRATSwitch=INTERFREQ. BeDlAct3=InterRatHO. RLMAXDLPWR=-30. Direction=DOWNLINK. Event4aThd=D1024. TrchType=TRCH_DCH. TimeToMoniter=6000. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating DCCC //Activating the DCCC algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. UlThd6b1=1. BeUlAct2=InterFreqHO. 85 . RLMINDLPWR=-180. Direction=UPLINK. UlRateUpAdjLevel=3_Rates. DlBeTrigTimeF=64. BeDlAct1=RateDegrade. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. UlThd6a2=5. PendingTime4B=D4000. BeUlQos5AMcSwitch=YES. TenMsecForBeE=480. UlRateDnAdjLevel=3_Rates. DcccStg=RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_DCH. UlBeTrigTime6D=D240. BeUlAct1=RateDegrade. DLSF=D128. MoniterPrd=1000.

BeEFach2CpcTvmThd=D1024. BeF2HTvmThd=D1024. BeF2ETvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeF2CpcETvmTimeToTrig=D0. D2FTvmPTAT=D1000. ProtectTmrForBac=10. BeF2ETvmThd=D1024. BeF2DTvmThd=D1024. BeH2FTvmThd=D64. BeF2HTvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeH2FTvmPTAT=D1000. F2PTvmTimeToTrig=D5000. BeEFach2CpcTvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeF2PStateTransTimer=5. SET UDCCC: FailTimeTh=4. //Activating the UE state transition algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_B E_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. BeF2CpcHTvmThd=D1024.RAN Feature Activation Guide 15 Configuring Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) SET UDCCC: UlFullCvrRate=D64. DlGBR=D16. ProtectTmrForInt=10. D2FTvmTimeToTrig=D5000. SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET: EdchRateAdjustSet=RATE_144KBPS-1&RATE_384KBPS-1&RATE_1280KBPS-1. //Deactivating DCCC SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-0.. FastDormancyF2DHTvmThd=D3k. BeEFach2DTvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeE2FStateTransTimer=5. BeH2EFachStateTransTimer=5. UserPriority=GOLD. DcccUpPenaltyLen=30. BeH2FStateTransTimer=5. E2FThrouTimeToTrig=2. BeCpc2EFachStateTransTimer=5. Ltd. ProtectTmrForCon=10. PsInactTmrForCon=240. PsInactTmrForBac=240. BeEFach2HTvmTimeToTrig=D0. BeF2CpcHTvmTimeToTrig=D0. ProtectTmrForStr=10. //Activating always online SET UPSINACTTIMER:PsInactTmrForInt=240.PsInactTmrForStr=240. BeD2EFachStateTransTimer=5. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=180. BeH2FTvmTimeToTrig=D5000. PSInactTmrForImsSig=3600. MoniTimeLen=60. UlFullCvrRate=D64. BeCpc2FStateTransTimer=5. UlGBR=D16. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=9. ProtectTmrForImsSig=10. E2FThrouMeasPeriod=30. BeEFach2DTvmThd=D1024. E2FThrouThd=8. F2PTvmPTAT=D16000. D2F2PTvmThd=D64. BeF2CpcETvmThd=D1024. 86 . DlFullCvrRate=D64. BeF2DTvmTimeToTrig=D0. E2FThrouPTAT=4. BeEFach2HTvmThd=D1024. BeD2FStateTransTimer=5. BearType=R99. SET UDCCC: LittleRateThd=D64. MOD UCELLDCCC: CellId=1. //Activating basic-congestion-based BE service rate adjustment SET UUSERGBR: TrafficClass=INTERACTIVE. DlFullCvrRate=D64. THPClass=High.

Keep UE1 and UE2 in idle mode in CELL1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. verify. 3. and then double-click Iu Interface Trace. The chosenIntegrityProtectionAlgorithm IE of the latter message indicates the integrity protection algorithm.. click Trace > UMTS Services. Deactivation Procedure 1. 4. 87 . and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011401 Integrity Protection. Use UE2 to call UE1. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 16 Configuring Integrity Protection 16 Configuring Integrity Protection This section describes how to activate. This feature does not need to be deactivated. l License – This feature is not under license control. Context This feature protects the network and user data from being listened and modified illegally. 2. The messages RANAP_SECURITY_ MODE_COMMAND and RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMPLETE should be displayed. On the BSC6900 LMT. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. Verification Procedure 1. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. l l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUIA to enable the RNC to support the integrity protection algorithm. The Iu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed.

88 . Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 16 Configuring Integrity Protection Example //Activating integrity protection SET UUIA: IntegrityProtectAlgo=UIA1-1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

The messages RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMMAND and RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMPLETE should be displayed. The Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 3. End the calling. click Trace > UMTS Services. l License – This feature is not under license control. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. The chosenEncryptionAlgorithm IE of the latter message indicates the encryption algorithm. 89 . Ltd. 2. UE1 and UE2 return to the idle mode. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-011402 Encryption. The Iu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. verify. The messages RANAP_SECURITY_ MODE_COMMAND and RANAP_SECURITY_MODE_COMPLETE should be displayed. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUEA to enable the RNC to support the encryption algorithm. Verification Procedure 1. 6. On the BSC6900 LMT. and then double-click Iu Interface Trace. Use UE2 to call UE1.. 4. Context The encryption algorithms supported by Huawei RAN include UEA0 and UEA1. Keep UE1 and UE2 in idle mode in CELL1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 17 Configuring Encryption 17 Configuring Encryption This section describes how to activate.

----End Example //Activating encryption SET UUEA: EncryptionAlgo=UEA0-1&UEA1-1. 90 . l Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 17 Configuring Encryption chosenEncryptionAlgorithm IE of the latter message indicates the encryption algorithm. Ltd.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This feature does not need to be deactivated.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. network parameter settings. Context This feature enables BSC6900 to roughly estimate path loss based on power measurement results. Ltd. 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure Activate open loop power control on the downlink DPCH. 91 . This feature does not need to be activated on the downlink DPCH. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and QoS requirements. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020501 Open Loop Power Control. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. set the parameters related to uplink DPCH power control. l License – This feature is not under license control. verify. Activate open loop power control on the uplink DPCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 18 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control Configuring Open Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate. Based on the estimation results. BSC6900 sets the initial transmit power for a UE and a NodeB before connection is established between them. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1..

Figure 18-1 ul-DPCH-PowerControlIonfo IE Verify open loop power control on the uplink PRACH 1. which affects uplink coverage. Based on the dpcch-PowerOffset value.331. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UPRACHUUPARAS. set the parameters related to the PARCH to appropriate values. as shown in Figure 18-1. DPCCH_Power_offset indicates the initial transmit power offset on the DPCCH. Primary CPICH DL TX power indicates the downlink transmit power on the P-CPICH. l The formula for calculating DPCCH_Initial_Power is: DPCCH_Initial_Power = DPCCH_Power_offset . Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Check whether the IE constantValue whose value is -20 is contained in the RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE5 message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. see 3GPP TS 25. and Default Constant Value is the value of Default Constant Value. In this step. whose value is the same as that of DPCCH Power Offset. UL interference indicates the uplink interference. Verify open loop power control on the uplink DPCH 1. under the IE ul-DPCH-PowerControlIonfo contained in the RRC message RRC Connection Setup. Verification Procedure Verify open loop power control on the downlink DPCH 1. The message NBAP_RL_SETUP_REQ on the Iub interface shows the value of the IE initialDL-transmissionPower. An excessively great value of DPCCH_Power_offset may lead to instantaneous interference on uplink signal reception. Activate open loop power control on the uplink PRACH. which affects the uplink receiving performance. If the message contains this IE. Use UE 2 to establish a conversation with UE 1.. 1. An excessively small value of DPCCH_Power_offset may lead to uplink synchronization failures at the cell edge during initial link establishment. 92 . l The formula for calculating DPCCH_Power_offset is: DPCCH_Power_offset = Primary CPICH DL TX power + UL interference + Default Constant Value. After obtaining values of these parameters.RAN Feature Activation Guide 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control NOTE l The BSC6900 uses the Default Constant Value parameter to calculate the power offset on the uplink DPCCH (DPCCH_Power_offset).CPICH_RSCP. the UE can further calculate the initial transmit power on the uplink DPCCH (DPCCH_Initial_Power) and perform uplink open loop power control. 2. the UE calculates the initial transmit power and performs open look power control on the uplink PARCH. Check the IE dpcch-PowerOffset. Where. For details. Where. Based on the calculation result. parameters configured for the UE take effect. This value is used for the downlink DPCH open loop power control. Ltd. the UE calculates the initial transmit power on the uplink DPCCH (DPCCH_Initial_Power). CPICH_RSCP indicates the received signal code power (RSCP) that the UE measures on the P-CPICH.

PhyChId=1.. ----End Example //Activating open loop power control on the uplink DPCH SET UFRC: DefaultConstantValue=-22. PowerRampStep=2. 93 . //Activating open loop power control on the uplink PRACH MOD UPRACHUUPARAS: CellId=111. Constantvalue=-20. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 18 Configuring Open Loop Power Control 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PreambleRetransMax=20.

Context In soft handover. set Power Control Switch to PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH. l License – This feature is not under license control. Ltd. 4. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020502 Downlink Power Balance. The greater the downlink transmit power drift. 94 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The downlink power balance feature solves the problem of power imbalance between links.RAN Feature Activation Guide 19 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance Configuring Downlink Power Balance This section describes how to activate. In this step. Uu Message Type. Move a UE from cell 1 to cell 2 to ensure that the UE performs a soft handover. thereby achieving best gain in soft handover. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Figure 19-1 shows the expected result. 2. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Verification Procedure 1. Then click Submit. choose Trace > UMTS Services and double-click Uu Interface Trace. the smaller the macro diversity gain. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. verify. Set Cell Config. 3. error codes in a TPC command may lead to downlink transmit power drift. Downlink power balance adjusts power drift and improves performance of soft handover. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.. On the BSC6900 LMT. and Save File. Check whether the active cell set update is complete in the traced Uu-interface messages.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 19 Configuring Downlink Power Balance Figure 19-1 RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message traced in Uu interface message tracing 5. In this step. Start Iub interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. //Deactivating downlink power balance SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH-0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 95 . Figure 19-2 Information element dedicatedMeasurementType l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating downlink power balance SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH-1. Expected result: the value of dedicatedMeasurementType is transmitted-codepower(2) shown in Figure 19-2. set PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH to 0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Check the value of the information element dedicatedMeasurementType in the NBAP_DEDIC_MEAS_INIT_REQ message..

therefore leading to a waste of uplink power. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. 2. The optimized OLPC algorithm rapidly adjusts the target SIR in any of the following scenarios: service setup. 96 . l License – This feature is not under license control. By doing so. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020503 Outer Loop Power Control. Ltd.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the OLPC function. the average uplink target SIR is reduced and the uplink power consumption is decreased. the target SIR needs to be adjusted to ensure a desirable service quality. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 20 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control Configuring Outer Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate. Otherwise. verify. service reconfiguration. The legacy OLPC algorithm enables the target SIR to quickly increase but slowly decrease. burst interference. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABOLPC to set the parameters related to OLPC according to network plan. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the service quality may be bad or will accordingly lead to severe interference and power waste. Outer loop power control is performed on the DCHs carrying the same RRC connection. When the moving speed of a UE or the multi-path environment changes. Context Outer loop power control guarantees the service quality by adjusting the target SIR of inner loop power control. and status switching between insufficient UE transmit power and sufficient UE transmit power.

Ltd. If the values are changed. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate the OLPC function. Figure 20-1 UL SIR Figure 20-2 OLPC l Deactivation Procedure 1. choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. 3. and enter the corresponding IMSI. On the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Check whether the values of UL SIR and OLPC are changed. this feature is activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control 1. The Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed. In the displayed dialog box.. Click the Monitor on the BSC6900 LMT main page. Use a UE to initiate a PS service. And then click Submit to initiate the trace. 2. 97 . set Monitor Item to UL SIR and OLPC. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

UlL2EnhanceInd=FALSE. SubflowIndex=0. MOD UTYPRABOLPC: RabIndex=11.. SubflowIndex=0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UlEcBoostingInd=FALSE. MaxSirtarget=192. EdPwrInterpolationInd=FALSE. 98 . MOD UTYPRABOLPC: RabIndex=55. BLERQuality=-20. EdchTargetLargeRetransNum=1100. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_10MS. EdchTargetLittleRetransNum=10. DelayClass=1. Ul16QamInd=FALSE. DelayClass=1. //Deactivating outer loop power control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_OLPC_SWITCH-0. TrchType=TRCH_DCH. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_10MS. MinSirtarget=112. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 20 Configuring Outer Loop Power Control Example //Activating outer loop power control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_OLPC_SWITCH-1. MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC: RabIndex=55. SubflowIndex=0.

The Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box is displayed. 2. 5. It is used to adjust the transmit power based on the feedback from the physical layer of the peer end. And then click Submit to initiate the trace. l License – This feature is not under license control. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. On the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020504 Inner Loop Power Control. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UE 1 calls UE 2. answers and starts the conversation. The UE and Node B can adjust transmit power according to the SIR sent by each other. choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. verify. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) The feature does not need to be activated. 99 . Verification Procedure 1. and enter the corresponding IMSI. Ltd. It is applied for dedicated channels only. radio link fading can be reduced. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. set Monitor Item to UL SIR and UE Tx Power.RAN Feature Activation Guide 21 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control Configuring Inner Loop Power Control This section describes how to activate. Context Inner loop power control is also known as fast close loop power control. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. UE 2 rings.. When you move UE 1 away from the cell center. 3. UE_1 transmit power increases. 4. In the displayed dialog box. In this way. UE 1 moves in the cell to change radio link quality. Click the Monitor on the BSC6900 LMT main page. Observe the variation of UL SIR and UE Tx Power in the UL SIR and UE Tx Power Connection Performance Monitoring window.

When you move UE_1 towards cell center.. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UE_1 transmit power decreases. Ltd. This feature does not need to be deactivated. 100 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 21 Configuring Inner Loop Power Control 6. Figure 21-1 UL SIR Tracing Figure 21-2 UE Tx Power Tracing l Deactivation Procedure 1.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activating power resource admission a. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020101 Admission Control.RAN Feature Activation Guide 22 Configuring Admission Control 22 Configuring Admission Control This section describes how to activate. 3. In this step.. It helps ensure the QoS and optimize the allocation of system resources. b. 2. 101 . verify. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Activating NodeB credit resource admission Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and select an appropriate algorithm from both the Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch drop-down lists according to the network plan. l License – This feature is not under license control. select associated cell-oriented power admission control algorithms from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set power resource admission parameters to appropriate values. Ltd. Context This feature enables the BSC6900 to perform admission control on UEs requesting R99 services by considering the status of various resources. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Activating code resource admission Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC with Dl handover credit and code reserved SF set to an appropriate value. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. Expected result: The UE fails to initiate the PS service. In this step. In this step. In this step. In this step. containing the cause value no-radio-resources-available-intarget-cell. 5. Expected result: The data service is set up successfully. deselect NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH from the CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. deselect CRD_ADCTRL from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. set Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch to ALGORITHM_OFF. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Deactivating Iub resource admission This feature does not need to be deactivated. Activating Iub resource admission This feature does not need to be activated. 2. set DL total equivalent user number of CELL_A11 to 1. Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission a. Deactivating power resource admission Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. set UL handover credit reserved SF to an appropriate value. select CRD_ADCTRL from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to turn on the NodeB-level credit admission switch. set DL total equivalent user number of CELL_A11 to 80. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 22 Configuring Admission Control 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. 4. a. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a PS service. select NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH from the CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to turn on the NodeB-level CE admission switch. Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a PS service. Enable a UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11.. In this step. In this step. 2. 6. 4. an RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNBMENT_RESP message sent from the RNC to the CN is displayed. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. 3. In the Iu Interface Trace window. l Verification Procedure The procedure for verifying downlink admission control on R99 non-real-time PS services based on the number of equivalent subscribers is as follows: 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. c. b. Deactivating code resource admission This feature does not need to be deactivated. b. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step. 102 . In this step.

//Activating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-1. DlHOThd=85. MaxHsdpaUserNum=64. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SF32. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-0. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. UlNonCtrlThdForNonAMR=75. UlHoCeResvSf=SF16. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. 103 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. MaxUlTxPowerforInt=24. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. DlOtherThd=75. UlCellTotalThd=83. DlConvNonAMRThd=80. DlConvAMRThd=80. Ltd. //Deactivating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. DlCellTotalThd=90. //Activating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. UlNonCtrlThdForAMR=75. UlNonCtrlThdForHo=80. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1.. UlNonCtrlThdForOther=60. MaxUlTxPowerforConv=24. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-1. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. //Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 22 Configuring Admission Control Example //Activating code resource admission MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11.

Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. verify. and non-HSPA power is always activated. 4. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. TCP. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l License – This feature is not under license control. 2. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The function of measurement on RTWP. Ltd. and smoothing filter length according to the network plan. set load monitoring parameters. report period. Therefore. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020102 Load Measurement. 104 . In this step. In this step. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM. this feature does not need to be activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 23 Configuring Load Measurement 23 Configuring Load Measurement This section describes how to activate. including the uplink/downlink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm trigger/release thresholds and uplink/downlink overload congestion (OLC) algorithm trigger/release thresholds to appropriate values. Context This feature is used to measure the load for the load control feature. In this step. select HSDPA_PBR_MEAS and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to activate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDM. set parameters associated with load measurement. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features..

NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. In this step. HsupAuRetrnsLdTrigThd=70. DlLdrTrigThd=70. and non-HSPA power has been activated and cannot be deactivated. UlOlcRelThd=85. ----End Example //Activating load measurement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. UlLdrTrigThd=55. MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=1. Check whether the downlink carrier TX power is displayed in the Cell DL Carrier TX Power monitoring window. 2. 2. SET ULDM: UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6. Deactivation Procedure 1. 105 . On the BSC6900 LMT. deselect HSDPA_PBR_MEAS and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to deactivate the cell-level load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA. TCP. //Deactivating load measurement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. DlLdrRelThd=60. UlLdrRelThd=45. DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6. Ltd. DlOlcRelThd=85. The measurement on RTWP. HsupAuRetrnsLdRelThd=50. open the Monitor page.. DlOlcTrigThd=95. TenMsecForUlBasicMeas=100. UlOlcTrigThd=95.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 23 Configuring Load Measurement 1. In the Monitor navigation tree. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and create tasks of monitoring Cell DL Carrier TX Power and RTWP. 3. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1. ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas=TEN_MSEC. Check whether the uplink full-bandwidth RX power of the cell is displayed in the RTWP monitoring window.

106 . verify..RAN Feature Activation Guide 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling This section describes how to activate. code reshuffling. a. l License – This feature is not under license control. Context This feature provides multiple load reshuffling policies for a cell in the basic congestion state to decrease the cell load and increase the access success rate. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 1. The load reshuffling policies are inter-frequency load handover. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The following section provides the related parameters and commands. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling. PS domain inter-RAT load handover. turn on the following switches of Cell LDC algorithm switch: – UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load reshuffling algorithm – DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CODE_LDR: Code reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CREDIT_LDR:Credit reshuffling algorithm Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice. Enable the related load reshuffling algorithms. BE service rate reduction. The parameter settings depend on the network plan. In this step. Ltd. CS domain interRAT load handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH.

– Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the cell-level credit LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold). – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set LDR thresholds (UL/DL LDR Trigger/release threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold). To simulate the scenario where power load reaches 75%. In the displayed dialog box. 3. turn on the following switches of NodeB LDC algorithm switch: – IUB_LDR: NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm – NODEB_CREDIT_LDR: NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm – LCG_CREDIT_LDR: cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm 2. create a Cell DL Throughput monitoring task. 4. 5. 1. – Inter-frequency load handover Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. – Downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice Set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH. Enable a UE in idle mode to camp on CELL_A11.RAN Feature Activation Guide 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling b. – PS domain inter-RAT load handover Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. In the Monitor Navigation Tree tab page. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Use the UE to log in to the FTP server and then start FTP downloading. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the functions used in the LDR actions. run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM. 3. In this step. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Verification Procedure The following section takes R99 non-real-time data services as examples to verify BE service rate reduction in the basic congestion state. – BE service rate reduction Set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR to set the cell-grouplevel or NodeB-level LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold). Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service. Data downloading is normal.. open the Monitor tab page. 107 . The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH. Ltd. Check the rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) contained in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. The RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. On the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA. 2. – CS domain inter-RAT load handover Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to set the LDR period (LDR period timer length). – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and LDR actions. 4. Set the related thresholds.

MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1". UlOlcRelThd=85. //Deactivating Load Reshuffling MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. Deactivation Procedure 1. you can view the downlink RB rate decrease configured on the RNC. deselect the following switches from NodeB LDC algorithm switch: – IUB_LDR: NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm – NODEB_CREDIT_LDR: NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm – LCG_CREDIT_LDR: cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm ----End Example //Activating Load Reshuffling //Enabling load reshuffling algorithms MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100. UlOlcTrigThd=95. UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR1. the RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed. DlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO. In this step. l To stop simulating power load. //Setting code reshuffling thresholds MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100. HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1&HO _INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR0. Ltd. deselect the following switches from Cell LDC algorithm switch: – UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load reshuffling algorithm – DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CODE_LDR: Code reshuffling algorithm – CELL_CREDIT_LDR:Credit reshuffling algorithm 2. //Turning on load reshuffling function switches SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling Performance Monitoring dialog box. //Setting load reshuffling thresholds MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=100. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj. CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. UlLdrRelThd=45. UlLdrTrigThd=55. you can view the downlink RB rate increase configured on the RNC. 6. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1. DlOlcRelThd=85. DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000. DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8.. //Setting cell-level credit reshuffling thresholds MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100. //Setting NodeB-level credit reshuffling thresholds MOD UNODEBLDR: NodeBName="nodeb1". DlLdrTrigThd=70. In the Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8. run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM. 108 . DlLdrRelThd=60. //Setting load reshuffling period SET ULDCPERIOD: LDRPERIODTIMERLEN=10. In this step. DlOlcTrigThd=95.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 24 Configuring Load Reshuffling MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1". Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 109 .. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0. Ltd.

and DL OLC release threshold. 5.. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLOLC to set the parameter related to OLC-related actions. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set UL OLC trigger threshold. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Select the IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) check box under the parameter NodeB LDC algorithm. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to enable the OLC algorithm. l License – This feature is not under license control. UL OLC release threshold. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to set the OLC period (OLC period timer value). 4. Select the UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell LDC algorithm switch. Context This feature provides load adjustment means to quickly lower the load in overloaded cells. Ltd. 2. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the air interface OLC algorithm. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020107 Overload Control. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 25 Configuring Overload Control 25 Configuring Overload Control This section describes how to activate. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 110 . DL OLC trigger threshold. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 25 Configuring Overload Control 1.. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-0. – LST UCELLALGOSWTICH – LST UCELLLDM – LST UNODEBALGOPARA – LST ULDCPERIOD – LST UCELLOLC NOTE Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to dienable the air interface OLC algorithm. //Deactivating Overload Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. 2. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-1&DL_UU_OLC-1. Clear the IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) check box under the parameter NodeB LDC algorithm switch. MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1". MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1". ADD UCELLOLC: CellId=111. Run the following BSC6900 MML commands to verify whether the activation is successful. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0. Clear the UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU OLC Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell LDC algorithm switch. 111 . SET ULDCPERIOD: OlcPeriodTimerLen=3000. NOTE l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating Overload Control MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to disenable the OLC algorithm.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD to set the length of LDR period (LDR period timer length). verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The code allocation function is always activated. the code resources can be rationally allocated.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set code LDR threshold (Cell LDR SF reserved threshold) and set CodeAdj(Code adjust) as one of the DL LDR actions. The activation procedure applies to only the code reshuffling function. 112 . l License – This feature is not under license control. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and then enable the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management. 2. Context This feature provides downlink code tree allocation and reshuffling. therefore increasing the utilization efficiency of the resources.RAN Feature Activation Guide 26 Configuring Code Resource Management 26 Configuring Code Resource Management This section describes how to activate. Through this. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 3. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URESERVEOVSF to release the service that occupies code SF32(1). Enable the UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11. //Verifying Code Resource Management MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. 5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR with Cell LDR SF reserved threshold set to SF8 and Max user number for code adjust to 1. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-1. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. DSP UCELLCHK: CHECKSCOPE=CELLID. 8. The status of cell code congestion is displayed as basic congestion. SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10. 6. CELLID=111. Deactivation Procedure 1. Connect the UE to a laptop on the USB port and enable the UE to initiate a data service. 4. ----End Example //Activating Code Resource Management MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. Expected result: Services are set up on the DCH successfully. you can view that the service occupies code SF32(4). DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj. Ltd. DLOVSFSF=SF32. RMV URESERVEOVSF: CellId=111. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. //Deactivating Code Resource Management MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. You can view the rbmappinginfo information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. 113 . Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR. 3. 2. 7. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-0. The status of cell code congestion is displayed as not congested..RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 26 Configuring Code Resource Management Verification Procedure 1. In the Cell Code Tree Monitor window. Enable the UE to log in to the FTP Internet server and then enable FTP download. DLCODENO=1. and then deactivate the required LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR (Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.

For the PS service. SNA1 and SNA2) on the MSC. 114 .. For the CS service. 6. SNA1. 5. 4. l Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the shared network area (SNA) function.RAN Feature Activation Guide 27 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021301 Shared Network Support in Connected Mode. Verifying the SNA Function of the CS Service Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACINFO to modify the RACs of CELL1 and CELL2. Context This feature enables the RAN and CN together to perform UE access restriction in specified location areas. l License – This feature is not under license control. Set up a cell. For details. configure two SNAs (for example. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 2. Ltd. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. run the MML command ADD SNA on the SGSN to add SNA. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command to enable the SNA function. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. and SNA2. Run the BSC6900 MML command to turn on the soft handover switch.

. 11. Establish a PS service on UE1. Move UE1 to CELL2. End the calling. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. Keep UE1 and UE2 in idle mode in CELL1. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. 10. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 7. End the PS service of UE1. Run the BSC6900 MML command to enable the SNA function. which will not trigger soft handover because UE1 does not belong to SNA_2. The Iu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. 2. the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message sent from the RNC to UE1 on the Uu interface should indicate that CELL2 is not in the monitoring set. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. End the PS service of UE1. 115 . End the calling. On the BSC6900 LMT.RAN Feature Activation Guide 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode 1. 8. 9. the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message sent from the RNC to UE1 on the Uu interface should indicate that CELL2 is not in the monitoring cell. 4. Ltd. Use UE1 to call UE2. Run the BSC6900 MML command to disable the SNA function. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. Run the MML command ADD SNA on the SGSN to add SNA information. 3. UE1 and UE2 return to the idle mode in CELL1. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable the SNA function. 4. 3. 11. 7. 8. Use UE1 to call UE2. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. UE1 returns to the idle mode in CELL1. 6. Run the BSC6900 MML command to enable the SNA function. 2. Establish a PS service on UE1. CELL2 belongs to SNA2 but not SNA1. l Verifying the SNA Function of the PS Service 1. which will not trigger soft handover because UE1 does not belong to SNA_2. Move UE1 to CELL2 to trigger soft handover. Move UE1 to CELL2 to trigger soft handover. 10. The RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message from the RNC to UE1 and the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message from UE1 to the RNC should be displayed in Uu trace data. The RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message from the RNC to UE1 and the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message from UE1 to the RNC should be displayed in Uu trace data. UE1 and UE2 return to the idle mode in CELL1. Therefore. 5. click Trace > UMTS Services. Add a mapping relation between IMSI of UE1 and SNA1 on the MSC. and it should include the SNA ACCESS information IE. Move UE1 to CELL2. and then double-click Iu Interface Trace. UE1 returns to the idle mode in CELL1. Run the BSC6900 MML command to disable the SNA function. NOTE CELL2 belongs to SNA2 but not SNA1. The RANAP_COMMON_ID message from UE1 should be displayed in Iu trace data. 6. Therefore. 9.

ADD SNAGRPCODE: SNAGRPN="2". SAC=0. ///Add a mapping relation between IMSI and SNA1 on the MSC ADD IMSIGRP: IMSIPRE=K'460071104008338. SNAC=2. //Activating the SNA function of the CS Service MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=1. //Verifying the SNA function of the CS Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. LAC="2". SAC=0. ADD LOCNOLAI: LOCNONAME="SNA_2". SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=2. LAC=2. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. LAI="460020002". SNAC=2. //Verifying the SNA function of the PS Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. //Adding two SNAs (for example. RAC=1. LAC=2. SAC=0. SNAC=1. ADD SNAGRPCODE: SNAGRPN="1". SNAC=2. LAC="1". MOD RNC: RNCID=1. ENDIMSI="460071104008338". //Adding SNA information on the SGSN ADD SNAA: BEGIMSI="460071104008338". SAC=0. MCCMNC1=K'46002. SNA1 and SNA2) on the MSC ADD LOCNOLAI: LOCNONAME="SNA_1". LAC=1. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. LAI="460020001". CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. RAC=2. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. ADD SNA: PLMN="46002". //Activating the SNA function of the PS Service MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=1. //Deactivating the SNA function SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. SNAC=1. SNAGRPN1="1". RAC=2. Ltd. RAC=1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. LAC=1. //Deactivating the SNA function SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-0. SNAC=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 27 Configuring Shared Network Support in Connected Mode Example //Adding two SNAs (for example. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. ADD LOCSNA: LOCNONAME=" SNA_1". SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH-1. ADD LOCSNA: LOCNONAME=" SNA_2". PLMN="46002". 116 . SNAC=1. CAPABILITY=SNA-1. SNA1 and SNA2) on the SGSN ADD SNA: PLMN="46002".. MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=2.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UHOCOMM to set Softer handover combination indicator switch to MAY or MUST. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. the uplink resources of a cell in the same uplink resource group can be fully shared. Context This feature enables softer handover within a NodeB. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Intra-NodeB softer handover is one type of soft handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell.. In this step. 117 . softer handover does not consume additional transmission resources on the Iub interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. select HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to enable soft handover. In this way. To perform softer handover. 2. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 3. l License – This feature is not under license control. Softer handover may occur within the same uplink resource group. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In contrast to soft handover. softer handover can provide higher combination gain and require less transmission resources on the Iub interface. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020201 Intra NodeB Softer Handover. verify. Therefore. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover This section describes how to activate. multiple RLs need to be established.

it can be observed RNC sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE and UE sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC. SET UHOCOMM: DivCtrlField=MAY. l l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. SIB12Ind=FALSE. ----End Example //Activating Intra NodeB Softer Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. PeriodMRReportNumfor1C=D16. and service is set up successfully. SIB11Ind=TRUE. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. and Save File. IntraFreqMeasQuantity=CPICH_EC/NO. click Trace > UMTS Services. Verification Procedure 1. Deactivation Procedure 1. UE initiates PS Dial-up. NPrioFlag=FALSE. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=202. Then. 3. Uu Message Type.RAN Feature Activation Guide 28 Configuring Intra NodeB Softer Handover 4. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. 2. NCellRncId=203. On the BSC6900 LMT. CellId=2381. //Deactivating Intra NodeB Softer Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. ReportIntervalfor1C=D4000. click Submit. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UHOCOMM to set Softer handover combination indicator switch to MUST_NOT. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config.. 4. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The data transmission remains normal while UE is moving to CELL2. 6. NCellId=3291. UE moves from CELL1 to CELL2. through the Trace Data. SET UINTRAFREQHO: FilterCoef=D3. 5. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 118 . UE is in idle mode and camps on the CELL1. Ltd.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 29 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover This section describes how to activate. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For intra-RNC soft handover. multiple RLs need to be established between NodeBs or within a NodeB. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. the intra-RNC soft handover can be applied to more scenarios. 119 . macro diversity combining. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. Ltd. which is in selective mode. 2. verify. Verification Procedure 1. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. click Trace > UMTS Services. Intra-NodeB softer handover and intra-RNC soft handover differ in the place where macro diversity combining is performed. Context Intra-RNC soft handover is one type of soft handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable soft handover. In such a case. To implement intra-RNC soft handover. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Compared with intra-NodeB softer handover. is performed within the RNC. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) On the BSC6900 LMT. 3. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l License – This feature is not under license control. each RL on the Iub interface carries transmission data independently. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020202 Intra RNC Soft Handover. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed..

NCellRncId=203. PeriodMRReportNumfor1C=D16. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=202. CellId=2381. UE1 calls UE2. UE1 moves from CELL1 to CELL2. 120 . through the Trace Data. Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating Intra RNC Soft Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. it can be observed that RNC1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE1. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. 4. SIB11Ind=TRUE. IntraFreqMeasQuantity=CPICH_EC/NO.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. 3. 5. ReportIntervalfor1C=D4000. and the conversation clear. SET UINTRAFREQHO: FilterCoef=D3. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. and Save File. Then. Uu Message Type. click Submit. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set Softer handover combination indicator to disable the soft handover. and UE1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC1. NCellId=3291. //Deactivating Intra RNC Soft Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 29 Configuring Intra RNC Soft Handover 2. SIB12Ind=FALSE.

verify. macro diversity combining is performed by the SRNC connected through the Iur interface.RAN Feature Activation Guide 30 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. l Other Prerequisites – The Iur interface is configured between adjacent RNCs. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable soft handover. as it can be applied to the RNCs connected through the Iur interface. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020203 Inter RNC Soft Handover.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNRNC or MOD UNRNC to enable crossIur soft handover. the DRNC establishes a radio link in the new NodeB. Ltd. To implement inter-RNC soft handover. Context Inter-RNC soft handover is one type of soft handover. Other procedures are similar to those of intraRNC soft handover. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. This feature enables telecom operators to provide seamless connection services to subscribers. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Inter-RNC soft handover has wider application scenario than soft handover in other forms. l License – This feature is not under license control. 121 . Based on the signaling. In such a case. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a neighboring RNC cell. multiple RLs need to be established between different RNCs. The SRNC sends the DRNC the radio link establishment signaling over the Iur interface.

----End Example //Activating Inter RNC Soft Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Ltd. 2. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. and UE1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE_CMP message to RNC1.RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 30 Configuring Inter RNC Soft Handover 4. CellId=2381. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1. CnOpGrpIndex=0. Deactivation Procedure 1. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. SIB12Ind=FALSE. NCellRncId=2. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1. UE1 moves from CELL1 to CELL2. On the BSC6900 LMT. BandInd=Band1. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST. 122 . UARFCNUplink=9750. Verification Procedure 1. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. EFachSupInd=FALSE. UARFCNDownlink=10700. SIB11Ind=TRUE. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. and the conversation clear. 3. it can be observed that RNC1 sends the RRC_ACTIVE_SET_UPDATE message to UE1. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. QqualminInd=FALSE. and Save File. CellName="2222". UE1 calls UE2.. LAC=2506. NCellId=222. click Submit. //Deactivating Inter RNC Soft Handover MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. 4. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. Uu Message Type. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-0&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0. 5. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. through the Trace Data. click Trace > UMTS Services. Then. NPrioFlag=FALSE. CellId=221. PScrambCode=256. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to disable the cross-Iur soft handover.

Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020301 Intra Frequency Hard Handover. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a neighboring RNC cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver switch list. verify. Context When hard handover is performed. If cross-Iur hard handover is required. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO to set the parameter related to handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to set the neighboring cell relations. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover This section describes how to activate. add the neighboring RNC and neighboring RNC cell.. Intra-frequency hard handover is performed between cells on the same frequency. the existing connection is interrupted before new connection is set up. 123 . Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNRNC to add a neighboring RNC. 4. l License – This feature is not under license control. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency or inter-RNC neighboring cell.

QqualminInd=FALSE. and the conversation is clear. 4. PScrambCode=256. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deselect HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the Handover switch list. EFachSupInd=FALSE. Ltd. 5. Both UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on the CELL1. it can be observed RRC_MEAS_RPRT message with 1D event that UE1 sends to RNC1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 124 . SIB12Ind=FALSE. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1. MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. NCellId=211. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. 4. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. NCellRncId=1. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Deactivation Procedure 1. HHOTRIG=ON. Then. ADD UNRNC: NRncId =2. STATEINDTMR=20. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-0&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. NPrioFlag=FALSE. TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS. CellId=311. SIB11Ind=TRUE. 6. //Deactivating Intra Frequency Hard Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. Uu Message Type. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. and Save File. ----End Example //Activating Intra Frequency Hard Handover SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. SIB11Ind=TRUE. ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1. Both UE1 and UE2 are subscribed in HLR to support speech service.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover 1. LAC=H'2506. UE1 calls UE2. CnOpGrpIndex=0. CellId=111. through the Trace Date. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. CellId=111. UE1 moved from CELL1 to CELL2. click Trace > UMTS Services. 3. SIB12Ind=FALSE. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. CellName="311".. NCellId=311. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST. BandInd=Band1. IurExistInd=TRUE. 2. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE. On the BSC6900 LMT. RNCPROTCLVER=R5. click Submit. UARFCNUplink=9750. NCellRncId=2. UARFCNDownlink=10700. NPrioFlag=FALSE. ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=2. DPX=1. CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1. SERVICEIND=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update This section describes how to activate. click Trace > UMTS Services. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. Ltd. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010801 Intra RNC Cell Update. verify. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 2. Intra-RNC cell update means cell update within the RNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER to set the periodic cell update timer to 5 minutes. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Log on the BSC6900 LMT. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. 5. 125 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Set CELL1 and CELL2 of the RNC as intra-frequency neighboring cells.. For details. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameters BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer[s] and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer[s] to 30s and 60s respectively. 4. l License – This feature is not under license control. Context Cell update is mainly used to update the UE information on the network side when the UE location or behavior is changed. Verifying Cell Update Triggered by Cell Reselection 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed.

7. 3. and the RNC should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. 4. Then. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. Uu Message Type. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. 4. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. 3. Cause the UE to reselect a new cell so as to trigger cell update. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Ltd. Then. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer[s] to 65535. On the HLR. and Save File. set the PS service type to background or interactive.RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update 2. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 7. set the PS service type to background or interactive. On the HLR. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. 5. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. with the cell update cause of cell reselection. and the RNC should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1.. 6. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. click Trace > UMTS Services. click Submit. The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to the RNC. 5. Then. Verifying Periodic Cell Update 1. 126 . Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. Do not send any data from UE1 for another while. The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to the RNC. Then. 5. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Verifying Cell Update Triggered by Uplink Data Transmission 1. with the cell update cause of uplinkdatatransmission. set the PS service type to background or interactive. 3. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeF2PStateTransTimer=65535. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. click Trace > UMTS Services. 4. 6. For example. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2. Use the UE to transmit data so as to trigger cell update. On the HLR.

The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to the RNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 32 Configuring Intra RNC Cell Update 6. Then. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. 7. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UCONNMODETIMER: T305=D5. 127 .. Ltd. None ----End Example //Activating intra-RNC cell update SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. and the RNC should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. BeF2PStateTransTimer=60. PsInactTmrForBac=0. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. with the cell update cause of periodiccellupdate. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. Do not send any data from the UE for five minutes so as to trigger periodic cell update. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=30. Deactivation Procedure 1.

l Others – The Iur interface is configured between adjacent RNCs.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the parameter BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer to 30s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update This section describes how to activate. see the Configuring an Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010802 Inter RNC Cell Update. Ltd. 4. l License – This feature is not under license control. Inter-RNC cell update means cell update between RNCs. For details. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context Cell update is mainly used to update the UE information on the network side when the UE location or behavior is changed. verify. Configure intra-frequency neighboring cells controlled by different BSC6900s. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. 3. 5. 128 . l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to set the parameter IUR CCH support flag to ON.

The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. and Save File. Then. PsInactTmrForBac=0. Cause the UE to perform cell reselection from local cell to intra-frequency neighboring cell so as to trigger cell update. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. SuppIurCch=YES. 6. 5. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. 4. l l Verifying Cell Update Triggered by Cell Reselection 1. and local BSC6900 should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. The UE should send the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message to neighboring BSC6900. click Trace > UMTS Services. with the cell update cause of cell reselection. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=30. set the PS service type to background or interactive. 7. Deactivation Procedure 1. On the HLR. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. ----End Example //Activating inter-RNC cell update SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. This feature does not need to be deactivated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 33 Configuring Inter RNC Cell Update NOTE IUR CCH support flag is also turned on neighboring BSC6900. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. 3. Ltd. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 129 . Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Uu Message Type. click Submit.. and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Then.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLURA to configure CELL1 and CELL2 to make them belong to different URAs. 10s. 5.. 2. l License – This feature is not under license control. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACINFO to set CELL1 and CELL2 as the intra-frequency neighboring cells that belong to the same location area. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 130 . and 10s respectively. BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer. Context The UTRAN registration area (URA) update procedure updates the URA of a UE when an RRC connection exists and the location of the UE is known on the URA level in the UTRAN. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010901 Intra RNC URA Update. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer parameters to 60s. 3. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the Cell Reselection Timer. IntraRNC URA update means URA update within the RNC. 4. route area. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the parameter Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to 1. and service area. verify.

and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=60. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. Ltd. LAC=1. Then. and the RNC should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. click Submit. URAId=1. The UE should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE message to the RNC. 3. RAC=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The UE should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE message to the RNC. On the HLR. click Trace > UMTS Services. MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=121. and the RNC should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Make UE1 perform another cell reselection after the Cell Reselection Timer[s] expires. SAC=1. URAId=0. ----End Example //Activating intra-RNC URA update MOD UCELLACINFO: CellId=111. LAC=1. SAC=1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER to set the periodic cell update timer to 5 minutes. Uu Message Type. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. RAC=1. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data.RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update 6. to trigger periodic URA update. set the PS service type to background or interactive. 8. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. ADD UCELLURA: CellId=111. Configure intra-frequency neighboring cells. Deactivation Procedure 1. ADD UCELLURA: CellId=121. 9. BeD2FStateTransTimer=10. Verifying URA Update Triggered by URA Reselection 1. Then. 2. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. For details. 7. 8. Make the UE perform a cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Perform another cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2 so as to trigger URA update. 7. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. and Save File. Search for the last RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message in trace data. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Keep the UE in URA_PCH state. with the cell update cause of changeofURA. Do not send any data from the UE for another while. Then. Verifying Periodic URA Update 1. The value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be URA_PCH. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. 6. 5. 131 . l Do not send any data from the UE for five minutes. with the cell update cause of URA reselection. 4.

SET UCONNMODETIMER: T305=D5. PsInactTmrForBac=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 34 Configuring Intra RNC URA Update BeF2PStateTransTimer=10. Ltd. 132 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=1. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0..

Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context Inter-RNC URA update means URA update between RNCs. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Others – The Iur interface is configured between adjacent RNCs. l License – This feature is not under license control. Cell2 belongs to RNC_2. 10s. and 10s respectively. For details. On the RNC1 side. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 133 . NOTE Cell1 belongs to RNC_1. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 3. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLURA to configure CELL1 and CELL2 to make them belong to different URAs. Configure the Iur interface.. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-oriented PS BE service state transition switch. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010902 Inter RNC URA Update. BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer. and BE FACH or E_FACH to PCH Transition Timer parameters to 60s. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set the Cell Reselection Timer.

the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_FACH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. Do not send any data from the UE for another while. BeD2FStateTransTimer=10. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. 7. The value of rrc-stateindicator IE should be URA_PCH. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_FACH. 3. SuppIurCch=YES. 9. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to enable the setup of command channels on the Iur interface. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: CellReSelectTimer=60. Verification Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating inter-RNC URA update ADD UCELLURA: CellId=111. and Save File. Keep the UE in URA_PCH state.RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 35 Configuring Inter RNC URA Update 5. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_PCH. On the HLR. The RRC_RB_SETUP message should be displayed in trace data. The UE should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE message to the RNC. Keep the UE in idle mode in CELL1. click Submit. 7. Deactivation Procedure 1. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. and the RNC should send the RRC_URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM message to the UE. Make the UE perform a cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2. Set parameters in the areas Cell Config. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Perform another cell reselection between CELL1 and CELL2 so as to trigger URA update. Do not send any data from UE for 30 seconds. ADD UCELLURA: CellId=121. click Trace > UMTS Services. set the PS service type to background or interactive. Establish an R99 PS service on the UE. Ltd. Then. PsInactTmrForBac=0. SET UUESTATETRANS: CellReSelectCounter=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set inactivity detection timers for PS services. with the cell update cause of CHANGE OF URA. BeF2PStateTransTimer=10. Uu Message Type. 134 . and then double-click Uu Interface Trace. Then. Then. URAId=1. SuppIurCch=YES. Configure intra-frequency neighboring cells. Log on the BSC6900 LMT. URAId=0. Make the UE perform another cell reselection after the Cell Reselection Timer[s] expires. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS to set the parameter Cell Reselection Counter Threshold to 1.. For details. SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForInt=0. 2. This feature does not need to be deactivated. 4. 8. 8. the network side should perform UE transition to CELL_PCH state through the RRC_RB_RECFG message. 6. 5. Search for the last RRC_CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM message in Uu trace data. The Uu Interface Trace dialog box is displayed. see the BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. and the value of the rrc-stateindicator IE should be CELL_DCH.

A routing area update follows the RRC connection re-establishment immediately.RAN Feature Activation Guide 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) This section describes how to activate. the DSCR feature ensures uninterrupted PS services. 135 . The DSCR feature is supplementary to the feature WRFD-020605 SRNS Relocation Introduction Package. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-021400 Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR). Context During a DSCR procedure.. In this step. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. this feature is applicable only to PS services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. the RNC autonomously releases the RRC connection carrying nonreal-time RABs and then immediately requests the UE to re-establish an RRC connection for service setup. The RRC connection re-establishment procedure is triggered by an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message with the cause value of Directed Signaling Connection re-establishment sent from the RNC to the UE. When the Iur resources are insufficient or SRNS relocation fails. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. The DSCR re-establishes a service through the routing area update procedure. l License – This feature is not under license control. verify. set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR. Therefore. Only background and interactive services support this feature.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) NOTE The default value of Handover Type for PS BE Traffic is CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. 3. 136 . You can modify the value according to the actual requirements. Figure 36-1 Uu interface tracing dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. If the Iur interface exists. as shown in Figure 36-1 and Figure 36-2. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the switches related to SRNS relocation. If the UE is not in the CELL_DCH state. run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to turn on the DSCR switch for the DRNC. Ltd.. Verification Procedure 1. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. l 2.

View the RRC_RRC_CONN_REL message traced on the Uu interface. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. Ltd. 137 . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: SrnsrSwitch=SRNSR_DSCR_IUR_RESRCE_SWITCH-1&SRNSR_DSCR_LOC_SEPRAT_SWITCH-1 &SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH-1&SRNSR_DSCR_SEPRAT_DUR_SWITCH-1. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 36 Configuring Direct Signaling Connection Reestablishment (DSCR) Figure 36-2 RRC CONNECTION RELEASE l 2. In this step. Deactivation Procedure 1. Use the UE to establish a PS BE service.. set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. If the value is Directed Signaling Connection re-establishment. Perform a handover by adding a cell under the DRNC and then removing the source cell. Check the value of the IE releaseCause in the rrcConnectionRelease of the message. SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR-1. ----End Example //Activating Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) MOD UNRNC: NRncId=20. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. this feature has been activated. //Deactivating Direct Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR) MOD UNRNC: NRncId=20.

the MBTS internal clock can work in free-run mode to keep the MBTS running. the base station needs to track an external clock to calibrate its main clock frequency. Context In normal operation. l License – This feature is not under license control.. and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210501 NodeB Clock. – Ensure that the USCU is configured before configuring the BITS clock source. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Ensure that a clock link is available before configuring the LINE clock source.RAN Feature Activation Guide 37 Configuring NodeB Clock 37 Configuring NodeB Clock This section describes how to activate. – Ensure that the GPS card is configured before configuring the GPS card clock source. The base station can work in multiple clock synchronization modes: l Synchronization with the Iub clock (default mode) l Synchronization with GPS l Synchronization with the BITS clock In addition to the preceding three synchronization modes. – BTS3902E can not support GPS and BITS clock. verify. 138 . The synchronization of the base station clock provides the basis for the frame synchronization. – The BTS3006C and BTS3002E do not support the GPS clock input.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the current clock source. Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. Table 37-2 Parameters Clock Synchronization Modes Parameter Name Parameter Value Synchronization with the Iub clock (default mode) Clock Source Type LINE(LINE clock source) Synchronization with GPS GPSCARD(GPS card clock source) Synchronization with the BITS clock BITS(BITS clock source) Verification Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 37 Configuring NodeB Clock 1. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Run the NodeB MML command DSP CLKSTAT to query the status of the current clock source.. 139 . Ltd. Table 37-1 Parameters Clock Synchronization Modes Parameter Name Parameter Value Synchronization with the Iub clock (default mode) Selected Clock Source LINECLK(Line Clock) Synchronization with GPS GPS(GPS Clock) Synchronization with the BITS clock BITS(BITS Clock) Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET CLKMODE to set the working mode of the reference clock source. l NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1.

//Synchronization with the BITS clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 140 . SRCNO=0. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure //Synchronization with the Iub clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Synchronization with GPS SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Verification procedure DSP CLKSTAT: SN=7. CLKSRC=BITS.RAN Feature Activation Guide 37 Configuring NodeB Clock Expected result: The value of Current Clock Source State is Normal. CLKSRC=BITS. CLKSRC=LINE. CLKSRC=GPSCARD. //Verification procedure DSP CLKSTAT:. Ltd. //Synchronization with GPS SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. CLKSRC=LINECLK. CLKSRC=GPS. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated.. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure //Synchronization with the Iub clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL. //Synchronization with the BITS clock SET CLKMODE: MODE=MANUAL.

interactive.RAN Feature Activation Guide 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface This section describes how to activate. which improves the utilization of transmission links on the Iub interface. and HSUPA). and background) and bearer type (R99. verify. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030104 Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface. l Other Prerequisites – The RAN is based on ATM transmission. HSDPA. Set the parameter Adjacent Node Type to IUB. set the parameter Is Root Node to YES. IUR. 141 . and the parameter Transport Type to ATM. The AAL2 path is provided according to service type (conversational. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. otherwise. l License – This feature is not under license control.. streaming. the ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 (AAL2) path is used to carry the user plane data on the Iub/Iur/Iu-CS interface. set the parameter Is Root Node to NO. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE to add an adjacent node. Physical bandwidth resources are dynamically allocated to delay-sensitive services and delay-insensitive services. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Context In ATM transmission mode. Ltd. or IUCS. If the node is the lowest leaf node of the switching network.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VPI=12. Expected result: The value of Operation state is Available. PATHID=1. 142 . l 2. CARRYSN=14.. PATHID=1. IsROOTNODE=YES. the parameter Adjacent Node Type of its upper-level hub node must be UNI_AAL2SWITCH. In the Iub/Iu-CS ATM transmission scenario. NAME="MSC1". CARRYT=UNI. for an adjacent node on the Iub interface. Ltd. a UE in idle state camps on CELL1 and the control plane is correctly configured. Originate a cross-Iur handover. 3. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an AAL2 path. TXTRFX=111. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=2. VCI=126. AAL2PATHT=R99. ----End Example //Activating Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface //Adding an adjacent node ADD ADJNODE: ANI=2. TRANST=ATM. the parameter Adjacent Node Type of its upperlevel hub node must be NNI_AAL2SWITCH. the AAL2 path on the Iub/Iu-CS interface is set up successfully.RAN Feature Activation Guide 38 Configuring Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface NOTE For an adjacent node on the Iur or Iu-CS interface. //Verifying Dynamic AAL2 Connections in Iub/IuCS/Iur Interface DSP AAL2PATH: ANI=2. CARRYF=1. 2. If the handover is successful. Verification Procedure 1. If the service access is normal. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP AAL2PATH to query the status of the AAL2 path on the Iub interface. RXTRFX=111. Optional: In the ATM transmission scenario on the Iur interface. NODET=IUCS. the AAL2 path on the Iur interface is set up successfully. a UE in idle state camps on CELL1 and the control plane is correctly configured. CARRYUNILNKN=0. DPX=1. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. Originate the speech and data services. The parameters CARRYVPI and CARRYVCI must be consistent with those of the AAL2 path configured on the peer end.

Ltd. see section Configuring the Equipment Data of the BSC6900UMTS Initial Configuration Guide. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. AAL5 connections on the Iub/Iur/Iu interface are all set up by configuring Signaling ATM adaptation layer (SAAL) links. Context In the RAN in ATM transmission mode.. 143 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD SAALLNK to add an SAAL link. l Other Prerequisites – The equipment data has been configured for the ATM transmission on the Iub/Iu/Iur interface. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. set Interface type to NNI. set the parameter Interface type to UNI. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030105 Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic.RAN Feature Activation Guide 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic This section describes how to activate. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. If the interface is Iub. l License – This feature is not under license control. verify. As specified by 3GPP. If the interface is Iu or Iur. User-Network Interface SAAL (UNISAAL) is used for control-plane connections on the Iub interface and Network-Network Interface SAAL (NNI-SAAL) is used for control-plane connections on the Iur/Iu interface. AAL5 connections are used to bear the Iub/Iur/Iu signaling and the Iub OAM traffic. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. NOTE For details about how to configure the equipment data.

Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UNCP to remove the NCP link carried by the SAAL link. 3. SAALLNKN=10. SN=2. SAALLNKN=10. Expected result: The value of SAAL link state is AVAILABLE. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCCP to remove the CCP link carried by the SAAL link. SAALLNKN=10. ADD UCCP: NODEBNAME="NodeB1". Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCCP to add a Communication Control Port (CCP) link. 144 . Therefore. CARRYVPI=10. TXTRFX=100. 1. PN=0. SAALLNKT=UNI. SN=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV SAALLNK to remove the SAAL link. CARRYLNKT=SAAL. RMV SAALLNK: SRN=1. SAALLNKN=10. 2. //Deactivating Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic RMV UCCP: NODEBNAME="NodeB1". 3. NOTE An SAAL link can carry only one NCP or CCP link. PN=0. l Verification Procedure 1. l Deactivation Procedure NOTE An SAAL link can carry only one NCP or CCP link.RAN Feature Activation Guide 39 Configuring Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic 2. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNCP to add a NodeB Control Port (NCP) link. CARRYVCI=55. CARRYT=UNI. SN=2.. choose to remove the NCP or CCP link carried by the SAAL link. ----End Example //Activating Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic ADD SAALLNK: SRN=1. RXTRFX=100. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP SAALLNK to query the status of the SAAL link. CARRYSN=14. choose to perform step 2 or step 3 based on the actual situation. based on the actual situation. //Verifying Permanent AAL5 Connections for Control Plane Traffic DSP SAALLNK: SRN=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CARRYUNILNKN=2. CARRYSRN=0. Ltd. Therefore.

admission requests are accepted or rejected selectively. 2. l License – This feature is not under license control. set Service type to NRTVBR. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add an ATM Adaptation Layer type 2 (AAL2) path. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Assume that the verification is based on the preceding parameter settings and the peer end is configured with the corresponding AAL2 path link. verify. the UE successfully accesses the network. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to set parameters to appropriate values. For example. 145 .. This feature maximizes the usage of transmission resources in addition to ensuring the QoS. Originate a PS interactive service. and Sustainable cell rate to 80. In this step. set TXTRFX and RXTRFX in accordance with the settings in step 1. If the data rate is 64 kbit/s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 40 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030106 Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth. Peak cell rate to 100. Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. Context With the Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth (AAL2 CAC) feature. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. UT=CELL/S. CARRYSN=14. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=100. TXTRFX=100. which is the admission bandwidth of the control plane. PATHID=10. Originate a PS interactive service. CARRYUNILNKN=0. VPI=12. AAL2PATHT=R99. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SCR=80. PCR=100. the UE fails to access the network. CARRYF=1. RXTRFX=100. ST=NRTVBR. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP AAL2PATH to view that the used bandwidth of the path is about 37 kbit/s. CARRYT=UNI. VCI=126. 146 .RAN Feature Activation Guide l 40 Configuring Call Admission Based on Used AAL2 Path Bandwidth 2.. 3. Ltd. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=0. If the data rate is 128 kbit/s. RSCGRPFLAG=NO.

Ltd. nrt-VBR. Generally. rt-VBR is applicable to delay-sensitive services and nrt-VBR is applicable to delay-insensitive services. rt-VBR. In addition. nrt-VBR. nrt-VBR. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 147 . rt-VBR. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. UBR and nrt-VBR are applicable to None Delay Sensitive service mapping on the HSDPA/HSUPA. PCR. and CDVT) associated with each type of ATM service. It is recommended for configuring service type of ATM shown as Figure 41-1. Context Huawei RAN supports service type of ATM : l Constant Bit Rate (CBR) l Real time Variable Bit Rate (rt-VBR) l Non-real time Variable Bit Rate (nrt-VBR) l Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) l Enhanced unspecified Bit Rate (UBR+) Configuring UBR+ QoS Class feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 41 41 Configuring CBR. please refer to Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class. UBR ATM QoS Classes This section describes how to activate. The traffic volume on the VCC depends on the parameters (SCR. rt-VBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes Configuring CBR.. and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-05030107 CBR. verify. l License – This feature is not under license control. UBR ATM QoS Classes".

To add more ATM traffic records. Deactivating CBR. rt-VBR. UT=CELL/S. rt-VBR. nrt-VBR. rt-VBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes LST ATMTRF: TRFX=105. Ltd. rt-VBR. //Verifying CBR. The expected result is that the query result is consistent with the configuration information. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to add an ATM traffic record. 148 . Deactivation Procedure 1. nrt-VBR. PCR=1000. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ATMTRF to query the ATM traffic configuration. To delete more ATM traffic records. UBR ATM QoS Classes RMV ATMTRF: TRFX=105.RAN Feature Activation Guide 41 Configuring CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=105. ----End Example //Activating CBR. ST=CBR. UBR ATM QoS Classes Figure 41-1 Service type of ATM Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ATMTRF to delete an ATM traffic record. run this command repeatedly. nrt-VBR. run this command repeatedly. l Verification Procedure 1.. nrt-VBR.

AOUa. To activate the function for multiple links. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-05030110 F5. – BTS3902E does not support this feature. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. UOIa(ATM). Ltd. Context This feature supports: l ATM CC provides E2E continuity detection on the VCL. or IPOAPVC link exists.RAN Feature Activation Guide 42 Configuring F5 42 Configuring F5 This section describes how to activate. l The basic information about the BSC6900 is configured. – VCL PM is applicable to the AOUc and UOIc boards of the BSC6900. l It is recommended to activate VCL CC before activating VCL PM. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT VCLCC to activate the VCL CC or loopback function for a link. – Only 3900 series Base Station supports the passive detection based on IE LB. AAL2PATH. For details. see the Configuring the Basic Data. l The SAALLNK.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – VCL CC is applicable to the AEUa. l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. 149 . and UOIc boards of the BSC6900. l PM function provides performance monitoring on the VCL. run this command Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. l License – This feature is not under license control. AOUc. – Only BSC6900 supports the latency detection based on IE LB.

run this command repeatedly. the SINK activated state and SOURCE activated state are UP. SAALLNKN=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA VCLPM to deactivate the VCL PM for a link. SN=2. Verification Procedure 1. run this command repeatedly. To deactivate the function for multiple links. and IPOAPVC. SRN=3. VCLTYPE=CC. the SINK activated state and SOURCE activated state are PM_UP. SN=2. AIS. There are three types of links. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP VCLPM to query the PM result of a VCL. ----End Example //Activating F5 ACT VCLCC: LNKT=SAALLNK. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA VCLCC to deactivate the VCL CC or loopback function for a link. //Deactivating F5 DEA VCLCC: LNKT=SAALLNK. To activate the function for multiple links. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT VCLPM to activate the VCL PM function for a link. 2. SAALLNKN=0. ACT VCLPM: LNKT=SAALLNK. SAALLNKN=0. SRN=3. the loopback query result is UP. SAALLNK. AAL2PATH. SRN=3. There are three types of links. that is. SAALLNK. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP VCLCC to query the CC result of a VCL. There are three types of links. that is. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and LOC. – If the VCL CC is activated and the PVC is functional. AAL2PATH. SAALLNK. AIS. run this command repeatedly. To deactivate the function for multiple links. SAALLNKN=0. that is. and IPOAPVC. SAALLNKN=0. and PM Active Fail Alarm is Normal. SN=2. DEA VCLPM: LNKT=SAALLNK. SN=2. and LOC. and RDI alarm state is normal.. – If the VCL PM is activated. and IPOAPVC. SAALLNKN=0. and RDI alarm state is normal. DSP VCLPM: LNKT=SAALLNK. There are three types of links. AAL2PATH. //Verifying F5 DSP VCLCC: LNKT=SAALLNK. SN=2. AAL2PATH. SN=2. 150 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) SRN=3. 2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. – If the loopback is activated and the PVC is functional. SRN=3. SAALLNK. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 42 Configuring F5 repeatedly. and IPOAPVC. SRN=3. that is.

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class

43

Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature "WRFD-050305
UBR+ ATM QoS Class".

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– BTS3902E does not support this feature.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

l

Other Prerequisites
– The basic information about the BSC6900 is configured. For details, see the Configuring
the Basic Data.

Context
Huawei RAN supports the UBR+ ATM service class. UBR+ is the enhanced UBR feature. It
adds the Minimum Desired Cell Rate (MDCR) indication. UBR+ is particularly applicable to
the OAM channels over the Iub interface. The MDCR of UBR+ ensures the reliability of the
OAM connection in case of transmission channel congestion, and the BE service of the UBR+
fully utilizes transmission bandwidth.

Procedure
l

Activation Procedure
1.

l

Verification Procedure
1.

l
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Run the MML command ADD ATMTRF to add an ATM traffic record of the UBR
+ class. To add more ATM traffic records, run this command repeatedly.
Run the MML command LST ATMTRF to query the ATM traffic configuration.
Expected result: The query result is consistent with the configuration information.

Deactivation Procedure
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

43 Configuring UBR+ ATM QoS Class

1.

Run the MML command RMV ATMTRF to delete an ATM traffic record of the UBR
+ class. To delete more ATM traffic records, run this command repeatedly.

----End

Example
//Adding UBR+ ATM QoS Class
ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=105, ST=UBR_PLUS, UT=CELL/S, MCR=100;
//Verifying UBR+ ATM QoS Class
LST ATMTRF: TRFX=105;
//Deactivating UBR+ ATM QoS Class
RMV ATMTRF: TRFX=105;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

44 Configuring Flow Control

44

Configuring Flow Control

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040100
Flow Control.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– NodeB RRC link priority based flow control is depended on WMPT and WBBP boards.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

Context
Flow control is implemented by regulating the input transmission rate. This mechanism is called
feedback flow control mechanism.
The flow control measures are as follows:
l

Board flow control

l

Control-plane load sharing

l

User-plane load sharing

l

Flow control based on RRC request queuing

l

Flow control based on MPU load

l

Flow control based on traffic growth

l

Activation Procedure

Procedure
– Activating board flow control

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCSW to switch on the flow control and
related flow control items.

2.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCCPUTHD to configure the CPU usage
threshold for each flow control item according to the network plan.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

44 Configuring Flow Control
NOTE

l Flow control is triggered when the CPU usage exceeds the related threshold.
l The CPU usage thresholds must meet the following condition: 100 ≥ Critical threshold
≥ Threshold for a flow control item ≥ Restore threshold for a flow control item
l The critical threshold is of the highest priority. That is, other thresholds take effect only
when the CPU usage is lower than the critical threshold.
l The flow control based on the packet usage and that based on the CPU usage are independent.
The system limits the flow to the lower one allowed by these two flow control algorithms.

3.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCMSGQTHD to configure the packet
usage threshold for each flow control item according to the network plan.
NOTE

l Flow control is triggered when the packet usage exceeds the related threshold.
l The packet usage thresholds must meet the following condition: 100 ≥ Critical threshold
≥ Threshold for a flow control item ≥ Restore threshold for a flow control item
l The critical threshold is of the highest priority. That is, other thresholds take effect only
when the packet usage is lower than the critical threshold.
l The flow control based on the packet usage and that based on the CPU usage are independent.
The system limits the flow to the lower one allowed by these two flow control algorithms.

– Activating control-plane load sharing
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set
Process switch to RNC_SHARE_SWITCH to switch on load sharing.

2.

(Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET
UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA. In this step, set Control Plane Sharing Out
Threshold to 40 so that the control-plane load sharing function can be triggered
easily. The default value of Control Plane Sharing Out Threshold is 50.
NOTE

l If the CPU usage is higher than this threshold and lower than the overload threshold, new
calls will be assigned to other SPUs. Overload threshold is set by the MML command SET
SHARETHD.
l Max capability middle load> Max capability normal load> Sharing out capability
middle load.

– Activating user-plane load sharing
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUSERPLNSHAREPARA. In this step,
set Percentage of User Plane Sharing Out threshold according to the network
plan. Inter-subrack user-plane load sharing is triggered when the user plane load
on one subrack exceeds this threshold.

– Activating flow control based on RRC request queuing
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. In this step,
select RSVDBIT14 in Reserved parameter 1.

– Activating flow control based on MPU load
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
RSVDBIT1_BIT19 in Reserved parameter 1.

– Activating flow control based on traffic growth
1.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL. In this step,
select CELL_LEVEL in Call Shock Control Switch to switch on the cell-level
flow control based on traffic growth.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

l

44 Configuring Flow Control

Verification Procedure
– Verifying board flow control
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCSW to query the state of the flow
control switch.

2.

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCCPUTHD to query the CPU usage
threshold for flow control.

3.

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCMSGQTHD to query the packet usage
threshold for flow control.

– Verifying control-plane and user-plane load sharing
1.

On the LMT, choose Monitor > Common Monitoring > CPU/DSP Usage
Monitoring to observe the CPU usage of each subsystem. If the CPU usage of
each subsystem is almost the same, load sharing takes effect.

– Verifying flow control based on RRC request queuing
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCACALGOSWITCH to query the
state of the switch for flow control based on RRC request queuing.

– Verifying flow control based on MPU load
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST URRCTRLSWITCH to query the state
of the switch for flow control based on MPU load.

– Verifying flow control based on traffic growth
1.
l

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCALLSHOCKCTRL to query the
state of the switch for flow control based on traffic growth.

Deactivation Procedure
– Deactivating board flow control
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCSW to switch off flow control.

– Deactivating control-plane load sharing
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deselect
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH in Process switch.

– Deactivating user-plane load sharing
1.

User-plane load sharing does not need to be deactivated.

– Deactivating flow control based on RRC request queuing
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. In this step,
deselect RSVDBIT14 in Reserved parameter 1.

– Deactivating flow control based on MPU load
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step,
deselect RSVDBIT1_BIT19 in Reserved parameter 1.

– Deactivating flow control based on traffic growth
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL. In this step,
deselect CELL_LEVEL in Call Shock Control Switch.

----End

Example
//Activating board flow control
//Switching on XPU load control

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

44 Configuring Flow Control

SET FCSW: BRDCLASS=XPU, FCSW=ON, PRINTSW=ON, TRACESW=ON, PMSW=ON,
LOGSW=ON;
//Setting CPU usage threshold for DPU flow control
SET FCCPUTHD:BRDCLASS=DPU, SMWINDOW=6, FDWINDOW=2, CTHD=95, PRINTCTHD=60,
PRINTRTHD=50, TRACECTHD=60, TRACERTHD=50, LOGCTHD=60, LOGRTHD=50;
//Setting packet usage threshold for DPU flow control
SET FCMSGQTHD: BRDCLASS=DPU, SMWINDOW=9, CTHD=95, PRINTCTHD=60,
PRINTRTHD=50, TRACECTHD=60, TRACERTHD=50, LOGCTHD=60, LOGRTHD=50;
//Activating control-plane load sharing
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=RNC_SHARE_SWITCH-1;
SET UCTRLPLNSHAREPARA: CtrlPlnSharingOutThd=40;
SET SHARETHD: BT=XPU, SMRRCCONNCCPUTHD=80, SMRRCCONNRCPUTHD=70,
CRRCCONNCCPUTHD=80, CRRCCONNRCPUTHD=70, LRRCCONNCCPUTHD=80,
LRRCCONNRCPUTHD=70, SMRRCCONNCMSGTHD=80, SMRRCCONNRMSGTHD=70,
CRRCCONNCMSGTHD=80, CRRCCONNRMSGTHD=70, LRRCCONNCMSGTHD=80,
LRRCCONNRMSGTHD=70;
//Activating user-plane load sharing
SET UUSERPLNSHAREPARA: UserPlnSharingOutThd=90;
//Activating RRC Shaping and Queuing
SET UCACALGOSWITCH:RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT14-1;
//Activating flow control based on MPU load
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT19-1;
//Activating flow control based on traffic growth
SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL: CallShockCtrlSwitch=CELL_LEVEL-1;
//Verifying board flow control
LST FCSW: LstFormat=VERTICAL;
LST FCCPUTHD: LstFormat=VERTICAL;
LST FCMSGQTHD: LstFormat=VERTICAL;
//Verifying flow control based on RRC request queuing
LST UCACALGOSWITCH: LstFormat=VERTICAL;
//Verifying flow control based on MPU load
LST URRCTRLSWITCH: LstFormat=VERTICAL;
//Verifying flow control based on traffic growth
LST UCALLSHOCKCTRL: LSTFORMAT=VERTICAL;
//Deactivating board flow control
SET FCSW: BRDCLASS=XPU, FCSW=OFF;
//Deactivating control-plane load sharing
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=RNC_SHARE_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating flow control based on RRC request queuing
SET UCACALGOSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT14-0;
//Deactivating flow control based on MPU load
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT19-0;
//Deactivating flow control based on traffic growth
SET UCALLSHOCKCTRL: CallShockCtrlSwitch=CELL_LEVEL-0;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

45 Configuring BOOTP

45

Configuring BOOTP

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031100
BOOTP. In ATM transport mode, the NodeB can automatically set up the OM channel with the
BSC6900 by using the BOOTSTRAP Protocol (BOOTP) function.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– The transmission equipment is in the connected state.
– BOOTP applies only to ATM networking scenarios.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

Context
This feature enables NodeB to set up the OM channel to the RNC automatically without
configuration data. The maintenance staff can download the data and software to the NodeB
through the OM channel at the far end. The feature decreases the operation and maintenance
costs and enhances the network maintainability and maintenance quality. NodeB will
automatically set up the OM channel using the BOOTP protocol. In addition, NodeB monitors
the OM channel. When the OM channel is broken, NodeB can rebuild it.

Procedure
l

l
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Activation Procedure
1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD DEVIP to add the logical IP address for the
interface board of the BSC6900. This IP address serves as the local address of the
IPoA at the BSC6900.

2.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPOAPVC to add the IPoA PVC for bearing
the OM channel.

3.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBIP to add the IP address for the
OM channel of the NodeB.

Verification Procedure
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

45 Configuring BOOTP

If the BOOTP configurations at the BSC6900 are completed but no configuration at the
NodeB and the NodeB can be maintained on the M2000, it indicates that the NodeB has
successfully set up the OM channel by using the BOOTP feature.
l

Deactivation Procedure
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
ADD DEVIP: SRN=0, SN=14, DEVTYPE=IPOA_CLIENT_IP,
IPADDR="131.131.131.132", MASK="255.255.255.0";
ADD IPOAPVC: IPADDR="131.131.131.132", PEERIPADDR="131.131.131.131",
CARRYT=IMA,
CARRYIMAGRPN=0, CARRYVPI=83, CARRYVCI=80, TXTRFX=100;
ADD UNODEBIP: NODEBID=0, NBTRANTP=ATMTRANS_IP,
NBATMOAMIP="131.131.131.131",
NBATMOAMMASK="255.255.255.0", ATMSRN=0, ATMSN=14;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode

46

Configuring NodeB Self-discovery
Based on IP Mode

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031101
NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– The transmission device is connected properly.
– DHCP applies only to IP networking scenarios.
– Only 3900 series base stations support the DHCP+AACP function.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

l

Others Prerequisites
– If NodeB self-discovery uses the DHCP+AACP scheme, VLANs are used to separate
NodeBs to be deployed from other network devices not required.
– If DHCP+AACP must be enabled on the M2000, VLAN detection and IP path detection
must be disabled on the M2000 to prevent interference during AACP detection.
– M2000 should support Node B Auto Deployment function.

Context
l

If the configuration file of the NodeB is incorrect, the DHCP feature enables the NodeB to
set up the OM channel for its remote maintenance.

l

If Hub NodeB networking is used, relevant configurations are required on the Hub NodeB
side. Relevant configurations are required at the DHCP server, which is BSC6900 or
M2000. The following example describes the configurations at the BSC6900.

l

Activation Procedure

Procedure

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

l

46 Configuring NodeB Self-discovery Based on IP Mode

1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBESN to add the NodeB ESN in
response to the DHCP request reported by the NodeB.

2.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBIP to add the IP address for the
OM channel of the NodeB. In the case that DHCP response is made, the BSC6900
will send the IP address to the NodeB.

3.

Optional: If Hub NodeB is applied, run the NodeB MML command ADD
DHCPSVRIP to add a DHCP server IP address. Therefore, a lower-level NodeB can
obtain an IP address automatically by using the DHCP.

4.

If the DHCP function is used for NodeB self-discovery, the activation is complete.

5.

Optional: If the DHCP+AACP function is used for NodeB self-discovery, Run the
NodeB MML command SET NODEBRSVP. In this step, select RSVDBIT29
(Reserved Switch 29) under Reserved Parameter 1.

Verification Procedure
In the case that the DHCP configurations are completed at the BSC6900 (if Hub NodeB
networking is used, the IP address for the DHCP server is configured at the Hub NodeB),
if the NodeB can be maintained on the M2000, it indicates that the NodeB has successfully
set up the OM channel by using this feature.

l

Deactivation Procedure
If the DHCP+AACP function is used for NodeB self-discovery, Run the NodeB MML
command SET NODEBRSVP. In this step, clear RSVDBIT29(Reserved Switch 29)
under Reserved Parameter 1.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
//Running the following command at the BSC6900
ADD UNODEBESN: NODEBID=0, NBLB1="020GKV1082000126", USENBLB2=Disable,
NODEBPT=ETH/TRUNK, PTIP="131.131.131.132", PTIPMASK="255.255.255.0";
ADD UNODEBIP: NODEBID=0, NBTRANTP=IPTRANS_IP,
NBIPOAMIP="131.131.131.131", NBIPOAMMASK="255.255.255.0", IPSRN=0,
IPSN=18, IPLOGPORTFLAG=NO;
//(Optional) Running the following command at the NodeB
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="13.13.13.13";
//Activating AACP
SET NODEBRSVP: REVDPARA1=RSVDBIT29-1;
//Deactivation procedure
//Deactivation AACP
SET NODEBRSVP: REVDPARA1=RSVDBIT29-0;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

47

47 Configuring License Control for Urgency

Configuring License Control for Urgency
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-040300
License Control for Urgency.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– Since RAN13.0, both BSC6900 and NodeB support this feature.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

Context

CAUTION
This feature is enabled only in scenarios where the traffic volume increases abruptly, for
example, in a disaster.
It can be enabled only three times for each R version by BSC6900 MML command SET
LICENSECTRL and it can be enabled only fifteen times by WRFD-040202 RNC Node
Redundancy and it is valid only for seven days each time.
After this function is enabled, a network can reach its maximum capacity that is supported by
the hardware. This documentation describes the procedure of enabling the feature by
BSC6900 MML command .

Procedure
l

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Activation Procedure
1.

On the BSC6900 side: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSECTRL. In
this step, set Grace Protection Period Switch to ON(ON).

2.

On the NodeB V200R013 side: Run the NodeB MML command SET
LICENSECTRL. In this step, set Grace Protection Period Switch State to ON.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

47 Configuring License Control for Urgency

3.
l

On the NodeB V100R013 side: Run the NodeB MML command SET
LICENSECTRL. In this step, set Grace Protection Period Switch to ON(ON).

Verification Procedure
1.

On the BSC6900 Side
a.

Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP LICUSAGE to view resource items of
the license.
Expected result: All the resource items reach their maximum values.

b.

Run the BSC6900 MML command LST LICENSECTRL to query the setting
of Grace Protection Period Switch State.
Expected result: Values of Remaining Grace Protection Times and Remaining
Grace Protection Days are displayed and the value of Grace Protection Period
Switch State is ON.

2.

On the NodeB V200R013 side or NodeB V100R013 side
a.

Run the NodeB MML command DSP LICENSE to view resource items of the
license.
Expected result: All the resource items reach their maximum values.

b.

Run the NodeB MML command LST LICENSECTRL to query the setting of
Grace Protection Period Switch State.
Expected result: Values of Remaining Grace Protection Times and Remaining
Grace Protection Days are displayed and the value of Grace Protection Period
Switch State is ON.

l

Deactivation Procedure
1.

On the BSC6900 Side: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSECTRL.
In this step, set Grace Protection Period Switch to OFF(OFF).

2.

On the NodeB V200R013 Side: Run the NodeB MML command SET
LICENSECTRL. In this step, set Grace Protection Period Switch State to OFF.

3.

On the NodeB V100R013 Side: Run the NodeB MML command SET
LICENSECTRL. In this step, set Grace Protection Period Switch to OFF(OFF).

----End

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

48

48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service

Configuring Intelligently Out of Service
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031000
Intelligently Out of Service.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– This feature does not depend on the hardware.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

Context
Insufficient battery voltage or NodeB reset may lead to service disruption. When the preceding
problems occur, this feature enables the NodeB to automatically reduce the pilot transmit power
and hand over the UE to other cells, preventing service disruption.

Procedure
l

l

l

Activation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRSWTCH. In this step, set Smooth
Power Change Function Switch to OPEN(Open).

2.

Run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRPARA. In this step, set Smart
default step(0.5dB) and Smart default time ratio(100ms).

Verification Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRSWTCH. In this step, check
whether Smooth Power Change Function Switch is set to OPEN.

2.

Run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRPARA. In this step, check whether
Smart default step(0.5dB) and Smart default time ratio(100ms) are set correctly.

Deactivation Procedure
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

----End
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

48 Configuring Intelligently Out of Service

Example
//Activation procedure
SET SMTHPWRSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN;
SET SMTHPWRPARA: STEP=10, PERIOD=1;
//Verification procedure
LST SMTHPWRSWTCH:;
LST SMTHPWRPARA:;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

49 Configuring OCNS

49

Configuring OCNS

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031200
OCNS (Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator).

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– This feature does not depend on the hardware.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

Context
With the OCNS feature, multiple downlink analog channels are set up on the Uu interface to
simulate the interference of multiple codes. In this way, the simulated downlink load test of a
cell can be performed.

Procedure
l

Activation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to start downlink load simulation. In
this step, set Local Cell ID and Load Ratio (%).
NOTE

l This command can be successfully executed only when the corresponding logical cell exists.
l The downlink network load simulation uses the channelization codes from 112 to 127 whose
SF = 128.
l If you start the downlink network load simulation, it is advised to reserve the channelization
codes in the RNC.
l After starting the DL load simulation, new service can not be built in the channel resource
occupied by the simulation.

l

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Verification Procedure

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

49 Configuring OCNS

1.

l

Run the NodeB MML command DSP DLSIM to query the downlink load simulation
result. In this step, specify Local Cell ID. The execution result displayed on the LMT
shows the simulated load rate.

Deactivation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM to stop the downlink load simulation.
In this step, specify Local Cell ID.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
STR DLSIM: LOCELL=1, LR=80;
//Verification procedure
DSP DLSIM: LOCELL=1;
//Deactivation procedure
STP DLSIM: LOCELL=1;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

50

50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level

Configuring Power Off the Equipment
Level by Level

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031400
Power Off the Equipment Level by Level.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– Cabinets providing AC input power such as APM30, APM100, and APM200. These
cabinets can be used for outdoor NodeBs.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– This feature does not depend on other features.

l

License
– This feature is not under license control.

Context
After the mains supply is cut off, the NodeB powers off devices by level when certain DC voltage
thresholds are reached. Intelligent shutdown of RF units and NodeBs can prolong the working
time of the system by making efficient use of the available storage batteries.

Procedure
l

NodeB V200R013
Activation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command MOD PMU. In this step, set Load Shutdown
Flag to ENABLE(Enable) and set Load Shutdown Voltage(0.1V) if needed.

2.

Run the NodeB MML command MOD BATTERY. In this step, set Low Voltage
Shutdown Flag to ENABLE and set Shutdown Voltage(0.1V) if needed.

Verification Procedure
1.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Run the NodeB MML command LST PMU and query the values of Load Shutdown
Flag and Load Shutdown Voltage(0.1V).
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

LSDV=430. Verification Procedure 1. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1.. CSLSDF=DISABLE. query the values of Load Shutdown Flag and Load Shutdown Voltage(0.1V). and set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to DISABLE (Disable). In this step. //Verification procedure LST PMU: CN=1. set Load Shutdown Voltage(0. SDV=360.1V) if needed. Run the NodeB MML command MOD PMU and set Load Shutdown Flag to DISABLE(Disable).1V) if needed. PTYPE=APM30. LVSDF=ENABLE. LSDF=DISABLE. LSDF=DISABLE. Run the NodeB MML command MOD BATTERY and set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to DISABLE(Disable). LSDF=ENABLE. MOD BATTERY: CN=1. 2. Run the NodeB MML command LST SDPA. PTYPE=APM30. Deactivation Procedure 1. LST BATTERY: CN=1.1V). l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure SET SDPA: CN=1. Deactivation Procedure l 1. LVSDF=DISABLE. set Load Shutdown Flag to DISABLE(Disable). LVSDF=ENABLE.1V). MOD PMU: CN=1. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD PMU: CN=1. //Verification procedure LST SDPA: CN=1. 168 . //Deactivation procedure SET SDPA: CN=1. LVSDF=DISABLE. Run the NodeB MML command SET SDPA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 50 Configuring Power Off the Equipment Level by Level 2. LSDF=ENABLE. LSDV=440. set Load Shutdown Flag to ENABLE(Enable). CSLSDF=DISABLE. In this step. //Deactivation procedure MOD BATTERY: CN=1. set Shutdown Voltage(0. Run the NodeB MML command SET SDPA. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. query the values of Low Voltage Shutdown Flag and Shutdown Voltage(0.. Run the NodeB MML command LST BATTERY and query the values of Low Voltage Shutdown Flag and Shutdown Voltage(0. set Low Voltage Shutdown Flag to ENABLE(Enable).. SDV=360.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management This section describes how to activate. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command DSP PMU to query the configuration information about the PMU. – Set Intelligent Control Flag to ENABLE(Enable). which makes the NodeB an eco-friendly base station. Run the NodeB MML command ADD PMU to add a PMU. Optional: If a diesel generator is required. therefore managing a solar power device.1kVA) based on the rated power specified on the nameplate of the diesel generator. run the NodeB MML command ADD DIESELGEN. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Only 3900 series base stations support the feature.. This feature enables the NodeB to communicate with a solar controller through the 485 serial port. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-031500 Solar Power Device Management. solar power is being gradually introduced for supplying power for the NodeB. 169 . – Set Rated Power(0. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. set Power System Type to SC48200. Context As green energy. l License – This feature is not under license control. Ltd. l Verification Procedure 1.

Ltd. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD PMU: CN=0. //Deactivation procedure RMV DIESELGEN: CN=0. POWER=500. 170 . PTYPE=SC48200. LST DIESELGEN: CN=0. Run the NodeB MML command RMV PMU to remove a PMU. ADD DIESELGEN: CN=0. ICF=ENABLE. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Verification procedure DSP PMU: CN=0. LSDF=ENABLE.. Run the NodeB MML command RMV DIESELGEN to remove a dieselgen. Deactivation Procedure 1. l Optional: Run the NodeB MML command LST DIESELGEN to query the configuration information about the diesel generator.RAN Feature Activation Guide 51 Configuring Solar Power Device Management Expected result: The value of Power System Type is SC48200. MPN=0. 2. RMV PMU: CN=0. Expected result: The value of Intelligent Control Flag is ENABLE. 2.

Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. Ltd. 3. Context The gain range supported by the Smart Tower-Mounted Amplifier (STMA) varies with models and vendors.. – The base station is connected to the Antenna Line Device (ALD) normally. 171 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3902E can not support this feature. Run the NodeB MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT to set ALD Power Switch to ON. 4. Vendor Code and Serial No. 2. l License – This feature is not under license control.RAN Feature Activation Guide 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) This section describes how to activate. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. l Other Prerequisites – The TMA is loaded with basic software for its normal operation. verify. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan the Device Name. and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210601 Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier). l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Optional: If the device supports TMA gain. run the NodeB MML command MOD TMASUBUNIT to set the TMA gain. Run the NodeB MML command ADD TMA to add a TMA.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) NOTE It is recommended that you query the gain range supported by the STMA using the DSP TMADEVICEDATA command before adjusting the gain.. run the NodeB MML command SET TMAGAIN to set the TMA gain. //Verification procedure DSP TMA: DEVICENO=0. SUBUNITNUM=1. 3. Run the NodeB MML command SET RXATTEN to set the attenuation of the RX channel. MOD RXBRANCH: CN=0. Run the NodeB MML command MOD RXBRANCH to modify the RX channel of an RRU. Optional: If the device supports TMA gain. 172 . SN=0. MOD TMASUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0. 2. SUBUNITNO=1. CONNPN=R0A. 2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ALD to add a TMA. Run the NodeB MML command LST RXATTEN to query the RX attenuation value. Vendor Code and Serial No. SCN ALD: CTRLCN=0. 4. CTRLSRN=60.. Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command LST TMAGAIN to query the TMA gain. SRN=60. 5. NOTE It is recommended that you query the gain range supported by the STMA using the DSP TMAFUN command before adjusting the gain. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan Device Name. CTRLCN=0. 5. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD ANTENNAPORT: CN=0. DEVICENAME="TMA1". ADD TMA: DEVICENO=0. SN=0. CTRLSRN=60. l NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. RXNO=0. Verification Procedure 1. SRN=60. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. PN=R0A. Run the NodeB MML command SET ALDPWRSW to set Power Supply Switch to ON(On). ATTEN=0. MODE=NORMAL. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command DSP TMA to query the dynamic information about a TMA. CTRLSN=0. GAIN=48. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) NodeB V100R013 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CTRLSN=0. PWRSWITCH=ON. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated.

SRN=60. ATTEN=0. GAIN=48. SRN=60. SRN=60. PSP=R0A. SET RXATTEN: CN=0. SRN=60. CASE=REGULAR. SUBUNIT=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 52 Configuring Connection with TMA (Tower Mounted Amplifier) //Activation procedure SET ALDPWRSW: CN=0. CN=0. RXNO=0. SCN ALD: CN=0. SRN=60. ACN=R0A. CN=0. ACN=R0A.. ACN=R0A. SRN=60. ACN=R0A. 173 . PWRSW=ON. CN=0. Ltd. DEVTP=STMA. ADD ALD: NAME="test". //Verification procedure LST TMAGAIN: OPMODE=CSAT. SET TMAGAIN: OPMODE=CSAT. CASE=REGULAR. SN=0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. AST=TMA12DB_ONLY_NON_AISG.

and deactivate the basic feature MRFD-210602 Remote Electrical Tilt. In this step. 2. – The RCU is loaded with the basic software. In this step. run the NodeB MML command MOD RETPORT. set ALD Power Switch to ON. 174 . – This feature is supported by the all types of BTSs except for the BTS3600C and BTS3002E. Context With this feature activated. l NodeB V200R013 Procedure Activation Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. l Calibrating an RET antenna takes up to 4 minutes. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. The RCU is loaded with a configuration file designated for the RET antenna. l License – This feature is not under license control. l Calibrating the RET antenna may affect its coverage for a short period of time. users can remotely adjust the tilt of an RET antenna to optimize network performance. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. – The remote control unit (RCU) is compatible with the RET antenna. Optional: If the antenna port is used. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The base station is connected to a remote electrical tilt (RET) antenna properly. Optional: If the RET antenna port is used. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt This section describes how to activate.. set ALD Power Switch to ON. run the NodeB MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT.

3. Optional: Run the NodeB MML command MOD RETDEVICEDATA to modify parameters concerning the attributes of an RET device. 2. l NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. 3. Run the NodeB MML command SET ALDPWRSW. 6.RAN Feature Activation Guide 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt 3. Run the NodeB MML command CLB ANT to calibrate the antenna device. 4. Verification Procedure 1. NOTE For vendor information. Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command DSP RETSUBUNIT to query the dynamic information on an RET antenna subunit and an RET antenna's tilt. Run the NodeB MML command SET ANTTILT to set the tilt of antenna device. Run the NodeB MML command DSP RET to query information about the RET antenna. Expected result: Power Supply Switch Run Status is ON. Run the NodeB MML command DSP ANTTILT to query the tilt of the RET antenna. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to obtain the ESN of an ALD. 5. Optional: Run the NodeB MML command MOD RETSUBUNIT to modify parameters concerning an RET antenna subunit.1 degree) is set to the specified value. run the NodeB MML command DSP ANTENNAPORT to query the power switch status for the port. Expected result:ALD Actual Power Switch is ON. set Power Supply Switch to ON. Deactivation Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see the antenna equipment manual or scan the RET antenna. 4. 7. Expected result: Current Tilt (0. Run the NodeB MML command CLB RET to calibrate the RET antenna. 2. 8. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Run the NodeB MML command MOD RETTILT to modify the tilt of the RET antenna. NOTE For vendor information. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to obtain the ESN of an ALD. 175 . run the NodeB MML command DSP RETPORT to query the power switch status for the port. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ALD to add an antenna device. Optional: If the antenna port is used. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command DSP ANTCON to query the power switch status for the antenna port. 5.. Expected result: ALD Actual Power Switch is ON. Optional: If the RET antenna port is used. Ltd. 4. see the antenna equipment manual or scan the RET antenna. 2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD RET to add an RET antenna.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MOD RETSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure SET ALDPWRSW: CN=0. DEVTP=SINGLE_RET. DEVICENO=0. SCN ALD:. CLB ANT: OPMODE=CSAT. SRN=60. CLB RET: OPMODE=SUBUNIT. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD ANTENNAPORT: CN=0. Ltd. DEVICENAME="RET1". SRN=60. ACN=R0A. TILT=45. PWRSW=ON. CN=0. SRN=60. CTRLSRN=60. AST=RET_ONLY_COAXIAL. SCN ALD:. SUBUNITNO=1. SUBUNITNO=1. POLARTYPE=SINGLE. ADD ALD: NAME="test". CTRLSN=0. ACN=R0A. CASE=REGULAR. MOD RETTILT: OPMODE=DEVICENO. PSP=R0A. ACN=R0A. SN=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 53 Configuring Remote Electrical Tilt This feature does not need to be deactivated. PWRSWITCH=ON. CN=0. CN=0. CN=0. SUBUNITNO=1. DSP ANTTILT: OPMODE=CSAT. SRN=60. DEVTP=SINGLE_RET. CASE=REGULAR. TILT=20.. CTRLCN=0. MOD RETDEVICEDATA: DEVICENO=0. //Verification procedure DSP ANTCON:. SET ANTTILT: OPMODE=CSAT. SRN=60. PN=R0A. DSP RET: DEVICENO=0. ADD RET: DEVICENO=0. SRN=60. 176 . SCENARIO=REGULAR. DSP RETSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0. RETTYPE=SINGLE_RET. SUBUNITNO=1. ACN=R0A. //Verification procedure DSP ANTENNAPORT:. DEVICENO=0. DEVTP=SINGLE_RET.

Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SASU to configure the SASU and set the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. there is no uplink division loss. 3. After SASU900 is applied. l This feature helps to share an antenna in the same band and decreases the uplink division loss. Run the NodeB MML command MOD SASUSUBUNIT to set the SASU working mode and the gain of the SASU. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Context l The introduction of the feature enables UMTS900 and GSM900 to share the same antenna. l NodeB V200R013 Procedure Activation Procedure 1. 177 . l License – This feature is not under license control. Run the NodeB MML command MOD ANTENNAPORT to set ALD Power Switch to ON. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-060003 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz). 4. Verification Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the gain is expected to be between 0 dB and 12 dB. verify. 2. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan antenna devices and obtain the serial number of the SASU. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware..RAN Feature Activation Guide 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) This section describes how to activate.

CTRLSN=0. OOTHD=1200. DEVICENAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". MOD SASUSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0. CTRLSRN=60. 6. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUDCSW to query the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. SN=0. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure SET ALDPWRSW: CN=0. SRN=60. PSP=R0A. DCSWITCH=UMTS. 3. 7. THRESHOLDTYPE=UER_SELF_DEFINE. 2. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) 1. Run the NodeB MML command DSP SASUSUBUNIT to query the SASU working mode and the gain of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUDCLD to set the DC load of the SASU. 5. CTRLSN=0. DSP SASUSUBUNIT: DEVICENO=0. //Verification procedure DSP SASU: DEVICENO=0. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUMODE to query the SASU working mode. SCN ALD: CTRLCN=0. ADD SASU: DEVICENO=0. Deactivation Procedure This feature need not be deactivated. UOTHD=1000. BSGAIN=12. 4. Run the NodeB MML command ADD ALD to configure the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUGAIN to set the gain of the SASU. Run the NodeB MML command SCN ALD to scan antenna devices and obtain the serial number of the SASU. UCTHD=1050. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUMODE to set the SASU working mode. 5. Run the NodeB MML command SET ALDPWRSW to turn on the power supply switch of the SASU (Same band Antenna Sharing Unit) port. 178 . MODE=NORMAL. UMTSGAIN=12. SUBUNITNO=1. 2. SRN=60. Verification Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUDCLD to query the DC load of the SASU. CTRLCN=0. CTRLSRN=60. Run the NodeB MML command SET SASUDCSW to set the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU. 2. 4. Run the NodeB MML command DSP SASU to query the antenna DC power switch state of the SASU.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. CASE=REGULAR. AST=CUSTOM. 3. Run the NodeB MML command LST ALD to query the configuration information about the SASU. PN=R0A. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. PWRSWITCH=ON. OCTHD=1150. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD ANTENNAPORT: CN=0. Run the NodeB MML command LST SASUGAIN to query the gain of the SASU. DCLOAD=20.

NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". OOTHD=1200. SET SASUDCSW: OPMODE=NAME. LST SASUMODE: OPMODE=NAME. GAIN=12. LST SASUGAIN: OPMODE=NAME. NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". SRN=60. CN=0. DEVTP=SASU. SRN=60. CHTP=UMTS. UOTHD=1000. 179 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 54 Configuring Same Band Antenna Sharing Unit (900Mhz) PWRSW=ON. ADD ALD: NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". ACN=R0A. SET SASUMODE: OPMODE=NAME. OCTHD=1150. DCLOAD=20. NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". SCN ALD: CN=0. DCSWITCH=UMTS. LST SASUDCSW: OPMODE=NAME. SET SASUGAIN: OPMODE=NAME. UCTHD=1050.. NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". LST SASUDCLD: OPMODE=NAME. NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G". CASE=REGULAR. ACN=R0A. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET SASUDCLD: OPMODE=NAME. Ltd. MODE=BYPASS. //Verification procedure LST ALD:. NAME="0_0N0A0SASU_3G".

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. If the Multiple RAB feature is enabled. Ltd. For details on how to activate the license. Context With the Multiple RAB feature. For details about license items. Huawei products support the following solutions with more than one PS RAB: l Combination of two PS services l Combination of one CS service and two PS services l Combination of three PS services l Combination of one CS service and three PS services l Combination of four PS services l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Other Prerequisites – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. verify. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. a large quantity of services can be provided for the upper layers. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package.RAN Feature Activation Guide 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package This section describes how to activate.. 180 .

. 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services. ----End Example //Activating Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). Ltd. 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. //Deactivating Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Details see the verification procedure of following features: 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0. Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 55 Configuring Multiple RAB Package Verification Procedure 1. 181 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services and 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1.

182 . For details on how to activate the license. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details about license items. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061501 Combination of Two PS Services. operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. Context With the Multiple RAB feature. Verify that web pages are displayed normally. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 56 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services Configuring Combination of Two PS Services This section describes how to activate. verify.. Verification Procedure 1. Connect the UE to the portable computer so as to use the UE as a modem. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of two PS services. Visit the Internet on the UE. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

connect to an FTP server and download data. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verify that the data is downloaded normally. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 56 Configuring Combination of Two PS Services 3. 183 . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1. //Deactivating Combination of Two PS Services. l On the portable computer. ----End Example //Activating Combination of Two PS Services. Ltd. Deactivation Procedure 1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter.

For details on how to activate the license. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Connect UE 1 to the portable computer so as to use the UE 1 as a modem.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061502 Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 184 . see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter.RAN Feature Activation Guide 57 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services This section describes how to activate. Verification Procedure 1. Context With the Multiple RAB feature. verify. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Have two UEs ready: UE 1 and UE 2. Ltd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. For details about license items. 2. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

Verify that web pages are displayed normally (a PS Service). Verify that the data is downloaded normally (a PS Service).RAN Feature Activation Guide l 57 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services 3. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Deactivation Procedure 1. On the portable computer. ----End Example //Activating Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verify that UE 1 rings and the speech quality is acceptable (a CS Service). connect to an FTP server and download data. Visit the Internet on UE 1. Use UE 2 to call UE 1.. 185 . 4. //Deactivating Combination of One CS Service and Two PS Services. 5.

This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. For details about license items. Connect UE to the portable computer so as to use the UE as a modem. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the Combination of Three PS Services. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. Context With the Multiple RAB feature.. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. verify. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 58 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services Configuring Combination of Three PS Services This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061503 Combination of Three PS Services. 186 . Visit the Internet on UE. – The CN node and UE must have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Verify that web pages are displayed normally. Verification Procedure 1.

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1. Verify that the data is downloaded normally. Verify that this service is played normally.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 58 Configuring Combination of Three PS Services 3. connect to an FTP server and download data. Deactivation Procedure 1. 187 . Visit the Multimedia service on the UE. ----End Example //Activating Combination of Three PS Services. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. //Deactivating Combination of Three PS Services. On the portable computer. 4.

This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of one CS service and three PS services. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context With the Multiple RAB feature. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.. For details on how to activate the license. For details about license items. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. – The CN node and UE have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061504 Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services. 188 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 59 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services This section describes how to activate. Connect UE 1 to the portable computer so as to use the UE 1 as a modem. Verification Procedure 1. verify. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. 2. Ltd. Have two UEs ready: UE 1 and UE 2. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. operators have relatively diversified choices of service solutions.

RAN Feature Activation Guide l 59 Configuring Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services 3. Verify that the data is downloaded normally (a PS Service). 6. Ltd. Deactivation Procedure 1. Use UE 2 to call UE 1. On the portable computer. connect to an FTP server and download data. 189 . 5. Visit the Internet on UE 1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0. Visit the Multimedia service on the UE 1. //Deactivating Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services.. ----End Example //Activating Combination of One CS Service and Three PS Services. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verify that UE 1 rings and the speech quality is acceptable (a CS Service). SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1. Verify that this service is played normally (a PS Service). 4. Verify that web pages are displayed normally (a PS Service). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter.

0 supports up to four PS RABs per user. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. 190 . l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports the combination of Four PS Services. verify. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 60 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services Configuring Combination of Four PS Services This section describes how to activate.. and Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP) (media monitoring) respectively. as shown in Figure 60-1. – The CN node and UE have the corresponding multi-RAB support capability. Figure 60-1 VoIP service Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Real-Time Transport Protocol (RTP) (voice). Context RAN11. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061505 Combination of Four PS Services. A typical application of Multi-RAB is VoIP plus BE service where VoIP may need up to three RABs to transmit SIP signaling. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010615 Multiple RAB Package (PS RAB ≥2). Ltd.

3. Establish a VoIP service on the UE. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: VoipChlType=DCH. 2. Connect the UE to the portable computer so as to use the UE as a modem. connect to an FTP server and download data. ----End Example //Activating Combination of Four PS Services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-1. //Deactivating Combination of Four PS Services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH-0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA command to set the VOIP channel type parameter to DCH(UL_DCH. 2. Deactivation Procedure 1. Other service combination like 4PS BE is also supported.RAN Feature Activation Guide 60 Configuring Combination of Four PS Services RAN11. (If RTCP is assigned.. On the portable computer. View the "RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ" message traced on the Iu interface. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. NOTE The BSC6900 defines the default value of the VOIP channel type parameter. Verify that the data is downloaded normally. you can infer that the VoIP service is established successfully. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter. If you find that the CN assigns three RABs at the same time. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and the service combination VoIP + BE is supported. Initiate Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. l l Verification Procedure 1.DL_DCH). 191 . Retain the default value in normal situations. SIP signaling and RTP must be assigned at the same time.) 4.0 supports four PS RABs per user. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH check box under the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter.

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details about license items. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 3. HSDPA can significantly increase the downlink peak rate per user. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to activate this feature. load control. shorten the round trip delay.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – NDLP and NBBI in the NodeB do not support this feature. verify. Configure Iub transport for HSDPA. For details on how to activate the license. such as admission control. l Other Prerequisites – The UE is HSDPA-capable. It has to coordinate with other features. 192 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. and expand the system capacity. l Dependencies on Other Features – HSDPA provides a number of methods to increase system throughput. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA to set HSDPA-related parameters based on the network plan. This feature package provides the basic functions of HSDPA to meet the requirements for test or trial operation of HSDPA services.RAN Feature Activation Guide 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. and mobility management. 2. Context High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) is one of the important features defined in 3GPP specifications.

– If not configured. CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. – If not configured. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to configure the IP path mapping to the HSDPA service. and go to step b. HsPdschMinCodeNum=1. //Activating HSDPA Introduction Package ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000. this feature has been deactivated. Ltd. //Configuring Iub transport for HSDPA //ATM network Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. b. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether the HSDPA feature is deactivated. Deactivation Procedure 1. NOTE To ensure that HSDPA services can be set up successfully. HSDPA services must be mapped to the corresponding AAL2 paths or IP paths. check the TRMMAP index of the adjacent node. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to deactivate this feature. d. In addition. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to configure an AAL2 path for HSDPA based on network planning requirements. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to set associated parameters according to the network plan.RAN Feature Activation Guide 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package – In an ATM network: a. l Verification Procedure 1. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP to add the TRM mapping to the adjacent node. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether this feature is activated. ----End Example // Setting HSDPA-related parameters ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000. 2. you can add new AAL2 paths or IP paths. – In an IP network: a. TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index of the AAL2 path to be added must be the same as those set in the ADD ATMTRF command. If HSDPA Operational State is set to Disabled. – If configured. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to query the transmission resource mapping. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the IP path mapping to the HSDPA service is configured according to the TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node. c. To avoid the affect on ongoing services. HsPdschMaxCodeNum=4. If HSDPA Operational State is set to Enabled. AAL2 Path Type should be set according to the mapping between service types and AAL paths. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. b. this feature has been activated.. 193 . – If configured. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ADJMAP to query whether resource management mapping is configured for the adjacent node. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to configure new records of ATM traffic based on network planning requirements. no further action is required.

0. TXBW=1000.. ST=RTVBR.1.0". UT=KBIT/S. CARRYIMAGRPN=1. RXBW=1000. CARRYSN=0. SN=12. LstFormat=VERTICAL. PT=IMA. CellId=3000. ITFT=IUB. AAL2PATHT=HSPA. //Deactivating HSDPA Introduction Package DEA UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000. LstFormat=VERTICAL. PAT=H_NRT. Ltd. 194 .1. VCI=71. IPADDR="80. VPI=13. PCR=5150. PEERMASK="255.1".RAN Feature Activation Guide 61 Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=118. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=10. ST=RTVBR.PATHT=BE. PATHID=1. PCR=5150. REMARK="5Mfor-HSDPA". SBT=BASE_BOARD. VCI=71. //Verifying HSDPA Introduction Package DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SCR=5149. CellId=3000. ITFT=IUB. //Adding an AAL2 path ADD AAL2PATH: PATHID=2. ADD IPPATH: ANI=0. //IP network ADD ADJMAP: ANI=0. RCR=5150.255. CARRYF=1. FTI=13.1". DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. RXTRFX=118. VPI=13. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. CARRYT=IMA. TRANST=IP. SCR=5149.255. PEERIPADDR="10. TMIGLD=10. PATHID=2. TXTRFX=118. TRANST=IP. NT=LOCAL.161.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell. For details about license items. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA to configure 1 HSSCCHs. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. For details on how to activate the license. 195 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. An HS-PDSCH can use up to 15 SF16 codes in a cell. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. Context This feature provides code resources occupied by Huawei HSDPA services. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell This section describes how to activate. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

----End Example //Verifying 15 Codes per Cell MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. l By default. MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. AllocCodeMode=Manual. Verification Procedure 1. the HS-PDSCH can use only 14 SF16 codes. HsPdschCodeNum=15. Click Submit. A real-time monitoring window is displayed. If the default number is used.RAN Feature Activation Guide 62 Configuring 15 Codes per Cell NOTE l The BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA fails to be executed when HSDPA is activated. the number of HS-SCCH codes for each cell is 4. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to deactivate HSDPA before configuring this feature and run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to reactivate HSDPA after configuring this feature. Deactivation Procedure 1. Expected result: The HS-PDSCH occupies 15 SF16 codes. 2. l Check whether 15 SF16 codes are occupied by the HS-PDSCH in the Cell Performance Monitoring window. Figure 62-1 Cell Performance Monitoring 2. Ltd. 196 . Therefore. l The BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA fails to be executed when CELL-FACH enhancement is activated. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA to set the value of Code Number for HS-SCCH to 1. HsScchCodeNum=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLEFACH to deactivate enhanced CELL-FACH before configuring this feature and Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to reactivate enhanced CELL-FACH after configuring this feature. This feature does not need to be deactivated. To enable the HS-PDSCH to use all 15 SF16 codes. Therefore. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA to set Allocate Code Mode to Manual(Manual) and Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 15. as shown in Figure 62-1. Initialize UMTS monitoring on the BSC6900 LMT..

Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 197 . Ltd. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. Context This feature enables the allocation of different codes in the same TTI to different users or the multiplexing of the same code in different TTIs for different users to increase the code resource utilization and system throughput.. l Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. For details about license items. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex 63 Configuring Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex This section describes how to activate.

RR.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see the description of the feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF). For details on how to activate the license. Ltd. RR. RR(Round Robin Algorithm) or PF(PF Algorithm). l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. proportional fair (PF). l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE l HSDPA H-ARQ is activated automatically without any configuration. For details on how to set the EPF scheduling algorithm. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. and PF scheduling algorithms. and PF) This section describes how to activate. RR. 198 . verify. round-robin (RR). and PF) 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. 1. l This section describes how to set Max C/I. For details about license items. Context Huawei provides multiple HSDPA scheduling algorithms such as maximum C/I (MAXCI). This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. and PF). RR.RAN Feature Activation Guide 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I.Before the HSDPA feature is enabled. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set the parameter Scheduling Method to MAXCI(Max C/I Algorithm). HARQ must be enabled and HSDPA scheduling algorithms must be set. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. RR.. SM=MAXCI.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 64 Configuring HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I. 199 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to query the settings of the parameter Scheduling Method. and PF) Verification Procedure 1. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Ltd. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. this feature enables full use of channelization code resources to expand system capacity. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – If Allocate Code Mode is set to Manual. 200 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation. verify. set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to specify the number of HS-PDSCH codes. Context This feature provides two code allocation strategies: HSDPA static code allocation and RNCcontrolled dynamic code allocation. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation This section describes how to activate. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. When R99 and HSDPA services co-exist.. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about license items. set Allocate Code Mode to Manual or Automatic. For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.

For example. The Cell Performance Monitoring tab page is displayed. View the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH in the cell. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. HsScchCodeNum=4. HsPdschMinCodeNum=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Code Max Number for HSPDSCH to specify the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes and set Code Min Number for HS-PDSCH to specify the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes. click to display Cell Performance Monitoring. If Allocate Code Mode is set to Manual. On the BSC6900 LMT. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. HsPdschCodeNum=5. MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. 201 . 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLHSDPA to query code allocation mode. the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH increases with the increase of HSDPA access requests and decreases with the decrease of HSDPA access requests. the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH varies with service access requests in the cell. Ltd. Set Monitor Item to Cell Code Tree Monitor and click Submit. l l Verification Procedure 1. HsPdschMaxCodeNum=5. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. 3. the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH remains unchanged. AllocCodeMode=Manual..RAN Feature Activation Guide 65 Configuring HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNCControlled Dynamic Code Allocation – If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic. If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control This section describes how to activate. verify. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and power of HSDPA physical channels (HS-PDSCH and HS-SCCH). the DPCH power can be adjusted by means of inner-loop and outer-loop power control. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activating the adaptive HS-SCCH power control based on the channel quality indicator (CQI) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. dedicated physical channel (DPCH) power. To achieve high HSDPA performance. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. For details on how to activate the license. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. HS-PDSCH power is controlled by the transport format and resource combination (TFRC) algorithm and therefore does not require power control. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the total downlink transmit power of each cell is classified into common channel power. For R99 services. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is configured. 202 . Ltd. HSDPA channel power resources can be dynamically allocated and adjusted among users by using the NodeB scheduling algorithm.. For details about license items. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061004 HSDPA Power Control. power resources except those reserved for common channels are dynamically allocated to DPCHs and HSDPA physical channels. Context After an HSDPA service is introduced. This feature enables operators to configure the appropriate power control mode of the HS-SCCH. increasing the power efficiency and system capacity and improving the user experience.

HsScchCodeNum=1. SCCHPWR=0. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Power Control //Setting the adaptive HS-SCCH power control based on the CQI MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=111. Ltd. HSSCCHPWRCMINDCH=FIXED. l a. Move the UE between the cell center and the cell edge to view the power change on the HS-SCCH. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. In this step. HSSCCHFERTRGTINDCH=10. HsPdschCodeNum=5. Verifying the adaptive HS-SCCH power control based on the CQI a. Verifying the fixed HS-SCCH power control a. Use an HSUPA-capable UE to set up a PS service over the HS-SCCH. Use an HSUPA-capable UE to set up a PS service over the HS-SCCH.. Move the UE between the cell center and the cell edge to view the power change on HS-SCCHs. and Code Number for HS-SCCH to 1. set HSSCCH Power Control Method in CELL DCH state to CQI. and Code Number for HS-SCCH to 1. b. b. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Expected result: The HS-SCCH power changes with the CQI. HsPdschCodeNum=5. AllocCodeMode=Manual. HSSCCHPWRCMINDCH=CQI. HsScchCodeNum=1. 2. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=111. Activating the fixed HS-SCCH power control a. 203 . set HSSCCH Power Control Method in CELL DCH state to FIXED. In this step. Expected result: The HS-SCCH power remains unchanged. //Setting the fixed HS-SCCH power control MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=111. set Allocate Code Mode to Manual. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. b. b. Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5.RAN Feature Activation Guide 66 Configuring HSDPA Power Control 2. AllocCodeMode=Manual. Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5. set Allocate Code Mode to Manual. In this step. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verification Procedure 1. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=111.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061003 HSDPA Admission Control. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set power resource admission related parameters and the maximum number of HSDPA users. Context This feature implements admission control over HSDPA users in the aspects such as the number of HSDPA users. and HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL. In this step. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. remaining power resources. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. verify. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details about license items. select related admission algorithms in the Cell CAC algorithm switch parameter. and service rate thresholds. set Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch according to the network planning. Iub interface resources. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. For details on how to activate the license. The available admission algorithms are HSDPA_GBP_MEAS. Activate power resource admission. – For HSDPA services. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS. 204 .. In this step. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 67 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control Configuring HSDPA Admission Control This section describes how to activate. This feature can ensure the QoS of existing HSDPA users while fully utilizing the resources.

Use UE1 and UE2 to initiate an HSDPA PS service. 5. and the value of the dlTransportChannel-Type IE is dch. In this step. set Hsdpa streaming PBR threshold and HSDPA best effort PBR threshold in this step. 3. 6. Deactivate power resource admission. set PS service type to background or interactive. check the RRC_RB_SETUP message over the Uu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSDPA users to 1. select NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH in CAC algorithm switch. 3. In this step. 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. l Verification Procedure 1. Expected result: Services are set up successfully on UE1 and UE2. The Iub interface resource admission is mandatory and is activated automatically. Ltd. In this step. select CRD_ADCTRL in Cell CAC algorithm switch. In this step. After the service is set up successfully. Deactivate NodeB credit resource admission. and the test cell must support HSDPA. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. – Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control NOTE If HSDPA_PBR_MEAS is selected in Cell CAC algorithm switch. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Deactivate Iub interface resource admission. set Maximum HSDPA user number of the test cell to 64. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Release all the PS services. You can view that the new-HRNTI IE is not under the rb-mappinginfo IE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. NOTE Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPPATH or MOD AAL2PATH to change the Iub interface bandwidth. Activate Iub interface resource admission. 4. l Deactivation Procedure 1. deselect NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH in Cell CAC algorithm switch. You can view that the new-H-RNTI IE is under the rb-mappinginfo IE. On the HLR. set Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch to ALGORITHM_OFF. Use UE1 to initiate an HSDPA PS service. The service should fail to set up. Use UE2 to initiate an HSDPA PS service.. and the value of the dlTransportChannel-Type IE is hsdsch. – Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. Activate NodeB credit resource admission. Check the RRC_RB_SETUP message over the Uu interface. 3. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 8. 205 . Enable two UEs UE1 and UE2 in idle mode to camp on the test cell. In this step. 7. 2. select CRD_ADCTRL in Cell CAC algorithm switch.

MaxHsdpaUserNum=64. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. MaxUlTxPowerforInt=24. MaxUlTxPowerforConv=24. //Deactivating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST.. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-1&HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1&HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1. //Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-0. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-0. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. ----End Example //Activating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SF32. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UlHoCeResvSf=SF16. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 67 Configuring HSDPA Admission Control The Iub interface resource admission is mandatory and does not need to be deactivated. HsdpaStrmPBRThd=70. 206 . HsdpaBePBRThd=30. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. //Activating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-1.

verify. Context For each MAC-hs queue. However. The NodeB adjusts the Iub bandwidth pre-allocated to the MAC-hs queue. The NodeB estimates the buffering time based on the measurements. 3. Too much data buffered in the NodeB leads to transmission delay and even packet loss. For details on how to activate the license. For details about license items. it should retain a certain amount of data to prevent wasting the Uu resources due to not having data to transmit. HSDPA Flow Control calculates the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth based on the Uu transmission rate and the amount of data buffered in the NodeB. if the Iub transmission rate is higher than the Uu transmission rate.. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd. The procedure for HSDPA Flow Control is briefly described as follows: 1. 207 . The Uu transmission rate of the MAC-hs queue is determined by the scheduling algorithm. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. For each MAC-hs queue. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. the data packets are buffered.RAN Feature Activation Guide 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control. Therefore. each MAC-hs queue should not have too much data buffered in the NodeB. 2. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. l Activation Procedure Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The NodeB measures the buffered data amount of each MAC-hs queue and the average Uu transmission rate.

2. If user priority. Ltd. Then. subtracting Iub bandwidth used by R99 from Iub bandwidth configured. the NodeB performs Iub shaping and distributes flow to HSDPA users. This flow control algorithm is recommended. Record the throughput of the two UEs. the total bandwidth of the two UEs is 4 MHz. Run the NodeB MML command SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA to set the parameter Flow Control Switch to enable the NodeB HSDPA flow control function. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA Flow Control and setting the flow control mode to adaptive flow control Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – When Flow Control Switch is set to NO_BW_SHAPING. Expected result: The throughput of UE1 decreases after UE2 accesses the network. the NodeB adjusts the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface. the flow control policy for the ports of the NodeB is either DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or NO_BW_SHAPING in accordance with the congestion detection mechanism of the NodeB. Choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring on the BSC6900 LMT. The adaptive flow control algorithm is recommended. the final ratio of the two UEs' throughput is 1:1. The NodeB reports the conditions about the air interface to the RNC. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth tasks. – When Flow Control Switch is set to BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE. l Verification Procedure 1. the NodeB does not adjust the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface. Enable an HSDPA-capable UE2 to access the network (with the same configuration as UE1) and originate a download service. Record the throughput of UE1. – When Flow Control Switch is set to DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING. Then. and then the RNC allocates the bandwidth. There are four types of HSDPA flow control algorithm as follows: – When Flow Control Switch is set to STATIC_BW_SHAPING.RAN Feature Activation Guide 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control 1. service type and Security Parameter Index (SPI) of the two UEs are the same. When the throughput of the two UEs is stable. 3. 208 . Assume that the current Iub bandwidth is 4 MHz and the bandwidth usage is 80%.2 Mbps. the NodeB performs Iub shaping and distributes flow to HSDPA users. l Deactivation Procedure You can deactivate the current algorithm by selecting one of the other flow control algorithms. considering the data rate on the air interface. Enable an HSDPA-capable UE1 to access the network and originate a PS service.. Expected result: The throughput of UE1 is 3. the NodeB does not adjust the bandwidth based on delay and packet loss on the Iub interface.

. SWITCH= BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE. ITM=TERRESTRIAL. DR=1. TD=2. PN=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 68 Configuring HSDPA Flow Control SET HSDPAFLOWCTRLPARA: SRN=0. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PT=IMA. SBT=BASE_BOARD. 209 . SN=6. BEAR=ATM.

This feature also enables an HSDPA-capable UE to change cells with a small probability of service interruption. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility Management. Context This feature enables an HSDPA-capable UE to be handed over to an R99 cell or another HSDPA cell.. 210 . l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. For details. For details on how to activate the license. For details about license items. Ltd. verify. see the following sections: – 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover – 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage – 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS – 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. The methods of activating intra-frequency. inter-frequency. and inter-RAT handovers are the same for HSDPA users and R99 users. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

211 . Ltd. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..RAN Feature Activation Guide 69 Configuring HSDPA Mobility Management – 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS – 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load l Verification Procedure None l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated.

This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.RAN Feature Activation Guide 70 70 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 Configuring HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 This section describes how to activate. Ltd. 212 . verify. l Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified. For details on how to activate the license.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28. For details about license items. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context This feature can provide proper HSDPA services for the UEs of category 1 to category 28.

EBOI or EULPd board. 213 . – The UE supports HSPA. – The DBS3800 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.0. EBBI. l The NodeB enables low traffic services to obtain more resources based on the scheduling and flow control principles of HSPA. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. such as gaming services and instant messaging services (such as MSN).0. verify. BTS3812A. Ltd. – The DBS3900/BTS3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Other Prerequisites – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. – The BTS3812E. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Only BSC6900 supports this function. – The NodeB protocol version configured at the BSC6900 should not be earlier than R8. For details on how to activate the license.. and BTS3812AE are configured with the EULP. which reduces delay in low traffic services. Context l The NodeB detects HSPA services with low traffic.RAN Feature Activation Guide 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service This section describes how to activate.

DLSILVERUEBPS=0. Ltd. DLSILVERUEBPS=14. and copper users according to the actual conditions. DLGOLDUEBPS=13. DLCOPPERUEBPS=0. ULCOPPERUEBPS=0. //Deactivation procedure SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA: ULGOLDUEBPS=0. //Verification procedure LST UEQOSENHANCEPARA:. Deactivation Procedure 1. and copper users. and copper users to 0. l Run the NodeB MML command SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA to set the burst packet sizes of the gold. Run the NodeB MML command SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA. NOTE When the burst packet size of a user is set to 0. l Verification Procedure 1. ULCOPPERUEBPS=12. DLGOLDUEBPS=0. In this step. set the burst packet sizes of the gold. silver. silver. silver. DLCOPPERUEBPS=15. it indicates that the NodeB stops identifying the low traffic services of the user. ULSILVERUEBPS=11. Run the NodeB MML command LST UEQOSENHANCEPARA to query the burst packet sizes of the gold. 214 . ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UEQOSENHANCEPARA: ULGOLDUEBPS=10. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 71 Configuring Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.. ULSILVERUEBPS=0.

For details about license items.4 Mbit/s. 26. 14. 22. 6. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 215 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 72 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation This section describes how to activate. 5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 9. verify. 19. 24. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – UE should have the capability of HSDPA besides Category 11 and Category 12: category 1. 16. 2. l The HS-PDSCH is used to carry the HS-DSCH data. 7. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. 8. 28. The supported peak rate on the air interface can reach 14. 15. 27. 20.. 10. l When the UE is in good radio environment. the transmission can adopt the high-order 16QAM modulation mode and large transport blocks to achieve high peak rate. 3. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. 23. 17. 4. l Other Prerequisites – UE should support the demodulation of 16QAM. the transmission can adopt the low-order QPSK modulation mode and small transport blocks to ensure communication quality. 21. 16QAM is a higher-order downlink data modulation scheme. 13. The HS-PDSCH may use QPSK or 16QAM modulation symbols. Context Compared with QPSK. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010629 16QAM Modulation. 18. l When the UE is in poor radio environment. l The UE of category 10 can support a maximum of 15 HS-PDSCH codes and 16QAM modulation mode.4 Mbit/s. This feature enables the peak rate on the Uu interface to reach 14. 25. For details on how to activate the license. Ltd.

enables the throughput of category 8 UE to reach 5 Mbit/s. By monitoring the DL throughput and bandwidth. set 16QAM Switch to OPEN(open). NOTE Only in case of good environment quality of the channel. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. which are larger than 1 GB. Deactivation Procedure 1. the throughput of category 8 UE can reach 5 Mbit/s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 72 Configuring DL 16QAM Modulation Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated before activating this feature." 1. The PS service is carried on the HS-DSCH. l As defined in 3GPP 25. set 16QAM Switch to CLOSE(close). Use the UE to start a PS interactive service of DL 7200 kbit/s. Verification Procedure NOTE l For the 16QAM modulation of the HSDPA UE. In this step. you find that the PS downloading service is normal and the bit rate is higher than 5 Mbit/s. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 2. the UE in category 8 can support both QPSK and 16QAM modulation schemes. Start FTP (10 threads) to download given files.. ----End Example //Activating procedure SET MACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=OPEN. For the method of activating HSDPA Introduction Package. the NodeB license control item must be enabled.306. see the section "Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package. l 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. 216 . Perform the following steps to check whether the download rate can reach 5 Mbit/s. The UE keeps in Cell-DCH state. however. In this step. //Deactivating procedure SET MACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=CLOSE. Only 16QAM modulation.

In this step. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Verification Procedure 1. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. For details about license items. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. set Dynamic Code Switch to OPEN(open). see the section "Configuring HSDPA Introduction Package. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 217 . Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated before activating this feature. verify. This feature can further improve the utilization of code resources. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. In this step.. The NodeB adjusts the allocation of code resources in each TTI according to available code resources and scheduling algorithms. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware." 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 73 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB This section describes how to activate. Context This feature implements dynamic code allocation on the NodeB side. set Dynamic Code Switch to CLOSE(close). For the method of activating HSDPA Introduction Package. Ltd. For details on how to activate the license.

Ltd. 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB 2. Select Service > Trace Management > Interface Trace Task > User from the navigation tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT. – set Allocate Code Mode to Manual. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA. as shown in Figure 73-1. select (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule Data message. – set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5. 218 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) To query the ucMaxPdschCodeNum is 5. Figure 73-1 User Tracing 5. 3. Use a UE that belongs to category 8 or is capable of higher HSDPA performance to download 200 MB files from the FTP server in the serving cell.. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 73-2.

it indicates the feature has been enabled.. 7. Ltd. 219 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB Figure 73-2 Message Browser Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 6. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Trace (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule Data message. set Dynamic Code Switch to OPEN(open). Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. ucMaxPdschCodeNum is less than the value of 5. as shown in Figure 73-3. In this step.

HsPdschCodeNum=5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=OPEN. set Dynamic Code Switch to CLOSE(close)..RAN Feature Activation Guide 73 Configuring Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB Figure 73-3 Message Browser l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Verification procedure //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=CLOSE. 220 . AllocCodeMode=Manual. //Deactivation procedure //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=CLOSE. In this step. //Operations on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=0. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Operations on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=OPEN.

verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Ltd. 221 .. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.RAN Feature Activation Guide 74 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package This section describes how to activate. see the following sections: Procedure – 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR – 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition – 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package. and provides enhancement features to meet the QoS and HSDPA network requirements. l Other Prerequisites – UE should support the functions connected with HSDPA Enhanced package. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. and deactivate procedures. Context HSDPA enhanced package is introduced on the basis of WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. verify. l License – This feature is not under license control. Related features include: l WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR l WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition l WRFD-01061112 HSDPA DRD l WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support l For details about activate.

. 222 . verified.RAN Feature Activation Guide 74 Configuring HSDPA Enhanced Package NOTE HS-DPCCH Preamble Support does not need to be activated. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. or deactivated.

set Scheduling Method to an option other than EPF(Enhanced PF). Context The operator can set different QoS parameters such as priority. Ltd. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package l License – This feature is not under license control. In this step.. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 223 . Based on the QoS parameters. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 75 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR This section describes how to activate. and Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) for different users. the Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF) algorithm can accurately allocate resources by proportion. Deactivation Procedure 1. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). weight. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to check that Scheduling Method is set to EPF. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. l Verification Procedure 1. In this step. This feature allows different users to obtain accurate differentiated experiences.

. Ltd. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA.RAN Feature Activation Guide 75 Configuring Scheduling based on EPF and GBR Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: SM=EPF. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 224 . //Deactivation procedure SET MACHSPARA: SM=PF.

see 3 Activating the UMTS License. 225 . as shown in Figure 76-1. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT and initiate Uu interface message tracing. For details about license items. For details on how to activate the license. Context l This feature enables the switching between the DCH and HS-DSCH and makes it possible for UEs to enjoy high-speed services. l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. search for the RRC_RB_RECFG in the traced Uu interface message. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Set up an HSDPA BE service. 2. and do not perform any data operation for a period of time. Verification Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. select the DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. verify. Check the traced data to ensure that the value of the IE rrc-StateIndicator is cell-FACH (1). l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. In this step. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd.. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 76 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition Configuring HSDPA State Transition This section describes how to activate. l This feature also enables a UE with an ongoing BE service or streaming service to move to the CELL_FACH state to save system resources when the UE does not have data transmission for a long period. Then.

----End Example //Activating HSDPA State Transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. //Deactivating HSDPA State Transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. deselect the DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. In this step..RAN Feature Activation Guide 76 Configuring HSDPA State Transition Figure 76-1 RRC_RB_RECFG message l Deactivation Procedure 1. 226 .

achieving better service performance. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061112 HSDPA DRD. In this step. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about license items. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD This section describes how to activate. verify.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 227 . NOTE The DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH and the DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH can be turned on at the same time according to the network plan. l Verification Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check whether DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH or DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. set Direct retry switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH or DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH according to the network plan. For details on how to activate the license. Context This feature enables HSDPA-suitable services to be established on the HS-DSCH cell as much as possible if a UE is HS-DSCH capable.

Enable the UE in cell 1 to originate a PS FTP download service. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-1. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. go to Step 3. 6. In this step. 3. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch= DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-1.. 228 . If Blind handover flag is set to FALSE. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=1. The value of Maximum HSDPA user number in cell 1 is 0. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. If Blind handover flag is set to TRUE. 4. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 77 Configuring HSDPA DRD Expected result: The value of DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH or DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is ON. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D384. In this scenario. The Uu message tracing or the UE CDT tracing shows that the RRC_RB_RECFG/RRC_RB_SETUP message is sent to the UE in cell 1 and the RRC_RB_RECFG_CMP/RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message is sent to the RNC in cell 2. set Maximum HSDPA user number of cell 1 to 0. NCellId=2. the UE is handed over to cell 2 by using directed retry. set DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA to an appropriate value. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERFREQNCELL to query the interfrequency neighboring cells of cell 1 and whether Blind handover flag is set to TRUE. CellId=1. NCellRncId=1. //Verifying HSDPA DRD MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. Ltd. cell 2 is the inter-frequency neighboring cell for blind handover of cell 1 and admission to cell 2 is allowed. therefore. NOTE This feature also supports the following scenario: If a UE in an R99 cell (cell 1) originates HSDPA streaming services or BE services. the UE can camp on an HSDPA cell (cell 2) through directed retry. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. The feature does not need to be deactivated. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA DRD SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch= DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL. MaxHsdpaUserNum=0. In this step. 5. set HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) to Cell CAC algorithm switch. set Blind Handover Flag of cell 2 (inter-frequency neighboring cell of cell 1) to TRUE.

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. For details about license items. For details on how to activate the license. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010630 Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA. Ltd. Context This feature enables the streaming services to be mapped onto the HS-DSCH.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. which improves the utilization of cell resources. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. Initiate Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the drop-down list Service mapping strategy switch. as shown in Figure 78-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 78 78 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA This section describes how to activate. l Verification Procedure 1. 229 .

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. view the RRC_RB_SETUP message and check whether the dlTransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo information element (IE) is set to hsdsch in the Uu interface trace data. 230 . //Deactivating Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-0.. Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 78 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA Figure 78-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box l 2. ----End Example //Activating Streaming Traffic Class on HSDPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. Ltd. To check whether the establishment is successful. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the drop-down list Service mapping strategy switch. Check whether the service can receive the data successfully. Establish an HSDPA streaming service on the UE.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure the neighboring RNC's cell with HSDSCH and Fractional-Dedicated Physical Control Channel (F-DPCH). In this step. l Other Prerequisites – The neighboring RNC supports this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur. Verification Procedure 1. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context This feature enables HSDPA services to be carried on the Iur interface and provides continuous HSDPA services for UEs moving between BSC6900s. select the HSDSCH support indicator and F-DPCH support indicator check boxes under the parameter Cell Capability Container. 231 . Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Verify that the feature HSDPA over Iur has been activated by performing the following operations: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.RAN Feature Activation Guide 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. verify. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. 2. set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to ON. For details about license items. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated.

//Deactivating HSDPA over Iur MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT3GCELL to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC's cell. – If the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iur interface contains HSDPA-related information elements.. CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-0&FDPCH_SUPPORT-0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Establish an HSDPA service under the serving RNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL. In this step. l Deactivation Procedure 1. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. deselect the HSDSCH support indicator and F-DPCH support indicator check boxes under the parameter Cell Capability Container. IurHsdpaSuppInd=ON. Verify that an HSDPA service has been set up by performing the following operations: – Configure the neighboring RNC and its cell with the HSDPA function. CellId=1. ----End Example //Activating HSDPA over Iur MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to OFF. an HSDPA service has been set up successfully. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. 2. CellId=1. 2. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. – The serving cell changes to a cell under the neighboring RNC. IurHsdpaSuppInd=OFF. In this step. CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-1&FDPCH_SUPPORT-1. 232 . Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 79 Configuring HSDPA over Iur – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UNRNC to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC.

this feature enables downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) of multiple users to be carried over HSDPA. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. – Requirements for the NodeB – The BTS3812E. l Dependencies on Other Features – The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be configured before this feature is configured. this feature can be activated by performing the following operations: Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. This helps reduce downlink code resource consumption and call setup delay. During radio access bearer (RAB) setup. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Requirement for the BSC6900 – This feature does not depend on the hardware. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. verify. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA This section describes how to activate. For details on how to activate the license. SRBs can be carried over HSDPA only when all the downlink services of the UE are carried on the HSDPA channels. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. EBOI. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. BTS3812A. 233 . During radio resource control (RRC) connection setup. Context Using F-DPCH multiplexing. or EDLP board. For details about license items. l Others – The UE complies with the specifications of 3GPP Release 6 or higher versions and supports fractional DPCH (F-DPCH) or E-FDPCH. Ltd.

select RRC_RB_SETUP. 3.. 234 . In the displayed dialog box. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) To verify whether this feature is activated . Figure 80-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. NOTE l If Cell Hspa Enhanced function switch is set to E_F_DPCH_ON. this feature is activated during RRC connection setup. l If Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type is set to TRUE. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. E_F_DPCH is disabled. l If Cell Hspa Enhanced function switch is set to E_F_DPCH_OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set the phase at which this feature is activated by means of the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter. Recommended Value is False. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSDPA or HSPA. view the information element (IE) dlTransportChannelType and rb-Identity in the RRC_RB SETUP message from the Uu interface trace data. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT to enable Uu interface tracing. 2. E_F_DPCH is enabled. l Verification Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 80-1. NOTE l If Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type is set to False.RAN Feature Activation Guide 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. this feature is activated during RAB setup. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to set the E_F_DPCH is activated by means of the Cell Hspa Enhanced function switch parameter.

HspaEnhSwitch=E_F_DPCH_ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSUPA or DCH. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating SRB over HSDPA //Setting the type of channel on which SRBs are preferably carried with SrbChlType set to HSDPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSDPA. 235 . as shown in Figure 80-3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA – If the value of dl-TransportChannelType is hsdsch. //Setting the type of channel on which SRBs are preferably carried with SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag set to False SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=False. //setting the E_F_DPCH function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. Figure 80-2 Value of the dl-TransportChannelType IE Figure 80-3 Value of the rb-Identity IE l Deactivation Procedure 1.. this feature is activated. and the value of rb-Identity is less than or equal to 4. //Deactivating SRB over HSDPA //Setting the type of channel on which SRBs are preferably carried with Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 80-2.

Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 80 Configuring SRB over HSDPA SrbChlType set to DCH SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH. 236 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 81 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target This section describes how to activate. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE are configured with the EBBI. EBOI. Ltd. improving user throughput and cell throughput. the NodeB can dynamically select the optimum BLER target value based on the channel quality fluctuation of HSDPA users. For details about license items. 237 . Context With this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target.. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. The NodeB then adjusts the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) accordingly. In this step. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. verify. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. or EDLP board. set CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service to CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER (CQI Adjusted by Dynamic BLER).

Ltd. In this step. //Verifying CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. ----End Example //Activating CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. set CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service to NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI Adjust Algorithm). 238 . l Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA. //Deactivating CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target SET MACHSPARA: CQIADJALGOFNONCON=NO_CQI_ADJ. In this step.. Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. check that CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service is set to CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER.RAN Feature Activation Guide 81 Configuring CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target 1. CQIADJALGOFNONCON=CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSUPA to activate the HSUPA function of the cell. 239 . l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. For details on how to activate the license. verify. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The NBBI and the NULP do not support this feature. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSUPA to add HSUPA functions of a cell. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMTRF to configure new records of ATM traffic based on network planning requirements. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. For details about license items.RAN Feature Activation Guide 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. 2. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context This feature enables the system to process HSUPA services.. – The UE supports the HSUPA function. 3. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – In an ATM network: a. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. It provides basic functions of HSUPA. therefore increasing the uplink rate and system throughput. Configure Iub transport for HSUPA.

no further action is required. The IE E-DCH FDD information in the RL SETUP message on the Iub interface and the IE rb-mappinginfo in the RRC_RB_SETUP message on the Uu interface should indicate that the service has been set up and carried on the E-DCH. you can add new AAL2 paths or IP paths. Establish a PS service. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. To avoid the affect on ongoing services. b. run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to query the default TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node based on the settings of Interface Type and Transport Type. For example. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to configure an AAL2 path for HSDPA based on network planning requirements.. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLHSUPA to deactivate the HSUPA function of the cell. 2. AAL2 Path Type should be set according to the mapping between service types and AAL paths. – If configured. – If configured. check the TRMMAP index of the adjacent node. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST ADJMAP to query whether resource management mapping is configured for the adjacent node. d. 240 . if Interface Type is set to Iub Interface. TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index of the AAL2 path to be added must be the same as those set in the ADD ATMTRF command. then TRMMAP ID is 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to set associated parameters according to the network plan. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Introduction Package ADD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. l Deactivation Procedure 1. NOTE To ensure that HSUPA services can be set up successfully. – If not configured. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package b. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLHSUPA to remove the HSUPA functions of a cell. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to configure the IP path mapping to the HSUPA service. In addition. – If not configured. HSUPA services must be mapped to the corresponding AAL2 paths or IP paths. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the IP path mapping to the HSDPA service is configured according to the TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node. ACT UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. Ensure that the HSUPA function of the cell is activated. l Verification Procedure 1. c. – In an IP network: a. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to verify that the HSUPA function of the cell is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to query the transmission resource mapping.

//Deactivating HSUPA Introduction Package DEA UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111.. 241 . Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package //Verifying HSUPA Introduction Package DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. RMV UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. CellId=111. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. For details on how to activate the license. HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm). Ltd. such as HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas Algorithm). run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activating Power Resource Admission a. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Context This feature enables HSUPA and R99 services to simultaneously access the network by using the remaining uplink cell load and other resources. verify. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. b. For details about license items. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. In this step. select the corresponding admission algorithm switches from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. select an uplink Call Admission Control (CAC) algorithm through the parameter Uplink CAC algorithm switch and a downlink CAC algorithm through the parameter Downlink CAC algorithm switch. 242 . improving the utilization of system resources and ensuring QoS of admitted users. For HSUPA services. In this step. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061202 HSUPA Admission Control.RAN Feature Activation Guide 83 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control Configuring HSUPA Admission Control This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

Activating Iub Resource Admission Iub resource admission is unconditionally performed and does not need to be activated. NOTE Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IPPATH or MOD AAL2PATH to modify the Iub bandwidth. 8. and then check the rb-mappinginfo information element in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. c. do as follows: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Establish an HSUPA PS service on UE1 and UE2 respectively. Establish an HSUPA PS service on UE2. The value of ul-TrCH-Type is e-dch. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP IPPATH or DSP AAL2PATH to check whether any bandwidth is occupied. Activating NodeB Credit Resource Admission a. b. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set power resource admission parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSUPA users supported by CELL_A11 to 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set Maximum HSUPA user number of CELL_A11 to 20. UE1 and UE2 are in idle state and camp on CELL_A11. 3. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) To disable Power Resource Admission. 9. On the HLR. and then check the rb-mappinginfo information element in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. set CAC algorithm switch to NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CAC Switch). 7. CELL_A11 supports HSUPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Ltd. 4. The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH. Release all PS services. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control Algorithm) to turn on the cell-oriented credit resource admission switch. Run the following command to check whether Iub resource admission is activated. 6.RAN Feature Activation Guide 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm). Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC. set the NodeB credit resource admission parameters Ul handover credit reserved SF and Dl handover credit and code reserved SF to appropriate values. 2. set the PS service type to background or interactive. In this step. 3. 243 . l Verification Procedure 1.. 5. c. 2. Expected result: An HSUPA PS service is successfully established on UE1 and UE2 respectively. l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. Establish an HSUPA PS service on UE1.

MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. To disable NodeB Credit Resource Admission. 244 . NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_SECOND. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. In this step. //Activating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. MaxUlTxPowerforConv=24. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCACALGOSWITCH. Deactivating Iub Resource Admission Iub resource admission is unconditionally performed and does not need to be deactivated. deselect the cell-oriented credit resource admission switch CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission Control Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. In this step. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. //Deactivating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. //Deactivating NodeB credit resource admission SET UCACALGOSWITCH: CacSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 83 Configuring HSUPA Admission Control – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to set the cell-oriented power resource admission switches (Uplink CAC algorithm switch and Downlink CAC algorithm switch) to ALGORITHM_OFF. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. 3. MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=11. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating power resource admission MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. 2. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SF32.. UlHoCeResvSf=SF16. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS -1. b. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=CRD_ADCTRL-0. do as follows: a. MaxHsupaUserNum=20. MaxUlTxPowerforInt=24. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. deselect the NodeB credit resource admission switch NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CAC Switch) from the CAC algorithm switch drop-down list.

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and E-HICH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links Set to FOLLOW_TPC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control This section describes how to activate.25dB). E-RGCH HPC Parameters for Service Radio Links Set. E-RGCH Power Offset for Service Radio Links Set (0. In this step. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1.25dB). Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. set E-AGCH HPC Parameters. 245 . Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA. and EHICH Power Offset for Single Radio Link(0. l Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061203 HSUPA Power Control. reduces the uplink and downlink interference. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA. For details on how to activate the license. 3. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. set E-AGCH HPC Mode. 2. For details about license items. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.25dB). and improves the system capacity by controlling the power on HSUPA physical channels.. and EHICH HPC Parameters for Service Radio Links Set to YES. Context This feature increases the system power efficiency. verify. set E-AGCH Power Offset(0. E-HICH Power Offset for Service Radio Links Set(0.25dB) to appropriate values according to the network plan. E-RGCH HPC Mode for Service Radio Links Set. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

In this step. the transmit power of the EAGCH increases. Move the UE between the cell center and the cell edge. EAGCHPCPARA=YES. double-click Connection Performance Monitoring under UMTS Monitoring. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_2MS.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 84 Configuring HSUPA Power Control 4. View the power change on each HSUPA channel. On the BSC6900 LMT. change the number of target retransmissions for large and small retransmissions related to HSUPA services according to the network plan. Ltd. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC to modify power control parameters related to HSUPA services. SERGCHPCPARA=YES. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UlL2EnhanceInd=FALSE. the channel power remains unchanged. 4. DelayClass=1. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_2MS. the transmit power of the EAGCH decreases. 246 .. In this step. EdchTargetLargeRetransNum=20. //Modifying power control parameters related to HSUPA services MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC: RabIndex=48. – When the UE is moving towards the antenna. //Changing the number of target retransmissions for large and small retransmissions related to HSUPA services MOD UTYPRABOLPC: RabIndex=48. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Power Control //Setting the power control mode SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=111. SEHICHPCPARA=YES. 5. EdchTargetLittleRetransNum=12. SRLEHICHPWROFFSET=88. In the displayed dialog box. Ul16QamInd=FALSE. ERgch3IndStpThs=12. – If static power control is used. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABOLPC. View the monitor items related to the number of E-DCH retransmissions in the OLPC area. – If dynamic power control is used: – When the UE is moving away from the antenna. select OLPC and specify the IMSI. SEHICHPWROFFSET=96. l Deactivation Procedure 1. set E-RGCH 2-IndexStep Threshold to 9 and E-RGCH 3-Index-Step Threshold to 12. Then. SEHICHPCMOD=FOLLOW_TPC. Verification Procedure 1. SubflowIndex=0. UlEcBoostingInd=FALSE. EAGCHPCMOD=FOLLOW_TPC. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=111. ERgch2IndStpThs=9. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Use an HSUPA-capable UE to set up a PS service over the enhanced DCH (E-DCH). EdPwrInterpolationInd=FALSE. 2. SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=111. 5. SubflowIndex=0. SERGCHPWROFFSET=100. EAGCHPWROFFSET=142. SERGCHPCMOD=FOLLOW_TPC. open the Monitor page. The values of the monitor items change with UE movement.

see the following sections: – 31 Configuring Intra Frequency Hard Handover – 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage – 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS – 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. inter-frequency. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management This section describes how to activate. verify. Context This feature enables an HSUPA-capable UE to be handed over to an R99 cell or another HSUPA cell. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. For details about license items. 247 . and inter-RAT handovers are the same for HSUPA users and R99 users. For the activation procedures for configuring HSUPA Mobility Management. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. The methods of activating intra-frequency. This feature also enables an HSUPA-capable UE to change cells with a small probability of service interruption. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061204 HSUPA Mobility Management.

Verification Procedure None. Ltd. 3.. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 248 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 85 Configuring HSUPA Mobility Management – 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS – 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load 2.

3. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.RAN Feature Activation Guide 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – The features WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061208 HSUPA DCCC. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context HSUPA DCCC can dynamically adjust the minimum spreading factor (SF) code of HSUPA based on the user throughput and flexibly switch the UE state based on the user traffic. 249 . select RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH from the HSUPA DCCC Strategy dropdown list so that the data rate of HSUPA services on the EDCH can increase or decrease. In this step. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDCCC. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. 2. For details about license items. verify. set HSUPA Credit Consume Type to MBR. select DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. which improves the Channel Element (CE) resource utilization and system efficiency. In this step. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. Optional: If the NodeB does not enable dynamic CE.

On the BSC6900 LMT. deselect DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list.RAN Feature Activation Guide 86 Configuring HSUPA DCCC NOTE After the preceding optional step is performed. In UL Throughput Bandwidth of Connection Performance Monitoring.. 2. Then. Stop the data upload and wait for a period of time. After the service is established. HsupaCeConsumeSelection=MBR. view the RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface and check that the data rate increases. Upload a large file for a period of time. select RATE_UP_ONLY_ON_EDCH from the HSUPA DCCC Strategy dropdown list. SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET: EdchRateAdjustSet=RATE_8KBPS-0&RATE_16KBPS-0&RATE_32KBPS-0&RATE_64KBPS-0& RATE_128KBPS-1&RATE_144KBPS-0&RATE_256KBPS-1&RATE_384KBPS-0&RATE_608KBPS1&RATE_1280KBPS-0&RATE_2048KBPS-0&RATE_2720KBPS-0&RATE_5440KBPS-0&RATE_11 480KBPS-0. the data rate of HSUPA services on the EDCH can increase or decrease as required. view the RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface and check that the data rate decreases. Then. 4. In this step. After the step is performed. layer 3 of the RNC sends an uplink throughput measurement control message to layer 2. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. the bandwidth increases. Select UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth respectively from the Monitor Item drop-down list to create two monitoring tasks. Make the UE establish an HSUPA Best Effort (BE) service. l l Verification Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA DCCC SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1". HSUPA services can be of any data rate in the data rate set by using the HSUPA DCCC algorithm. 250 . set HSUPA Uplink Rate Adjust Set to a data rate set for rate adjustment by the HSUPA DCCC algorithm. In UL Throughput Bandwidth of Connection Performance Monitoring. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 4. Deactivation Procedure 1. display the Monitor page. SET UDCCC: HsupaDcccStg=RATE_UP_AND_DOWN_ON_EDCH. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET. If the data rate of HSUPA services on the EDCH is expected to increase only. Ltd. //Deactivating HSUPA DCCC SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch= DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. the bandwidth decreases. 3. NOTE The preceding optional step sets the available data rate set of the HSUPA DCCC algorithm. In the Monitor Navigation Tree. In this step.

. After the maximum is reached. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061211 20 HSUPA Users per Cell. Then. Verification Procedure 1. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context This feature enables a single HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 20 HSUPA users simultaneously. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) On the BSC6900 LMT. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. deselect HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) from the drop-down list of Cell CAC algorithm switch. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 87 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the cell attempts to establish services on DCHs to accommodate additional users. In this step. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. For details on how to activate the license. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd. For details about license items. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSUPA users supported by the cell to 20. 2. verify. click Monitor. 251 .

make UEs establish PS services. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. for example. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 87 Configuring 20 HSUPA Users per Cell 2. This feature does not need to be deactivated. //Setting the maximum number of HSUPA users supported by the cell to 20 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 252 . Then..Max. Use UEs to access the cell one by one. View the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. upload files through FTP. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. MaxHsupaUserNum=20.UE.Cell on the M2000. NOTE The 20 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 20. 3. – If the number of UEs is greater than 20.HSUPA.

verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061401 E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH). Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters with the following parameter settings: – E-AGCH HPC Parameters is set to YES(YES).RAN Feature Activation Guide 88 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) This section describes how to activate. E-AGCH Max Power(0. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. therefore effectively reducing the power consumption of the E-AGCH. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on hardware.1dB). see 3 Activating the UMTS License.. For details on how to activate the license. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.1dB) are set to values that comply with the data plan.25dB). – E-AGCH Power Offset(0. Context This feature enables the RAN to use the channel quality indicator (CQI) and HS-SCCH information reported by UEs as a reference. For details about license items. – E-AGCH HPC Mode is set to CQI_BASED(Tx Pwr Ctr based on CQI) or HSSCCH_BASED(Tx Pwr Ctr based on HS-SCCH). 253 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and E-AGCH Min Power(0.

– When the UE moves towards the antenna. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACEPARA: SCHEDULEPARA=NO. the transmit power of the E-AGCH decreases. NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Move the UE and observe power changes on each channel carrying HSUPA services. In this step. 254 . NSEHICHPCPARA=NO. MINAGCHPOWER=-200. set E-AGCH HPC Parameters to NO(NO). the transmit power of the E-AGCH increases. SERGCHPCPARA=NO. Ltd. 2. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. EAGCHPWROFFSET=100. l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivation procedure SET MACEPARA: SCHEDULEPARA=NO.. SEHICHPCPARA=NO. MAXAGCHPOWER=100. EAGCHPCPARA=YES. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO. Expected result: – When the UE moves away from the antenna. NSERGCHPCPARA=NO.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 88 Configuring E-AGCH Power Control (Based on CQI or HS-SCCH) Verification Procedure 1. Use an HSUPA-capable UE to perform PS services over the E-DCH. EAGCHPCMOD=CQI_BASED. EAGCHPCPARA=NO. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA.

BTS3812A. For details on how to activate the license. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context This feature enables a single user to obtain a higher uplink throughput and a shorter delay. l Other Prerequisites – The UE is of HSUPA category 2. 255 . EBOI. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. 6. EULP. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the BSC6900 hardware. verify. or 9. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI. or EULPd board. 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI This section describes how to activate. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. 7. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 8. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. Ltd.. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. 2. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA 2ms TTI SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Optional: If the single-user peak-rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is to be enabled. //Configuring SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. an HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI has been set up on the E-DCH. If the RRC_RB_SETUP message shown in Figure 89-1 is traced on the Uu interface. 256 . Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to verify that the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box is selected. Verification Procedure 1. deselect the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. Figure 89-1 HSUPA service with 2 ms TTI carried on the E-DCH l Deactivation Procedure 1. select the PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Performance Enhancement Switch. select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. 2. 2. Ltd. 3. Optional: If the single-user peak-rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is to be deactivated. //Configuring single-user peak-rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch=PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMPARA. SET UFRC: StreamHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D64. In this step. In this step. deselect the PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Performance Enhancement Switch. In this step. BeHsupa2msTtiRateThs=D64. Configure SRB over HSPA by referring to 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA. set Rate Threshold of Streaming Services on 2ms TTI of HSUPA and Ratethreshold of BE on 2ms TTI of HSUPA to appropriate values based on the network plan.. Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish an HSUPA service. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMPARA.

//Deactivating single-user peak-rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch=PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH-0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 89 Configuring HSUPA 2ms TTI //Deactivating HSUPA 2ms TTI SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-0.. Ltd. 257 .

BTS3812A. Ltd. the factors such as the radio environment.. It takes effect after its license is activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. When this feature is used.RAN Feature Activation Guide 90 Configuring HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover 90 Configuring HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature is license controlled. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is activated. For details on how to activate the license. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context This feature enables smooth handovers for HSUPA users between 2 ms TTI capable cells and 10 ms TTI capable cells. or EULPd board. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the BSC6900 hardware. EULP. 258 . verify. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. aiming to maximize HSUPA resource utilization. CE resource usage. and user throughput rate are considered. EBOI.

l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. 259 . Ltd.. ----End Example None Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 90 Configuring HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI Handover l Verification Procedure This feature does not need to be verified.

EULP.74Mbps per User Configuring HSUPA 5.74Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. For details about license items. 260 . – The UE is of HSUPA category 6. 8. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.74Mbps per User. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. or 9. 7. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 91 91 Configuring HSUPA 5. and BTS3812AE are configured with the EBBI. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context This feature enables the HSUPA rate at the MAC layer to reach a maximum of 5.74 Mbit/s. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061405 HSUPA 5. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. Ltd. BTS3812A. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – BTS3812E. l Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the UE rate of 5. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA has been configured before this feature is activated.74 Mbit/s or higher in the uplink. or EULPd board. EBOI.. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

//Deactivating HSUPA 5. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Ltd. The real-time monitoring result of UL Throughput & Bandwidth on the BSC6900 side shows that the bandwidth is 5440 kbit/s and that upload through FTP is normal. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD TRMMAP to configure the TRM mapping table based on the network plan. if Transport Type is set to ATM. Verification Procedure 1. 261 . set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSUPA(UL_EDCH. In this step.. In this step. all HSUPA services. including signaling services. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA. In this step. The RRC_RB_SETUP message shows that the 2 ms TTI is used in the uplink and the maximum channelization code IE is 2SF2+2SF4. set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to DCH(Both uplink and downlink are preferably carried on DCH). Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to prohibit the 2 ms TTI from being used on HSUPA channels.74Mbps per User SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. ----End Example //Activating HSUPA 5. 3. Use an appropriate mapping policy when configuring the TRM mapping table.RAN Feature Activation Guide 91 Configuring HSUPA 5. NOTE The BSC6900 provides a default TRM mapping table.74Mbps per User 1. set Service Mapping Strategy Switch to MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH. deselect the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the Service Mapping Strategy Switch parameter. In this step. The TRM mapping table contains the mapping relationship between the transmission mode and the service type. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to prohibit SRBs from being carried on HSPA channels. Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish a PS service on the E-DCH and HS-DSCH. For example. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRBs to be carried on HSPA channels. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable HSUPA services to use the 2 ms TTI.74Mbps per User SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-0.DL_DCH). SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH. 2. 3. Deactivation Procedure 1. must be carried by AAL2PATH that supports HSUPA services. l l 2. 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

2. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. In this step. In this step. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 92 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA This section describes how to activate. set UL streaming traffic threshold on HSUPA to an appropriate value. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. 262 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. For details on how to activate the license. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010632 Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. thereby increasing the utilization of cell resources. The default value is 256 kbit/s.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. select the MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. Context This feature allows PS streaming services to be carried on E-DCHs. Ltd. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports streaming services. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH. //Deactivating Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-0. and the RB setup message traced on the Uu interface indicates that the PS service is established on an E-DCH. Deactivation Procedure 1. Ensure that the MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch is selected. deselect the MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. 263 . ----End Example //Activating Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-1. 3. Use the UE to establish a PS service. 2.. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 92 Configuring Streaming Traffic Class on HSUPA 1. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: UlStrThsOnHsupa=D256. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step. Expected result: The traffic type in the RAB assignment message is streaming.

set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. for example. verify. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Then. 264 . Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Ltd.. Use UEs to access the cell one by one. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. For details about license items. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. 2. upload files through FTP. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-RGCHs. 2. click Monitor. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA Users per Cell. Context This feature enables a single HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 60 HSUPA users simultaneously. On the BSC6900 LMT. double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. the cell attempts to establish services on DCHs to accommodate additional users. After the maximum number of users is reached.RAN Feature Activation Guide 93 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then. make UEs establish PS services. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSUPA users to 60. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

– If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 60. MaxHsupaUserNum=60. – If the number of UEs is greater than 60.. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. View the maximum number of HSUPA users indicated by the counter VS.HSUPA. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. This feature does not need to be deactivated.Max.UE. ErgchEhichCodeNum=3. 3. l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Allocating code resources to E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. //Setting the maximum number of HSUPA users to 60 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. Ltd. NOTE The 60 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. 265 . HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels.RAN Feature Activation Guide 93 Configuring 60 HSUPA Users per Cell Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully.Cell on the M2000.

For details on how to activate the license. Context This feature enables HSUPA services to be carried on the Iur interface so that continuous HSUPA services can be provided for UEs moving between BSC6900s. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010635 HSUPA over Iur. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure a neighboring RNC's cell with the E-DCH function. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. set Hsupa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to ON to enable HSUPA services to be carried on the Iur interface. set Cell Capability Container to an appropriate value. In this step. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to configure data about the neighboring RNC. 2. 266 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur This section describes how to activate. Ltd. l Others – The neighbouring RNC must support HSUPA over Iur too. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. For details about license items. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Verify that the feature HSUPA over Iur has been activated by performing the following operations: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step.

set Hsupa cap ind over IUR for NRNC to OFF. – Add a cross-Iur soft handover link. In this step. CellId=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. Verify that an HSUPA service has been established on the Iur interface by performing the following operations: – Configure the neighboring RNC and its cell with the HSUPA function. ----End Example //Activation procedure MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=2. – Establish an HSUPA service under the serving RNC. Dpx=2. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. //Deactivation procedure MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. IurExistInd=TRUE. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT3GCELL to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC's cell. IurHsupaSuppInd=OFF.. 2. IurHsupaSuppInd=ON. – If the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ message traced on the Iur interface contains HSUPA-related information elements. TnlBearerType=IP_TRANS. an HSUPA service has been set up successfully. 267 . ServiceInd=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS.RAN Feature Activation Guide 94 Configuring HSUPA over Iur – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UNRNC to query the configuration of the neighboring RNC. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. CellCapContainerFdd=EDCH_SUPPORT-1&EDCH_2SF4_SUPPORT-1&EDCH_HARQ_IR_COMBI N_SUPPORT-1.

For details on how to activate the license. For details about license items. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA This section describes how to activate. this feature saves code resources and reduces cell load. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – The WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package feature must be configured before this feature is configured. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BSC6900 – This feature does not depend on the hardware. – Requirements for the NodeB – The BTS3812E. EBOI.. BTS3812A. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Context This feature provides high signaling rate and shortens call setup delay. Ltd. l Other Prerequisites – The transmission mapping to support SRB over HSUPA has been configured. or EDLP board. Compared with the function of carrying SRBs on DCHs. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. 268 . Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

NOTE If the feature is effective in the case of RRC connection establishment. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to HSUPA(UL_EDCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB to DCH(UL_DCH. 2. ----End Example //Activating SRB over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. set Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type to TRUE. Ltd.DL_DCH) and Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type to FALSE. View the RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP message from the Uu interface trace data. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 95 Configuring SRB over HSUPA 1.. If the EDCH information is contained in the message. l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivating SRB over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH.DL_HSDSCH). 269 .DL_DCH) or HSPA(UL_EDCH. Use a UE with the HSPA function to set up an RRC connection on the enhanced DCH (E-DCH). Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to query whether the SRBs are carried over HSUPA. l Verification Procedure 1. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=FALSE. //Verifying SRB over HSUPA LST UFRCCHLTYPEPARA:. this feature is activated.

For details about license items. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details on how to activate the license. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. – BBU3806 must be configured with EBBC/EBBCd. CE resources. verify. Context Considering cell uplink power load. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission. – BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI/EBOI/EULP/EULPd board. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The uplink resource group of the cells that support this feature must be established on a board other than the HBBI or WBBPa. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) To enable the message containing NodeB private interface data to be transmitted to the NodeB over the Iub interface. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command SET Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and limited uplink coverage. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. BBU3806c must be configured with EBBM. 270 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission This section describes how to activate.. this feature enables the BTS to adjust the target number of uplink retransmissions to increase the throughput per user and cell uplink capacity. – BBU3900 must be configured with WBBPb/WBBPd.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 96 Configuring HSUPA Adaptive Transmission URRCTRLSWITCH. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Then. //Activating HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission (NodeB MML command) SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH: SWITCH =OPEN. check whether the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message over the Iub interface carries the target number of HSUPA adaptive retransmissions. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-1. set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. Ltd. Figure 96-1 IE information l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH to deactivate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the NodeB side.. l 2. Run the NodeB MML command SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH to activate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission on the NodeB side. 3. In this step. 2. //Deactivating HSUPA Adaptive Retransmission (NodeB MML command) SET ADPRETRANSSWTCH: SWITCH=CLOSE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. //Deactivating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission (BSC6900 MML command) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH-0. In this step. Enable the UE to establish an HSUPA BE service. In this step. Verification Procedure 1. select PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH from the Power Control Switch drop-down list to activate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission. 271 . ----End Example //Activating HSUPA Adaptive Transmission (BSC6900 MML command) SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. as shown in Figure 96-1. deselect PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH from the Power Control Switch drop-down list to deactivate HSUPA Adaptive Transmission. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.

verify. In this step. whereas the TTI of UEs at the cell edge is switched to 10 ms to expand the coverage. 2. select the Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Optional: If the Uplink Enhanced L2 feature is used. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the switch for this feature. l Others – UE should support HSUPA 2ms TTI. In this step. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2 has been configured before this feature is activated. For details on how to activate the license. 272 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010690 TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage.RAN Feature Activation Guide 97 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate. select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH and the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. The TTI of UEs in the cell center is switched to 2 ms to increase the service rate. For details about license items. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context This feature dynamically adjusts transmission time intervals (TTIs) based on UE transmit power and uplink service throughput. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None.

Analyze the traced messages shown in Figure 97-2 and Figure 97-3. In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. On the unfolded list.RAN Feature Activation Guide 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. Figure 97-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. click the Trace tab. double-click UMTS Services.. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG to trace Uu interface signaling messages. Ltd. NOTE DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH can be selected only when DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH has been selected. The TTI has switched from 2 ms to 10 ms. 273 . In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. l Verification Procedure 1. double-click Uu Interface Trace. Adjust the distance between the UE and the NodeB to trigger a switching of the TTI from 2 ms to 10 ms. as shown in Figure 97-1.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage Figure 97-2 2 ms TTI Figure 97-3 10 ms TTI l Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. deselect the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 274 .. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the switch for this feature.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 275 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 97 Configuring TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage Example //Activating TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage //Turning on the switch for the feature TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH-1.. Ltd. //Turning on the switch for TTI L2+ for BE services based on coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-1. //Deactivating TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage //Turning off the switch for the feature TTI Switch for BE Services Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-0.

For details about license items. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC to set Minimum Reduced E-DPDCH Gain Factor. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. It also needs to support improved EUL power control at UE power limitation. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – There is no requirement for BSC6900 or NodeB. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH check box from Power Control Switch to activate the feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation This section describes how to activate. Ltd. For details on how to activate the license. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. improving the HSUPA performance at cell edge. verify. this feature provides an enhanced power compression function. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020138 HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation. 276 . Context Compared with the traditional power compression technology.. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. This feature optimizes the size of a data block and the E-DPDCH power offset. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – RFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be cofigured before this feature is activated. – The UE needs to support 3GPP Release 8 or later. Verification Procedure Start Uu Interface Trace on the LMT to trace messages on the Uu interface. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2.

ULL2ENHANCEIND=FALSE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to clear PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH check box from Power Control Switch to deactivate the feature. UL16QAMIND=FALSE.. as shown in Figure 98-1. //Deactivation procedure //Disabling the feature SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH-0. Ltd. EDPWRINTERPOLATIONIND=FALSE. and the BSC6900 sends the UE the transmit power of the data channel. //Setting the Minimum Reduced E-DPDCH Gain Factor parameter MOD UTYPRABHSUPAPC:RABINDEX=0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 277 . it indicates that this feature takes effect. If the e-DPDCH-info message contains the minReduced-E-DPDCH-GainFactor information element (IE).RAN Feature Activation Guide 98 Configuring HSUPA Coverage Enhancement at UE Power Limitation View the RRC_RB_SETUP message. TRCHTYPE=TRCH_EDCH_2MS. ULECBOOSTINGIND=FALSE. BETAEDMIN=4. Figure 98-1 Viewing the minReduced-E-DPDCH-GainFactor IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. SUBFLOWINDEX=0. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Enabling the feature SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH-1.

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. verify. For details on how to activate the license. uplink system performance needs to be enhanced to adapt to the ever-refreshed HSUPA peak rate. 278 . NOTE l This feature applies only to HSUPA Best Effort (BE) services whose Transmission Timing Interval (TTI) is 10 ms. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l This feature is applicable to the scenarios where HSUPA dynamic channel configuration control (DCCC) takes effect and the scenarios where dynamic channel element (CE) takes effect (HSUPA DCCC does not take effect). Based on the changes in subscriber behaviors and network status. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. This feature may fail to take effect if these parameter settings are changed. l This feature is highly dependent on parameter settings. this feature adaptively configures the parameters related to power control on the optimum uplink data channel. Context As the HSPA/HSPA+ becomes an increasingly popular mainstream technology. For details about license items. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010712 Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA . Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The relevant parameters must retain the default values.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. increasing the HSUPA system capacity.

Traffic Subflow Index to 0. Activation Procedure in the Scenario Where Dynamic CE Takes Effect a. Transport channel type to TRCH_EDCH_10MS. EdPower Interpolation Priority Used Indication. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set the value of Initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic. 279 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA Procedure l Activation Procedure CAUTION Before activating this feature. RATE_608KBPS.. select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH and DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 2. l The HARQ PO is one of the variable that determines the power offset on the E-DPDCH compared with the DPCCH. In this step. Ul enhanced L2 Used Indication. and the Ul 16QAM Used Indication. b. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. d. 1. HARQ PO for small Retrans Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable HSUPA DCCC. 1. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. and RATE_2048KBPS check boxes under the parameter HSUPA UpLink Rate Adjust Set. select the PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH check box under the parameter Power Control Switch. select RATE_128KBPS. HARQ PO for Large Retransmission is set to 0. the BSC6900 configures the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) power offset (PO) based on the realtime service rate. e. check the settings of the following two parameters: if Reference E-TFCI Index1 is set to 4 and Reference E-TFCI Power Offset1 is set to 12. select the PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH check box under the parameter Power Control Switch. the actual service rate is variable. you are advised to set Reference E-TFCI Power Offset1 to 8. and the BSC6900 configures the HARQ PO based on the realtime service rate. c. You are advised to set Initial rate of HSUPA BE traffic to the recommended value D256. In this step. whose Service parameter index is set to 55. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UTYPRABHSUPAPC to check the parameters related to power offset for typical services. Figure 99-1 shows an interactive BE service with the CN-assigned rate of 2048 kbit/s. Verification Procedure NOTE l In dynamic CE scenarios. RATE_256KBPS. As shown in Figure 99-1. Disable dynamic CE on the NodeB side. In this step. In the scenarios where HSUPA DCCC takes effect. (Optional) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET to select adjustable rates for EDCH. Ltd. l Activation Procedure in the Scenario Where HSUPA DCCC Takes Effect a. and UL EDPCCH Boosting Indication parameters all set to FALSE. b. Enable dynamic CE on the NodeB side.

Ltd. The HARQ PO is the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at Low Speed. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Check the realtime rate of the new BE service and the CN-assigned rate by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth. NOTE l In multi-user scenarios where the target load is limited and the realtime service rate of a single user is lower than a low-rate threshold (such as 150 kbit/s). Establish a PS interactive BE service over HSUPA. the user is in the small retransmission state at a high speed. 3. and HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed is set to 0. 280 .. upload files to the FTP server. as shown in Figure 99-2. The HARQ PO is the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA at Low Speed is set to 4. l If the realtime service rate of a single user is higher than a high-rate threshold (such as 300 kbit/ s). Figure 99-1 PO parameters of typical services 2. the user is in the small retransmission state at a low speed. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. for example.

The HARQ PO is equal to the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed. Figure 99-3 HARQ PO (4) of a UE for small retransmission at a low speed (256 kbit/s) b. Verification Procedure in the Scenario Where HSUPA DCCC Takes Effect a. check the value of HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_RECFG message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA Figure 99-2 Rate of the new BE service 4. 281 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 99-4. When the data rate is 608 kbit/s. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) After the file upload on the FTP is complete. as shown in Figure 99-3. Ltd.. The value of the HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_SETUP message shows that the user is in the small retransmission state at a high speed. The HARQ PO changes from HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed for 256 kbit/s to that for 608 kbit/s. The data rate of the HSUPA service when accessing the network is 256 kbit/s. Trace messages over the Uu interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. check the uplink data rate of the UE by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth. Check the uplink throughput and bandwidth by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth.

The value of the HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_SETUP message shows that the user is in the small retransmission state at a high speed when accessing the network. set Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor to 10. Verification Procedure in the Scenario Where Dynamic CE Takes Effect a. check the uplink throughput and bandwidth by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth. as shown in Figure 99-5. HARQ PO reconfiguration is triggered when Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After the uplink load is limited. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA Figure 99-4 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for small retransmission at a high speed 5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Simulate a situation that the uplink load is limited by changing the target uplink load to 10%. Trace messages over the Uu interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA. Ltd. Figure 99-5 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for small retransmission at a high speed b. 282 . The HARQ PO is equal to the value of HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed..

There is a possibility that the UE switches from small retransmission state to large retransmission state if the cell load increases to a certain value. The HARQ PO changes from HARQ PO for Small Retrans at Low Speed to HARQ PO for Large Retransmission.. as shown in Figure 99-6. Check the value of HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_RECFG message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. Check the HARQ PO in the RRC_RB_RECFG message by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu Interface. Ltd. use another UE to perform a PS interactive service with an uplink rate of 2048 kbit/ s and downlink rate of 7200 kbit/s in the cell. Figure 99-6 HARQ PO (4) of a UE for small retransmission at a low speed c. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) If the feature WRFD-010641 HSUPA Adaptive Transmission takes effect. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA the uplink throughput of the UE is lower than the low-rate threshold. 283 . as shown in Figure 99-7. The HARQ PO changes from HARQ PO for small Retrans at High Speed to HARQ PO for small Retrans at Low Speed.

284 . TrafficClass=INTERACTIVE. In this step. //Activation procedure in the scenario where dynamic CE takes effect SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH-1. Ul16QamInd=FALSE. clear the PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH check box under the parameter Power Control Switch. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. //Verification procedure LST UTYPRABHSUPAPC: QueryType=QUERY_BY_PROPERTY. EdPwrInterpolationInd=FALSE. SET UEDCHRATEADJUSTSET: EdchRateAdjustSet=RATE_128KBPS-1&RATE_256KBPS-1&RATE_608KBPS-1&RATE_2048K BPS-1. MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=10 //Deactivation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH-0. //Verification procedure in the scenario where dynamic CE takes effect MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=x. ----End Example //Activation procedure in the scenario where HSUPA DCCC takes effect SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PcSwitch=PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWITCH-1. SET UFRC: HsupaInitialRate=D256. TrchType=TRCH_EDCH_10MS. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the switch for this feature. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. UlEcBoostingInd=FALSE. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. MaxBitRate=256000. UlL2EnhanceInd=FALSE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 99 Configuring Adaptive Configuration of Traffic Channel Power offset for HSUPA Figure 99-7 HARQ PO (0) of a UE for large retransmission at a low speed l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd.

l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. traffic class is set to background. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context By monitoring Iub transmission resources. That is. In this step. l The bandwidth between the BSC6900 and the NodeB is 1 MHz. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. verify. 285 . set HSUPA Congestion Control Switch to ON(ON). the maximum bit rates are set to UL 2048 kbit/s and DL 7200 kbit/s. start Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth.RAN Feature Activation Guide 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion This section describes how to activate. this feature dynamically adjusts the uplink Uu throughput and thereby greatly improves resource utilization. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Verification Procedure NOTE l UE is in idle mode and supports the HSUPA and HSDPA functions. 2. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA.. On the BSC6900 LMT. l License – This feature is not under license control. Ltd. UE is of HSUPA category 5 and is correctly registered at the HLR.

Ltd. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 100 Configuring HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion 3. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UDPUCFGDATA: HsupaTnlSwitch=ON. set HSUPA Congestion Control Switch to OFF(OFF). //Deactivation procedure SET UDPUCFGDATA: HsupaTnlSwitch=OFF.. l The uplink throughput of UE is stable and is about 1M. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA. 286 . Deactivation Procedure 1.

When the value of dynamic-CE-Switch-Private is 1. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Huawei RAN introduces the Dynamic CE Resource Management feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management This section describes how to activate. Context To improve utilization efficiency of channel element (CE) resources. it indicates the feature is not activated. If the value is 1. verify. this feature is used to allocate CE resources in a reasonable way. therefore ensuring preemption fairness. This feature helps to quickly adjust CE allocation by considering the Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) and the actual rate of a UE. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. During preemption of CE resources. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. For details about license items. Else. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. it indicates the feature is activated. see Figure 101-1. 287 . Verification Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Start Tracing Messages on the Iub Interface on BSC6900 LMT and check whether the value of dynamic-CE-Switch-Private in NBAP_AUDIT_RSP is 1. l The feature does not need to be activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license.

Set NodeB license control item the number of NodeBs with dynamic CE function enabled to 0 on M2000 client .. Details see Allocating a License to NodeBs. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 101 Configuring Dynamic CE Resource Management Figure 101-1 dynamic-CE-Switch-Private l Deactivation Procedure 1. 288 . ----End Example None Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BSC6900 – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. – The BBU3806 should be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. – NodeB – The BTS3812E. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. – For the RF part. 289 . – The BBU3900 should be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. For details about license items. Ltd. cat18(or later). l Other Prerequisites – CN support user rate of 28Mbps or above. verify. the RF module of Huawei Node B supports one TX channel each. EBOI or EDLP board. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and BTS3812AE should be configured with the EBBI. This feature depends on the feature: – WRFD-010684 2 x 2 MIMO or WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA – WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13. For details on how to activate the license. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.. BTS3812A. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the BBU3806C should be configured with the EBBM board. and two interconnected RF modules can provide two TX channels to support 2 x 2 MIMO.976 Mbps per User l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The UE category must support cat16.

----End Example None Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure 1. At this time..RAN Feature Activation Guide 102 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User Context This feature enables the theoretical HSPA+ MIMO rate per user to reach a maximum of 28 Mbps. Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. detect the download transmission rate. This feature enhances the user experience for high-speed data services. l Enable a UE in a 2 x 2 MIMO cell to download a 500 MB file from the FTP server. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Then. Ltd. 290 . the UE initiates BE services in the 2 x 2 MIMO cell and the RNC establishes services on the 2 x 2 MIMO.

and BTS3812AE are configured with the EBBI. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. 18. BTS3812A. 20. l Others – The UE category must support 14. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. EBOI. – CN support user rate of 21Mbit/s or above. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. 291 . verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. 24 or 28.RAN Feature Activation Guide 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the BSC6900 hardware. or EDLP board. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.. For details about license items. Ltd. It provides users with high-speed data services. Context This feature enables the theoretical HSPA+ 64QAM rate per user to reach a maximum of 21 Mbps.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 103 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User Procedure l Activation Procedure This feature does not need to be activated. ----End Example None Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. l Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. Then.. l Use the UE in a 64QAM cell to download a 500 MB file from the FTP server. 292 . check the downloading rate.

This improves transmission efficiency on the Iub and Uu interfaces and increases the celledge throughput and coverage radius. l Others – The UE is of 3GPP R7 or later and supports this feature. For details about license items. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2.. This feature is a prerequisite for the features DL 64QAM. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. For details on how to activate the license. This feature enables dynamic adjustment of the PDU size. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set the RNC-level downlink layer 2 enhancement parameters. and Enhanced CELL_FACH. 2x2 MIMO. set Cell_DCH DL L2 enhance max PDU size and Cell_FACH L2 enhance max PDU size. In this step. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 This section describes how to activate. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context The Downlink Enhanced L2 feature eliminates contradictions between high-rate transmission that requires a large PDU size and cell-edge coverage that requires a small PDU size by using flexible Protocol Data Unit (PDU) sizes. 293 . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 2. In this step. Check whether the value of the IE dlTransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo of the RRC_RB_SETUP message is hsdsch. 294 . Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. as shown in Figure 104-1. 3. Verification Procedure 1. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Ltd.. Use the UE to establish an HSDPA service. – If the value of the IE dL RLC PDU size is fixedSize. – If the value of the IE dL RLC PDU size is flexibleSize. Figure 104-2 Value of the IE dL RLC PDU size Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. View the value of the IE dL RLC PDU size in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. this feature has been activated. this feature is not activated. Figure 104-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. set Cell Hspa Plus function switch to DL_L2ENHANCED to turn on the cell-level layer 2 enhancement switch. as shown in Figure 104-2.

Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide l 104 Configuring Downlink Enhanced L2 Deactivation Procedure 1. deselect DL_L2ENHANCED from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list box. In this step. ----End Example //Activating Downlink Enhanced L2 //Enabling the cell-level downlink L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Deactivating Downlink Enhanced L2 //Disabling the cell-level downlink L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. 295 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. HspaPlusSwitch=DL_L2ENHANCED-0. HspaPlusSwitch=DL_L2ENHANCED-1.

EBBI. and WBBPb or WBBPd is needed. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. 296 . Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details on how to activate the license. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. – BBU3806 does not support this feature. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH. Ltd. EDLP is needed. verify. Context This feature enables the FACH to be carried on the HS-DSCH. Based on this feature. EBBC or EBBCd is needed. – 3900 series NodeB: WBBPa does not support this feature. the UE can receive data at a higher rate in CELL_FACH state. For details about license items. – HBBI and HDLP on BTS3812E/BTS3812AE do not support this feature.. l Other Prerequisites – The UE must be Release 7 (or later) UE and support this feature. EBBM is needed by BBU3806C to support this feature.

HspaPlusSwitch=E_FACH-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. 4. Verification Procedure 1.. 3. HspaPlusSwitch=E_FACH-0&DL_L2ENHANCED-0. 2. ADD UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. DEA UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLEFACH to add enhanced CELL_FACH state parameters of a cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLEFACH to deactivate this feature. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether EFACH is available. 5. ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to activate this feature. The value of Status of EFACH is EFACH available. ----End Example //Activating Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. ACT UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. //Deactivating Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to activate HSDPA feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to clear E_FACH and DL_L2ENHANCED from the drop-down list Cell Hspa Plus function switch. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to select E_FACH and DL_L2ENHANCED from the drop-down list Cell Hspa Plus function switch. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA to add HUDPA parameters of a cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 105 Configuring Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH 1. CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11. 297 .

l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010688 Downlink Enhanced CELL_FACH – WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about license items. verify. 298 . The E-AI is not supported. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010701 Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – The NodeB is of release 8 or a later version. BTS3812A and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EULPd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on the NodeB: – The BTS3812E. – The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. To support the E-AI. Ltd. It supports Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. EBOI. The downlink services must be set up on the EBBI.. the DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBCd board. – The 3900 series base station must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. or EULP board. To support the E-AI. l Other Prerequisites – The UE is of release 8 or a later version. EBOI or EULP board. EBBI.RAN Feature Activation Guide 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH This section describes how to activate. The downlink services must be set up on the WBBPb or WBBPd board. The downlink services must be set up on the EBBC or EBBCd board. the 3900 series base station must be configured with the WBBPd board. For details on how to activate the license.

set TTI for Common E-DCH. 4.. UL_L2PLUS=TRUE. l Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether the ERACH is available. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLERACH to activate this feature. In this step. With this feature. Run the NodeB MML commandMOD LOCELL to enable the UL L2 Enhanced and the ERACH function. In this step. ERACH=TRUE. set the UL L2 Enhanced to TRUE. //Deactivating Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH DEA UCELLERACH: CellId=11. CommonEdchTTISelect=TTI_10MS. 299 . 2. ADD UERACHASC: CellId=11. Verification Procedure 1. 5. UEs in the CELL_FACH state can transmit uplink data at higher rates. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UERACHBASIC to add basic information about the Enhanced RACH (ERACH) function. MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=11. and set the ERACH to TRUE. Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 106 Configuring Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH Context This feature enables the random access channel (RACH) to be mapped onto the E-DCH Dedicated Physical Data Control Channel (E-DPDCH). Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UERACHACTOASCMAP to add mapping of Access Classes (ACs) to an ASC for Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH. ----End Example //Activating Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH ADD UERACHBASIC: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UERACHASC to add information about resources available for one Access Service Class (ASC) in Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH to the cell. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. ACT UCELLERACH: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLERACH to deactivate this feature. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Verifying Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL. ADD UERACHACTOASCMAP: CellId=11. Ltd. namely Uplink Enhanced CELL_FACH in a cell. 3. CellId=11.

– The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Context The enhanced discontinuous reception (DRX) feature enables UEs in the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH state to receive the HS-SCCH discontinuously. l Other Prerequisites – The UE must be of 3GPP Release-8 or later and support Enhanced DRX. the UE shuts down the receiver. verify. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010688 Enhanced CELL_FACH.. 300 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – NodeB: – The BTS3812E. The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. After this feature is enabled. the power consumption of the UE decreases. are complete. EBBI. BTS3812A. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010702 Enhanced DRX. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – Configurations of other features. As a result. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details on how to activate the license. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EULPd. Ltd. EBOI. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the RAN and UEs in the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH state transmit and receive data at a specified time. The UE detects the HS-SCCH at regular intervals instead of detecting the HS-SCCH continuously. For details about license items. or EULP board. When there is no data to transmit.RAN Feature Activation Guide 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX This section describes how to activate. on which this feature depends.

If the UE is enabled with enhanced uplink for CELL_FACH. 4. Start Uu Interface Trace on the LMT to trace messages on the Uu interface. the EDRX bit is 0. you can view that the E-DRX bit is 1 in Cell Trace. you need to deactivate enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH before configuring the related parameters. Verification Procedure 1. Therefore. Start Cell Trace on the LMT to trace messages of a cell. run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLEFACH to deactivate enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH is activated. 4. Figure 107-1 Information element in the system information message of enhanced DRX Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 3. If enhanced DRX is not enabled. the RNC carries the E-DRX indication in the HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2 to the NodeB on the DCCH or DTCH. When the UE is in the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH state.RAN Feature Activation Guide 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX 1. the information element Common E-DCH system info is carried in the system information message SIB5/5bis. as shown in Figure 107-1.. 301 . If enhanced DRX is enabled. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to select E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinous Reception Function Switch) for Cell Hspa Plus function switch. Ltd. l 3. as shown in Figure 107-2. go to Step 3. If the UE is not enabled with enhanced uplink for CELL_FACH. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the information element DRX Interruption by HS-DSCH data in the system information message SIB5/5bis should be set to TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLEDRX to set parameters related to enhanced DRX based on network planning requirements. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to activate this feature. If enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH is not activated. 2. 2. If the enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH is already activated. NOTE The BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLEDRX fails to be executed in an active cell enabled with enhanced downlink for CELL_FACH.

HspaPlusSwitch=E_DRX-1. HspaPlusSwitch=E_DRX-0. EDRXBurst=EDRXBURST_1. EDRXInterruptbyHSDSCHData=INTERRUPTION_CFG. as shown in Figure 107-3. the HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2 carries New IE Flag. Figure 107-3 HS-DSCH DATA FRAME type2 l Deactivation Procedure 1. ACT UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. DEA UCELLEFACH: CellId=11. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to deselect E_DRX(Enhanced Discontinous Reception Function Switch) for Cell Hspa Plus function switch. and E-RNTI. 302 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 107 Configuring Enhanced DRX Figure 107-2 Indication sent from the RNC to the NodeB on the DCCH or DTCH 5. ----End Example //Activating enhanced DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. EDRXT321=EDRXT321_100. H-RNTI. which can be viewed in Cell Trace. //Deactivating enhanced DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11. EDRXCycle=EDRXCYCLE_8. ADD UCELLEDRX: CellId=11.. If the UE is enabled with enhanced uplink for CELL_FACH.

. The increase in the overall cell throughput helps to greatly improve the experience of users in medium and bad radio conditions. Context l MIMO Prime can increase the capacity of the cell in which MIMO has not been implemented by 5% to 10%. 303 . are configured. remove the old local cell and establish a new local cell. each with a TX channel. RRU3805. whereas it does not have any special requirement for the capabilities of UEs and will not affect the performance of UEs that do not support MIMO. RRU3806.RAN Feature Activation Guide 108 Configuring MIMO Prime 108 Configuring MIMO Prime This chapter describes how to activate. MIMO Prime is applicable to various services such as HSDPA and 64QAM. On the NodeB. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Only the 40 W RRU3801C. verify. WRFU. and 850 MHz/900 MHz/1900 MHz RRU3908 V1 support this feature. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. RRU3808. – Two RF units. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime. RRU3804. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package l License – The license that supports this feature is activated. a. – The DBS3800 does not support this feature. l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate cells. – The BTS3812E/AE does not support this feature. Ltd. 2.

304 . SN2=0. ----End Example //Activating MIMO Prime //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating a cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1.APCCQI. ULFREQ=9845. RMTCM=FALSE. remove the old local cell and establish a new local cell. In this step. //Adding a local cell and setting Two Tx Way and VAM ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate cells.. l l Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. MXPWR=460. VAM=TRUE. 2. 3.MEAN. set MIMO Prime Switch to OPEN(open). SRN1=60. the values of both counters are 0.MEAN and VS.APCPhase0CQI. Verification Procedure 1. After this feature is activated. //Operations at the BSC6900 ACT UCELL: CellId=1. In this step. Deactivation Procedure 1. LOCELL=1. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA. In this step. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. set Support VAM to TRUE(TRUE). In this step. TTW=FALSE. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. Two Tx Way is FALSE. Observe the counters VS. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. //Activating MIMO Prime SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. set Support VAM to FALSE(FALSE). the values of both counters differ from 0. check that MIMO Prime Switch is set to Open. Ltd. 4. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR.RAN Feature Activation Guide 108 Configuring MIMO Prime b. check that Support VAM is TRUE(TRUE). SECN=2. SRN2=61. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. //Verifying MIMO Prime LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. 4. STN=0. Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell b. In this step. Before this feature is activated. 3. 3. //Deactivating MIMO Prime //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating a cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. In this step. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. 2. set MIMO Prime Switch to CLOSE(close). DLFREQ=10795. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. Two Tx Way to FALSE. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. On the NodeB. a. LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. HISPM=FALSE. MIMOPRIMESW=OPEN.

SN2=0. HISPM=FALSE. //Adding a local cell and setting Two Tx Way and VAM ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VAM=FALSE. MIMOPRIMESW=CLOSE. SECN=2. SRN1=60. RMTCM=FALSE. SRN2=61. MXPWR=460. 305 . DLFREQ=10795. TTW=FALSE. ULFREQ=9845. //Operations at the BSC6900 ACT UCELL: CellId=1. STN=0. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. Ltd..RAN Feature Activation Guide 108 Configuring MIMO Prime RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1.

– BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – On the NodeB side: – BBU3806 is configured with the Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) or Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) board. or BTS3812AE. Ltd. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. – In the case of BTS3812E. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010689 HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User. either two interconnected RF modules with one TX channel or one RF module with two TX channels is configured. or NodeB Enhanced Downlink Processing Unit (EDLP) board is configured.. the uplink service cannot be established on the NodeB HSDPA supported Baseband processing and Interface Unit (HBBI) or NodeB HSUPA supported Uplink Processing Unit (HULP) board. – To enable the 2x2 MIMO feature. WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA. NodeB Enhanced HSDPA Supported Baseband Processing and Optical Interface Unit (EBOI). Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – It is recommended that the BSC6900 be configured with the Data Processing Unit REV:e (DPUe) board to support more peak-rate users.RAN Feature Activation Guide 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User This section describes how to activate. In addition. BTS3812A. NOTE BBU3806C that is configured with the EBBM board supports the HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User feature only in 64QAM+DC HSDPA mode. 306 . rather than in 2x2 MIMO+64QAM mode. – BBU3806C is configured with the Enhanced Baseband Module (EBBM) board. verify. the NodeB Enhanced HSDPA Supported Baseband Processing and Interface Unit (EBBI) .

l Deactivation Procedure 1. the downlink peak rate per user reaches up to 42 Mbit/s by using the 2x2 MIMO+64QAM or 64QAM+DC-HSDPA technologies and by using enhanced functions of the related NEs.1 Mbit/s bandwidth to the UE.. WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Ltd. 2. If yes. l Other Prerequisites – The CN supports the UE rate of 42 Mbit/s or higher. Then. Start Monitoring DL Throughput and Bandwidth on the BSC6900 LMT. the UE initiates BE services in the HSDPA cell and the BSC6900 establishes services on the HS-DSCH. 307 . that is. check whether the download transmission rate is 42 Mbit/s.RAN Feature Activation Guide 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User – Or WRFD-010681 HSPA+ Downlink 21Mbps per User. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. WRFD-010680 HSPA+ Downlink 28Mbps per User. Set the BE service rate of the UE at the Home Location Register (HLR) to 42 Mbit/ s. For details on how to activate the license. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Figure 109-1 Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box The connection performance monitoring result indicates that the BSC6900 assigns a 42. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. At this time. – The UE is of HSDPA category 19 or higher in the range from 19 to 28. l This feature does not need to be activated. 3. as shown in Figure 109-1. Verification Procedure 1. this feature has been activated. this feature has been activated. Enable a UE in an HSDPA cell to download a 500 MB file from the FTP server. This feature does not need to be deactivated. For details about license items. Context As indicated in 3GPP Release 8. and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 109 Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 42Mbps per User Example N/A Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 308 ..

verify. the UE must belong to category 13. 20. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details on how to activate the license. Context The 16QAM modulation scheme.. provides a higher peak rate per user and system capacity than the 16QAM modulation scheme. l Other Prerequisites – The UE category must support 64QAM. 14. BTS3812A. The 64QAM modulation scheme. and BTS3812AE need to be configured with the EBBI. which was introduced in 3GPP R7 specifications. 309 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010683 Downlink 64QAM. as specified by the 3GPP protocols. 19. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E. That is. provides a higher peak rate per user and system capacity than Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK). 17. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. 18. or EDLP board. – The BBU3900 needs to be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. 27. – The BBU3806 needs to be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. 24. Ltd. The BBU3806C needs to be configured with the EBBM board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM This section describes how to activate. 28. 23. For details about license items. which was introduced in 3GPP R5 specifications. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. EBOI. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to configure preferential use of 64QAM.. Verification Procedure 1. – Set HSPA Technologies Retried by UEs to 64QAM. Otherwise. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM 1. start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. MIMO and 64QAM cannot be used together. In this step. NOTE l If the switch parameter is set to 64QAM. 4. l For UEs to 3GPP R7 specifications. the network preferentially configures MIMO for the UE. Set parameter Cell Capability Container and select HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM support indicator). l Before commissioning the feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn on the cell-level 64QAM switch and enhanced downlink layer 2 function switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to set neighboring BSC6900 cell support 64QAM. the network preferentially configures 64QAM for the UE. l 3. you can set the parameter according to the actual network planning. select CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. you need to set the switch parameter to 64QAM. 310 . – Set Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character to 64QAM. As Figure 110-1 shows. select 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function Switch) and DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. In this step. After the commissioning. Figure 110-1 Uu interface tracing Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

– If the value of dl-64QAM-Configured is true as Figure 110-2 shows. RetryCapability=64QAM-1. //Deactivation procedure MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. check the value of the dl-64QAM-Configured information element under dl-HSPDSCH-Information in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH-1. CellId=0. Set parameter Cell Capability Container and deselect HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT (downlink 64QAM support indicator). Figure 110-2 Checking the dl-64QAM-Configured information element l Deactivation Procedure 1. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-0. 3. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=0. you can infer that this feature has been activated. CellCapContainerFdd=HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT-0. SET UFRC: MIMOor64QAMSwitch=64QAM. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to cancel neighboring BSC6900 cell support 64QAM. Establish an HSDPA service on the UE. CellCapContainerFdd=HSPAPLUS_DL_64QAM_SUPPORT-1. In the Uu interface tracing data. In this step. deselect 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. – Otherwise. CellId=0. Ltd. 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 110 Configuring Downlink 64QAM 2. 311 . Check the RRC_RB_SETUP message and check that the value of the dl-TransportChannelType information element in rbMappingInfo is hsdsch. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=0.. you can infer that this feature has not been activated.

l Other Prerequisites – The software version must be RAN11. EBOI. – Logical cells have been established on the BSC6900 side. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. see "2x2 MIMO Configuration" in the NodeB Technical Description. – The UE is of HSDPA category 15 or higher. – For details about the hardware deployment related to MIMO. The BBU3806C must be configured with the EBBM board. This increases the data transmission rate. Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) is a multi-antenna technology. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 – WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated..RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO This section describes how to activate. For details on how to activate the license. BTS3812A. verify. and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI. For details about license items. which enables multiple antennas to receive and transmit data. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. or EDLP board. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E. 312 . – The BBU3900 must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. – The BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.0 or later.

2. l Ensure that there are sufficient baseband resources on the baseband processing board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO Context CAUTION Before enabling this feature in an activated cell. set Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character to MIMO. set this parameter to a proper value according to the network plan. When 2x2 MIMO is enabled. l Before verifying the feature. Optional: Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRUCHAIN to create an RRU chain. b.. this feature cannot be activated. This will interrupt services in the cell. NOTE l MIMO and 64QAM cannot be enabled together for UEs of 3GPP R7. The following procedure takes the RRU3804 as an example to describe how to configure data for the change from one RRU3804 to two cascading RRU3804s. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command ADD RRU to add an RRU to the chain. modify Diversity Mode of the sector and Two Tx Way of the cell. and UEs use two antennas to receive signals. 4. To support this feature. After the verification. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. set Cell Hspa Plus function switch to MIMO. Run the NodeB MML command RMV SEC to remove the sector. Otherwise. a. set Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character to MIMO. enable the feature when the traffic of the cell is light. and UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell UL L2ENHANCED Function Switch). the NodeB use two antennas to transmit signals. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set common parameters among the fundamental resource configuration (FRC) parameters. DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch). l If Preferred MIMO or 64QAM character is set to MIMO. Configure the related data on the NodeB according to the MIMO hardware configuration scheme. Therefore. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) a. In this step. 313 . 5. 2x2 MIMO is introduced to HSDPA in 3GPP R7. 6. Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell. b. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the BSC6900-level MIMO algorithm switch. the theoretical peak rate of HSDPA users increases from 14 Mbit/s to 28 Mbit/s. In this step. MIMO is preferentially configured for the UE. On the NodeB. 3. you need to: l Deactivate the cell. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. set Channel Configuration Strategy Switch to CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH turn on the celllevel MIMO switch and enhanced L2 function switch.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACH to add a FACH. c. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPCHDYNTFS to add the transport format set (TFS) of the PCH. s. b. q. a. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UPICH to remove the PICH. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. e. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHACTOASCMAP to Add AC-ASC mapping information of PRACH. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACHLOCH to add a logical channel mapped to the FACH. g. In this step. i. h. v. t. In this step. d. k. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCCPCHTFC to add the Calculated Transport Format Combination (CTFC) of an SCCPCH. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell. Set STTD Indicator to TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UPRACH to activate PRACH. m. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) n. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URACHDYNTFS to add dynamic TFS of RACH. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHTFC to add TFC of PRACH. In this step. In this step. u. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT USCCPCH to activate the SCCPCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHBASIC to add PRACH basic information. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCCPCH to remove the SCCPCH. j. c. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCCPCHBASIC to add an SCCPCH. p. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UAICH to remove AICH. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPICH to add a PICH. Modify the transmit diversity mode of a cell on the BSC6900. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHASC to add ASC Of PRACH. set STTD Indicator to TRUE. f. o. set Diversity Mode to COMMON_MODE and configure the antenna data based on the MIMO hardware deployment scheme. 314 . Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UAICH to add AICH. set STTD Indicator to TRUE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO 7. Optional: If AICH exists. Optional: If a PICH exists. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UFACHDYNTFS to add the transport format set (TFS) of the FACH. d. l. set Two Tx Way to TRUE and configure the antenna data based on the MIMO hardware deployment scheme. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPRACHSLOTFORMAT to add slot format of PRACH. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URACH to add RACH.. Optional: If an SCCPCH exists. run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UPRACH to remove the PRACH. Optional: If UPRACH exists. Run the NodeB MML command ADD SEC to add a sector. r. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UPCH to add a PCH.

– Set DPCH Tx Diversity Mode for Other User to STTD. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to set the transmit diversity mode of an MIMO-enabled cell to STTD. Ltd. – Set DPCH Tx Diversity Mode for MIMO User to STTD. – Set FDPCH Tx Diversity Mode for MIMO User to STTD. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. as shown in Figure 111-1. Figure 111-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2. check whether the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the IE mimoParameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLMIMO to activate the MIMOrelated parameter settings. – Set CP1 Support Indicator to CP1_not_Supported. – Set FDPCH Tx Diversity Mode for Other User to STTD.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO w. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 315 . 9. – Set STTD Support Indicator to STTD_Supported. In the traced Uu interface data. l 8. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. 3. Check whether the value of the information element (IE) dl-TransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo of the RRC_RB_SETUP message is hsdsch.. Verification Procedure 1. Use the UE to establish an HSDPA service. – Set TX Diversity Indication to TRUE.

4. //Modify the transmit diversity mode of a cell RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. Constantvalue=-20. //Enabling the cell-level MIMO and L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. set TX Diversity Indication to FALSE. PhyChId=4. this feature has been activated. PowerRampStep=3. CTFC=0. PhyChId=4. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. ADD UPRACHBASIC: CellId=1. 316 . – If the RRC_RB_SETUP message does not contain the IE mimoParameters.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO – If the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the IE mimoParameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCCPCH to remove the SCCPCH. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. GainFactorBetaC=13. 2. as shown in Figure 111-2. PreambleSignatures=SIGNATURE0-1&SIGNATURE1-1&SIGNATURE2-1&SIGNATURE31&SIGNATURE4-1&SIGNATURE5-1&SIGNATURE6-1&SIGNATURE7-1. RACHSubChNo=SUBCHANEL0-1&SUBCHANEL1-1&SUBCHANEL2-1&SUBCHANEL3-1&SUBCH ANEL4-1&SUBCHANEL5-1&SUBCHANEL6-1&SUBCHANEL7-1&SUBCHANEL8-1&SUBCHANEL 9-1&SUBCHANEL10-1&SUBCHANEL11-1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. this feature is not activated. 3. CTFC=1. //Deactivating the HSDPA cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. PowerOffsetPpm=-3. In this step. clear MIMO from the HspaPlusSwitch drop-down list. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Figure 111-2 IE mimoParameters l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLMIMO to deactivate the MIMOrelated parameter settings. PowerOffsetPpm=-2.. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Turning on the BSC6900-level MIMO algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1. GainFactorBetaD=15. PhyChId=4. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. In this step. //Setting MIMO as the preferred function SET UFRC: MIMOor64QAMSwitch=MIMO. as shown in Figure 111-2.

FdpchDivModforOther=STTD. AccessServiceClass=ASC7. PRACHPhyChId=4. TFsNumber=D1. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=8. ADD USCCPCHBASIC: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. CP1SupInd=CP1_not_Supported. AccessServiceClass=ASC0. RMV SEC: STN=0. SRN=60. SRN=61. ScrambCode=0. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. TFsNumber=D3..9. SN=0. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=4. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. ADD RRU: CN=0. PhyChId=8. CTFC=4. PersistScalingFactor=D0. ACT UPRACH: CellId=1. CTFC=2. RLCSize=240. SigRbInd=FALSE. MinCmchPi=D0. ToAWS=30. RCN=0.9. RS=UO. BM=COLD. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=8. PersistScalingFactor=D0. PhyChId=8. RateMatchingAttr=220. RS=UO. HPN=0. AccessServiceClass=ASC4. PhyChId=8. SlotFormat=D8. TP=TRUNK. PhyChId=4. CTFC=3.9. ChCodingType=TURBO. ADD UFACHLOCH: CellId=1. PS=1. ADD UPICH: CellId=1. TrChId=5. ALMPROCSW=OFF. TFsNumber=D2. RT=MRRU. CTFC=1. TbNumber1=1. //Operations on the NodeB side ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. ACT USCCPCH:CELLID=1. PS=0. ADD UPRACHSLOTFORMAT: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. //Activating the MIMO-related parameter settings ACT UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. ADD RRU: CN=0. CTFC=6. TrChId=4. FdpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. PersistScalingFactor=D0. ADD UPCHDYNTFS: CellId=1. ALMPROCSW=OFF. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. TFsNumber=D1. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=4.9. RLCSize=360. PhyChId=4. MaxCmchPi=D13. PhyChId=8. TrChId=4. ChCodingType=CONVOLUTIONAL. TrChId=1. TP=TRUNK.9. PhyChId=4. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PersistScalingFactor=D0. TrChId=4. STTDInd=TRUE. ADD UPRACHACTOASCMAP: CellId=1. SECN=2. DpchDivModforOther=STTD. GainFactorBetaD=15. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC1. AccessServiceClass=ASC2. SlotFormatNum=D4. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. TFCIpresence=EXISTS. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. ADD UAICH: CellId=1. PHYCHID=8. TbNumber1=1. 317 . RLCSize=168. TFsNumber=D2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO GainFactorBetaC=10. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. ToAWE=10. PhyChId=6. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. RLCSize=168. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=8. TT=CHAIN. ADD UPCH: CellId=1. CTFC=0. RT=MRRU. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC6. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC3. PersistScalingFactor=D0. PhyChId=4. ToAWE=10. PhyChId=8. AccessServiceClass=ASC5. PhyChId=8. STTDInd=TRUE. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. DpchDivModforMIMO=STTD.9. RCN=0. //Removing a local cell and a sector RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. TrChId=5. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=8. ADD URACH: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. RLCSize=168. STTDInd=TRUE. //Adding a sector and setting the transmit diversity mode Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SN=0. PhyChId=4. STTDSupInd=STTD_Supported. ToAWS=20. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PersistScalingFactor=D0. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. HSN=2. Ltd.

PhyChId=4. HISPM=FALSE. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. PhyChId=8. PersistScalingFactor=D0. PRACHPhyChId=4.9. SRN1=60. ANT1SRN=60. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PowerOffsetPpm=-2. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure //Activation procedure //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Turning on the BSC6900-level MIMO algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1. HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-0. AccessServiceClass=ASC7. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=4. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Adding a local cell and setting 2-way transmit diversity ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. RACHSubChNo=SUBCHANEL0-1&SUBCHANEL1-1&SUBCHANEL2-1&SUBCHANEL3-1&SUBCH ANEL4-1&SUBCHANEL5-1&SUBCHANEL6-1&SUBCHANEL7-1&SUBCHANEL8-1&SUBCHANEL 9-1&SUBCHANEL10-1&SUBCHANEL11-1. PhyChId=4. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. AccessServiceClass=ASC5. TTW=TRUE. PowerOffsetPpm=-3. DIVM=COMMON_MODE.9. ANTM=2. PhyChId=4. ACT UCELL: CellId=1. ANT1N=R0A. ADD UPRACHBASIC: CellId=1.9. MXPWR=460. PersistScalingFactor=D0. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. //Enabling the cell-level MIMO and L2 enhancement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. SlotFormatNum=D4. GainFactorBetaC=10. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. TFsNumber=D1. RLCSize=168. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. 318 . ANT2N=R0A. GainFactorBetaD=15. //Modify the transmit diversity mode of a cell RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC6. ANT2N=ANTA. //Deactivating the HSDPA cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. ANT2SRN=61. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=4. AccessServiceClass=ASC0. PhyChId=4. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. PhyChId=6. SECN=2. RLCSize=360. PhyChId=4. SN2=0. GainFactorBetaD=15. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. SECN=2. GainFactorBetaC=13. PhyChId=4. CTFC=1. SRN2=61. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. ADD UAICH: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC4. ACT UPRACH: CellId=1. TbNumber1=1.9. PhyChId=4. PersistScalingFactor=D0. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO ADD SEC: STN=0. Ltd. Constantvalue=-20. VAM=FALSE. TFsNumber=D1. ULFREQ=9845.. ADD URACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PhyChId=4. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC2. DLFREQ=10795. PersistScalingFactor=D0. CTFC=0. PowerRampStep=3. PhyChId=4. PhyChId=4. //Setting MIMO as the preferred function SET UFRC: MIMOor64QAMSwitch=MIMO. AccessServiceClass=ASC1. STN=0.9. RMTCM=FALSE. ADD UPRACHTFC: CellId=1. AccessServiceClass=ASC3. PreambleSignatures=SIGNATURE0-1&SIGNATURE1-1&SIGNATURE2-1&SIGNATURE31&SIGNATURE4-1&SIGNATURE5-1&SIGNATURE6-1&SIGNATURE7-1. PersistScalingFactor=D0. ADD UPRACHSLOTFORMAT: CellId=1. RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. ADD UPRACHASC: CellId=1.9. TrChId=1. TbNumber1=1. ADD UPRACHACTOASCMAP: CellId=1. PersistScalingFactor=D0. STTDInd=TRUE. ADD URACH: CellId=1. DEA UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. //Deactivation procedure DEA UCELL: CellId=1.

MaxCmchPi=D13. PhyChId=8. //Adding a sector and setting the transmit diversity mode ADD SEC: STN=0. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=4. ChCodingType=TURBO. //Adding a sector and setting the transmit diversity mode (assuming that DBS3800 is used) ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. TFCIpresence=EXISTS. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. PhyChId=8. TrChId=4. TrChId=5. DIVM=COMMON_MODE. ADD RRU: CN=0. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. RLCSize=240. TFsNumber=D2. CTFC=1. SRN1=60. //Activating the MIMO-related parameter settings ACT UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. ACT UCELL: CellId=1. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. RT=MRRU. PhyChId=8. TFsNumber=D2. DEA UCELLMIMO: CellId=1. DpchDivModforOther=STTD. PS=1.. //Removing a local cell and a sector RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. RMTCM=FALSE. ADD UFACHLOCH: CellId=1. PhyChId=8. PhyChId=8. RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. ADD UPCH: CellId=1. STN=0. ANT2N=ANTB. STTDSupInd=STTD_Supported. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. PhyChId=8. ANT1N=R0A. CTFC=3. HISPM=FALSE. RCN=0. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. ToAWE=10. PhyChId=8. FdpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. TrChId=5. TrChId=4. TFsNumber=D3. SlotFormat=D8. VAM=FALSE. PHYCHID=8. FdpchDivModforOther=STTD. DLFREQ=10580. CTFC=6. ULFREQ=9630. ADD UFACHDYNTFS: CellId=1. STTDInd=TRUE. ANT2N=R0A. SECN=1. MinCmchPi=D0. HspaPlusSwitch=MIMO-0. ToAWS=30. ADD USCCPCHBASIC: CellId=1. PS=0. DpchDivModforMIMO=STTD. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. STTDInd=TRUE. //Deactivation procedure DEA UCELL: CellId=1. CP1SupInd=CP1_not_Supported. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. TP=TRUNK. SRN=61. TrChId=4. SECN=2. ChCodingType=CONVOLUTIONAL. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. 319 . HSN=0. ALMPROCSW=OFF. RMV UPRACH: CellId=1. MXPWR=430. TT=CHAIN. RLCSize=168. ScrambCode=0. ALMPROCSW=OFF. SN2=0. RT=MRRU. SRN2=61. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. CTFC=2. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. ToAWE=10. PhyChId=8. ToAWS=20. CTFC=4. SECN=2. Ltd. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. ADD UPICH: CellId=1. ACT USCCPCH:CELLID=1. PhyChId=8. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ANTM=2. ADD UPCHDYNTFS: CellId=1. PhyChId=8. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. TP=TRUNK. PhyChId=8. HPN=0. ANT2SRN=61. ADD RRU: CN=0. ANT1SRN=60.RAN Feature Activation Guide 111 Configuring 2x2 MIMO RMV USCCPCH: CellId=1. RMV SEC: STN=0. RCN=0. RS=UO. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. SRN=60. ADD USCCPCHTFC: CellId=1. SigRbInd=FALSE. //Operations on the NodeB side ADD RRUCHAIN: RCN=0. ADD UFACH: CellId=1. RateMatchingAttr=220. CTFC=0. PhyChId=8. RLCSize=168. RS=UO. TTW=TRUE.

WBBPb4. and DBS3900. WBBPb4. – Two RRUs (for example RRU3804) with single TX channels. – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. or one RRU (for example the RRU3805 or RRU3808) with a dual TX channel needs to be configured. the EBBI or EDLP board needs to be configured.0. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the 3900 series base station. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010693 DL 64QAM+MIMO. – In the case of the BTS3900. – In the case of the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 – WRFD-010684 2×2 MIMO – WRFD-010683 Downlink 64 QAM l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – The UE is of HS-DSCH category 19 or 20. WBBPb3. the WBBPb1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as specified by the 3GPP specifications. or WBBPd1 board needs to be configured. WBBPb2. 320 . see 3 Activating the UMTS License.RAN Feature Activation Guide 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM +MIMO This section describes how to activate. WBBPd1. verify. WBBPb3. For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. BTS3900A. WBBPb2. Ltd. – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. For details on how to activate the license. or WBBPd2 board needs to be configured. the WBBPb1.0. l Other Prerequisites – The CN supports 3GPP Release 8..

6. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. 2. Ltd. select CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn on the following four cell-level switches: In this step. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH. or MIMO+64QAM because the data flow is small and the gain is insignificant. 5. Optional: If the streaming service needs to use HSDPA. the peak throughput of a single user can reach 42Mbit/s.. and the combined services with previous services can be carried on MIMO+64QAM. 64QAM. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify a local cell. set DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA and DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA according to the actual network planning. and PS conversational services are not carried on MIMO. compared to 28Mbit/s with MIMO or 21Mbit/s with 64QAM only. PS background service. DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PS interactive service.RAN Feature Activation Guide 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO Context In 3GPP Release 8. 321 . set DL 64QAM MIMO to TRUE. In this step. With 64QAM+MIMO. MIMO and 64QAM can be used in combination to increase the peak throughput of a single user. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to configure preferential use of 64QAM+MIMO. and CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. IMS signaling. 4. CS service. select 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function Switch). In this step. 3. l The PS streaming service. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the following three BSC6900-level switches: In this step. select MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH from the Service Mapping Strategy Switch list. select MIMO_64QAM from the Prefered MIMO_64QAM or DC_HSDPA character list. NOTE l The SRB. MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch). run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Data Planning Parameter Example Source Local Cell ID 1 Network planning Cell ID 1 Network planning DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA D64 Network planning DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA D64 Network planning Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1.

DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. deselect CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. deselect 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM+MIMO Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the BSC6900-level 64QAM+MIMO switch. 2. 4. //Operations on the BSC6900 side SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH-1&CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1&CFG_HSDPA_MIMO _WITH_64QAM_SWITCH-1. Ltd.. The execution result displayed on the LMT shows the DL 64QAM+MIMO capability. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Operations on the NodeB side MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Operations on the BSC6900 side LST UCELLALGOSWITCH:CellId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to turn off the cell-level 64QAM+MIMO switch. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH-0. 322 . 2. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. and 64QAM_MIMO(Cell 64QAM+MIMO Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. In this step. SET UFRC: MIMO64QAMorDCHSDPASwitch=MIMO_64QAM. //Deactivation procedure //Operations on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. Deactivation Procedure 1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to verify the configuration result of the connection-oriented algorithm switch. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. In this step. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-1&MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1&64QAM_MIMO-1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information of the local cell. set Query Mode to LOCALCELL(Query Localcell by ID) and then specify Local Cell ID. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64.RAN Feature Activation Guide 112 Configuring Downlink 64QAM+MIMO L2ENHANCED Function Switch). DSP UCELLCHK:CellId=1. //Verification procedure //Operations on the NodeB side LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. DL64QAM_MIMO=TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check that the cell supports 64QAM+MIMO. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLALGOSWITCH to verify the configuration result of the cell algorithm switch. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM_MIMO-0. l l Verification Procedure 1. LOCELL=1. LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH: LstFormat=VERTICAL. In this step.

RRU3806. 323 . will interrupt services in the cell.. Therefore. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. RRU3805. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010700 Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA. Context CAUTION Before enabling the feature in an existing cell. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware This feature is only supported by 40W RRU3801C. RRU3928. as specified by the 3GPP protocols. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010685 Enhanced L2 – WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. RRU3804. and Intelligent Interference Control (ICC). MRFUe. RRU3808. and 850M/900M/1900M RRU3908V1. WRFUd. RRU3828. 16. verify. This. you need to deactivate the cell. The feature adopts MIMO in Primary/Secondary common Pilot (PSP) mode. improving performance of MIMO and HSDPA co-carrier. MRFUd. or 18. you should enable the feature when the traffic of the cell is low. RRU3829. l Other Prerequisites – The UE is of category 15. 17. WRFU. For details about license items.RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier This section describes how to activate. however. RRU3929. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Virtual Antenna Mapping (VAM).

set TX Diversity Indication to FALSE. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA and check whether the value of IIC Switch is OPEN. b. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL and check whether the value of VAM is TRUE. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USCPICH to add a secondary common pilot channel (SCPICH). Deactivation Procedure 1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to modify the cell basic information. Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell. a. 324 . Run the NodeB MML command RMV LOCELL to remove the local cell. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell.1 dB] 0 Network planning Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. Modify values of VAM for the cells. a. Set VAM to FALSE(FALSE). Set IIC Switch to OPEN (open). 2. b.. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate MIMO cells. l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Set VAM to TRUE(TRUE). 5. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST USCPICH and check whether an SCPICH is already configured. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate MIMO cells. 4. 2. Ltd. Run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL to add a local cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier Data Planning Parameters Example Source Site Number 0 Network planning Sector number 2 Network planning Local cell ID 1 Network planning Cell ID 1 Network planning SCPICH ID 5 Network planning Transmit power of SCPICH [0. Modify values of VAM for the cells. In this step. Configure the PSP function on the BSC6900 side. Verification Procedure 1. 3. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA.

RMTCM=FALSE. SN2=0. In this step. STN=0. ANT2N=ANTA. //Adding a local cell and setting VAM ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. ADD USCPICH: CellId=1. //Deactivation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. STN=0. RMTCM=FALSE. SRN1=60. //Checking whether IIC switch is turned on LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to modify the cell basic information. SN2=0. set TX Diversity Indication to TRUE. MXPWR=460. Set IIC Switch to CLOSE (close). HISPM=FALSE. TTW=TRUE. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Configuring the PSP function MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. ScpichPhyId=5. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. 325 . SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. SRN2=61. LOCELL=1. SECN=2. HISPM=FALSE. ANT2N=ANTA. VAM=FALSE. SRN1=60. ULFREQ=9845. Disable the PSP function on the BSC6900 side. 5. TTW=TRUE.. //Verification procedure //Operations at the NodeB //Checking parameter settings of VAM of the local cell LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL.RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier 3. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. SRN2=61. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. VAM=TRUE. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. DLFREQ=10795. //Turing on the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=OPEN. 4. SECN=2. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. Ltd. DLFREQ=10795. – Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV USCPICH to remove a secondary common pilot channel (SCPICH). Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. ULFREQ=9845. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Checking configuration information about an SCPICH LST USCPICH: CellId=1. //Adding a local cell and setting Two Tx Way and VAM ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. ScpichPower=0. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. MXPWR=460.

MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. //Turing off the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=CLOSE. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. ScpichPhyId=5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. VAM=TRUE. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Removing an SCPICH RMV USCPICH: CellId=1. VAM=FALSE. ULFREQ=9845. STN=0. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. TTW=TRUE. HISPM=FALSE. HISPM=FALSE. //Turing on the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=OPEN. //Checking whether IIC switch is turned on LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. SRN1=60. RMTCM=FALSE. //Adding a local cell and setting Two Tx Way and VAM (assuming that DBS3800 is used) ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. RMTCM=FALSE. //Deactivation procedure //Operations at the BSC6900 //Deactivating an MIMO cell DEA UCELL: CellId=1. MXPWR=460.RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier //Turing off the IIC switch SET MACHSPARA: IICSW=CLOSE. Ltd. ULFREQ=9845. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Configuring the PSP function MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. ScpichPower=0. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. ANT2N=ANTB. DLFREQ=10795. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. //Operations at the NodeB //Removing a local cell RMV LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SRN2=61. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Checking configuration information about an SCPICH LST USCPICH: CellId=1. SECN=2.. SECN=2. SN2=0. STN=0. //Verification procedure //Operations at the NodeB //Checking parameter settings of VAM of the local cell LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. //Adding a local cell and setting VAM (assuming that DBS3800 is used) ADD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SN2=0. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. //Operations at the BSC6900 //Removing an SCPICH RMV USCPICH: CellId=1. LOCELL=1. DLFREQ=10795. ADD USCPICH: CellId=1. ANT2N=ANTB. TTW=TRUE. SRN1=60. MXPWR=460. 326 . SRN2=61.

327 ..RAN Feature Activation Guide 113 Configuring Performance Improvement of MIMO and HSDPA Co-carrier MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Activating a cell ACT UCELL: CellId=1. TxDiversityInd=TRUE. Ltd.

When one or two carriers in DC-HSDPA networking support MIMO. and EDLP boards. 22. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Other Prerequisites – In 2×2 MIMO mode. including HSDPA category 21. 328 . EBOI. 23. and BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI. – The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In addition. 25. 27. and 28. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA and RFD-010684 2×2 MIMO. – In DBS3800. For details on how to activate the license. two RF units must be interconnected.. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. verify. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E. and the BBU3806C must be configured with the EBBM board. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. the BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010704 Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection. Context DC-HSDPA and MIMO can achieve gains under different conditions.RAN Feature Activation Guide 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection This section describes how to activate. BTS3812A. the uplink service cannot be established on the HBBI or HULP board. 26. For details about license items. 24. MIMO ensures a comparatively high throughput for the UEs when a large number of HSDPA-capable UEs camp on an overloaded cell. – The UE has the HSDPA Category21 or higher capability. Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection dynamically selects DC-HSDPA or MIMO for newly accessing UEs. DC-HSDPA ensures a comparatively high throughput for the UEs when few HSDPA-capable UEs camp on a cell that has a light load.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC with DL TX Power Threshold of Secondary Cell and Threshold of HSDPA Users in Secondary Cell set to appropriate values. Ltd. choose Monitor > Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring and select Cell DL Carrier TX Power in the Monitor Item: drop-down list. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH deselected in the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. 329 . Expected result: As shown in Figure 114-2. 3. 4. Set HSDPA thresholds for downlink streaming services and HSDPA thresholds for downlink BE services. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. The RRC_RB_SETUP message in the Uu tracing result contains the dlSecondaryCellInfoFDD IE when the downlink power of the secondary cell covered by the DC carrier group is smaller than DL TX Power Threshold of Secondary Cell set in Step 1 and the number of HSDPA users is smaller than Threshold of HSDPA Users in Secondary Cell set in Step 1. Turn off the RNC-oriented DC+MIMO algorithm switch. the RRC_RB_SETUP message in the Uu tracing result contains the mimoParameters IE when the downlink power of the secondary cell covered by the DC carrier group is greater than or equal to DL TX Power Threshold of Secondary Cell set in Step 1 and the number of HSDPA users is greater than or equal to Threshold of HSDPA Users in Secondary Cell set in Step 1. Verification Procedure 1. 2. Turn on the DC/MIMO dynamic selection algorithm switch. 4. 2. Check whether the value of the IE dl-TransportChannelType in the rb-MappingInfo of the RRC_RB_SETUP message is hsdsch. 3..RAN Feature Activation Guide 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection based on the current number of HSDPA-capable UEs and downlink load of the carriers that support MIMO. On the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA and DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA set to appropriate values based on network planning. Query the DL power load of the secondary cell covered by the DC carrier group. Set the TX power threshold and HSDPA user number threshold of the secondary cell for the DC/MIMO dynamic selection algorithm. Optional: Turn on the HSDPA algorithm switch for streaming services if HSDPA is required for streaming services. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH selected in the Service Mapping Strategy Switch drop-down list. Have a UE access the secondary cell and initiate an HSDPA service. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH selected in the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. This ensures an optimum service bearing mode.

//Verification procedure SET UFRC: SecCellTcpThd=10. SecCellHUserNumThd=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH deselected in the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. //Deactivation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH-0.. Ltd. //Setting the HSDPA threshold for downlink streaming services and HSDPA threshold for downlink BE services SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Turning on the DC/MIMO dynamic selection algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH-1. 330 . //(Optional) Enabling the HSDPA algorithm switch for streaming services if HSDPA is required for streaming services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 114 Configuring Flexible HSPA+ Technology Selection Figure 114-1 mimoParameters message Figure 114-2 dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Turning off the RNC-oriented DC+MIMO algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH-0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. Turn off the DC/MIMO dynamic selection algorithm switch.

Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – Dependencies on NodeB Hardware – The BTS3812E. improve the HSPA+ user capacity per cell and save the battery consumption of the UE. For details about license items. 331 . EBOI. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – Dependencies on BSC6900 Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. or BTS3812AE is configured with the EBBI. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. – The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board. and EDLP (supporting DRX) boards. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Ltd. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 115 Configuring CPC .DTX /DRX 115 Configuring CPC .DTX /DRX This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010686 CPC . EULP/EULPd (supporting DTX). The BBU3806C is configured with the EBBM board. Context This feature is related to DTX and DRX. l Other Prerequisites – The UE is of 3GPP Release 7 or later and supports this feature. BTS3812A.DTX /DRX. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 SRB over HSUPA and WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – The BBU3806 is configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board.. It can reduce the interference between UEs. verify.

2. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Check whether the following IEs are included in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. select HSPA (Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH and downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH) from the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB drop-down list. Use an HSPA-capable UE to establish a new service. 332 . select DTX_DRX from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list. Figure 115-2 IE information – dtx-drx-TimingInfo Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. as shown in Figure 115-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 115 Configuring CPC . Figure 115-1 Uu interface tracing task 2. select CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list. In this step. 3.. Verification Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 115-2. Create a Uu tracing task on the BSC6900 LMT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. Ltd.DTX /DRX 1. In this step.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 333 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-0. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA.DTX /DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0.DTX /DRX MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0. In this step. Ltd. //Deactivating CPC . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH-1.DTX /DRX – dtx-drx-Info l Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 115 Configuring CPC . ----End Example //Activating CPC . HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1. deselect DTX_DRX from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010687 CPC . Context This feature supports the HS-SCCH less operation function. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Other Prerequisites – The UE must be Release-7 (or later) to support this feature. For details about license items.RAN Feature Activation Guide 116 Configuring CPC . WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. select CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH in the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter to switch on the HS-SCCH less operation function. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. UE can receive data from HS-PDSCH without sending data on HS-SCCH. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. verify. 334 .HS-SCCH less operation. Ltd.HS-SCCH less operation 116 Configuring CPC . For details on how to activate the license. This increases the capacity of downlink data services. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. In this step.HS-SCCH less operation This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. With this feature. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

Check the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. Figure 116-1 RRC_RB_SETUP Information l Deactivation Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 116 Configuring CPC . The service is carried on E-DCH and HS-DSCH. select HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION in the Cell Hspa Plus function switch parameter to activate the HS-SCCH less operation function at the cell level. deselect CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH in the Channel configuration strategy switch parameter to switch off the HS-SCCH less operation function. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. as shown in Figure 116-1.. Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. In this step. You can find the hs-scch-LessInfo IE which contains the parameters related to CPC-HSSCCH less operation. 335 . Use an HSPA-supportive UE to initiate a PS service. NOTE How to make the service on E-DCH. 2. In this step.HS-SCCH less operation 2. l Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. see section 82 Configuring HSUPA Introduction Package.

. ----End Example //Activating CPC-HS-SCCH Less operation SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. 336 . MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 116 Configuring CPC . In this step. Ltd.HS-SCCH less operation 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=0. HspaPlusSwitch=HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION-1. HspaPlusSwitch=HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION-0. deselect HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION in the Cell Hspa Plus function switch parameter to deactivate the HS-SCCH less operation function at the cell level. //Deactivating CPC-HS-SCCH Less operation SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH-0.

EBBCd is needed for BBU3806. 2. EBOI. WBBPb.RAN Feature Activation Guide 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to set the maximum number of HSDPA users per cell to 96.. Verification Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. WRFD-010623 64 HSDPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX. Ltd. verify. EULP. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. EBBC. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. for example. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – In order to support this feature. click Monitor. Then. EULPd is needed for BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. increasing capacity of voice services or other low-rate services. For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell. On the BSC6900 LMT. EBBI. For details about license items. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. EBBM is needed for BBU3806C. 337 . WBBPd is needed for BBU3900. download files through FTP. Context This feature enables an HSDPA cell to serve a maximum of 96 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels.RAN Feature Activation Guide 117 Configuring 96 HSDPA Users per Cell Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 96. – If the number of UEs is greater than 96. NOTE The 96 HSDPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type.HSDPA. 338 .UE. 3. l Deactivation Procedure 1.Cell on the M2000. Check the maximum number of users through the counter VS.. This feature does not need to be deactivated.Max. Ltd. MaxHsdpaUserNum=96. ----End Example /*Activating 96 HSDPA Users per Cell*/ //Setting the maximum number of HSDPA users to 96 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels.

increasing the capacity of voice services or other low-rate services per cell. EULP. EBBCd is needed for BBU3806. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell. 2.DTX / DRX. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. EBBI. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – In order to support this feature. EULPd is needed for BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSUPA users per cell to 96. Ltd. WBBPb. 339 . WBBPd is needed for BBU3900.EBBM is needed for BBU3806C. verify. EBOI. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Context This feature enables an HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 96 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010686 CPC . For details about license items.. For details on how to activate the license. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. EBBC. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

NOTE The 96 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. On the BSC6900 LMT. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. for example. 3. 340 . uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. click Monitor. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Then.RAN Feature Activation Guide 118 Configuring 96 HSUPA Users per Cell 1. MaxHsupaUserNum=96. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. EagchCodeNum=1.Cell on the M2000. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. – If the number of UEs is greater than 96.UE. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Check the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. 2. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 96. ErgchEhichCodeNum=5. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. l Deactivation Procedure 1.Max.. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. upload files through FTP.HSUPA. //Stopping reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSUPA users to 96 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111.

especially in cells with VoIP users or a large number of low-rate users. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010653 96 HSDPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell. 3900 series NodeB (except BTS3902E) requires WBBPd2/WBBPd3 board which is one type of WBBPd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.. deselect the HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) and HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission Control Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Cell CAC algorithm switch. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The feature is only available for 3900 series NodeB.RAN Feature Activation Guide 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. In this step. Context This feature can increase the capacity of voice services in a cell. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. This feature enables an HSDPA cell to serve a maximum of 128 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. Note that these users must adopt the CPC-DTX/DRX mode. and select the DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch. For details on how to activate the license. 341 . verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell. For details about license items. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH.

HSDPA. click Monitor. Then. 4. This feature does not need to be deactivated. //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=TRUE. – If the number of UEs is greater than 128. ErgchEhichCodeNum=8. //Enabling SRB over HSPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA. On the BSC6900 LMT. Check the maximum number of users through the counter VS. 3.Max. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL-0. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSDPA users per cell to 128.. download files through FTP. Ltd. //Stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSDPA users to 128 Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable HSPA state transition. 342 . for example. HspaPlusSwitch=DTX_DRX-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to enable SRB over HSPA. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. 3. //Disabling HSPA state transition SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0.Cell on the M2000. Verification Procedure 1. EagchCodeNum=1. 5.UE. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 128. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. NOTE The 128 HSDPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type. 2. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. ----End Example /*Activating 128 HSDPA Users per Cell*/ //Disabling the admission control function in an HSPA cell on the Uu interface and enabling the DTX-DRX function MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell 2.

MaxHsdpaUserNum=128. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 343 .. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 119 Configuring 128 HSDPA Users per Cell MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The feature is only available for 3900 series NodeB. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010670 128 HSUPA Users per Cell. 3900 series NodeB (except BTS3902E) requires WBBPd2/WBBPd3 board which is one type of WBBPd. Note that these users must adopt the CPC-DTX/DRX mode. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 344 . l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLCAC to stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and set the maximum number of HSUPA users to 128. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHSUPA to allocate code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs. verify. This feature enables an HSUPA cell to serve a maximum of 128 users performing VoIP or other low-rate services. Ltd. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. 2.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010639 96 HSUPA Users per Cell and WRFD-010654 128 HSDPA Users per Cell. Context This feature can increase the capacity of voice services in a cell with a large number of low-rate users. For details about license items. For details on how to activate the license. such as VoIP users.

. for example. – If the number of UEs is greater than 128. DlHoCeCodeResvSf=SFOFF. //Stop reserving uplink and downlink credit resources and setting the maximum number of HSUPA users to 128 MOD UCELLCAC: CellId=111. double-click Cell Performance Monitoring in the Monitor Navigation Tree pane.RAN Feature Activation Guide 120 Configuring 128 HSUPA Users per Cell 1. – If the number of UEs is less than or equal to 128. MaxHsupaUserNum=128. Expected result: Each UE establishes PS services successfully. NOTE The 128 HSUPA users referred to in this feature are of the SRB Over HSPA type.UE. l Deactivation Procedure 1. ErgchEhichCodeNum=7. On the BSC6900 LMT. UlHoCeResvSf=SFOFF. In the displayed Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box. 3. Then.Cell on the M2000. EagchCodeNum=1. upload files through FTP.HSUPA. uplink services are carried on HSUPA channels and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels. click Monitor. Check the maximum number of users indicated by the counter VS. ----End Example /*Activating 128 HSUPA Users per Cell*/ //Allocating code resources to E-AGCHs and E-RGCHs MOD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=111. HSPA services of the excessive UEs are carried on R99 channels. Ltd. 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.Max. Use UEs to access the cell successively and then establish PS services. 345 . This feature does not need to be deactivated. set Monitor Item to Cell User Number.

and the downlink resource group must be set up on the EBBI or EDLP board. and at least one WBBPd board is configured in slot 2 or slot 3 as an interface board. the EULPd board must be included in the uplink resource group. – When configured with HBBI/HDLP+EULPd. the base station does not support HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation. the WBBPd board must be configured in the uplink resource group supporting HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation.0. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBCd board.RAN Feature Activation Guide 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation 121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation. – When configured with EBBI/EDLP+EULPd. – The 3900 series base station must be configured with the WBBPd board. the base station can support HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. l Other Prerequisites – The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12. In this case. – The BTS3812E or BTS3812AE must be configured with the EULPd board.0. The RRU corresponding to the cell carrying the feature must be connected to the interface board.. Ltd. If inter-board sharing IC needs to be supported. verify. – The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12. 346 .

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation

Context

CAUTION
Activate this feature when the traffic volume in a cell is low. The reason is that the cell must be
deactivated before this feature is activated; after the cell is deactivated, the services in this cell
are disrupted.
Interference Cancellation (IC) is performed to cancel the interference caused by the uplink high
rate E-DPDCH data of other users, improving the demodulation signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and
increasing the uplink capacity of the UMTS network.
NOTE

l For 3900 series base stations, the WBBPd must be configured on slot 2 or slot 3 on the BBU3900 to
support the uplink data IC integrated interference cancellation function. The uplink resource group
must contain the WBBPd. Therefore, cell of the group can support the IC feature. For details, see
Adding a Baseband Board to a 3900 Series Base Station.
l If the DBS3800 is configured with two EBBCd boards, it is recommended that two uplink resource
groups be allocated to the two boards separately. In this way, both the boards support HSUPA uplink
interference cancellation. For details about how to configure the active and standby BTSs, see Adding
an EBBC or EBBCd.
l If the BTS3812E or BTS3812AE is configured with two EULPd boards, it is recommended that two
uplink resource groups be allocated to the two boards separately. In this way, both the boards support
HSUPA uplink interference cancellation. For details about how to configure the active and standby
BTSs, see Adding a Baseband Board to BTS3812E or BTS3812AE.

Procedure
l

l

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Activation Procedure
1.

If the UMTS cell has been activated, run the BSC6900 MML command DEA
UCELL to deactivate the cell.

2.

Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. In this
step, set IC to TRUE.

3.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell.

Verification Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the status of a specified
local cell.
Expected result: The value of IC MODE is ENABLED.

2.

Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation
tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT, as shown in Figure 121-1. The column
1-3 indicates the state of this feature disabled, the column 1-4 indicates the state of
this feature enabled. If the value of column 1-4 is less than the value of column 1-3,
it indicates the feature has been enabled.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

347

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

121 Configuring HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation

Figure 121-1 Cell RTWP 1

l

Deactivation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. In this
step, set IC to FALSE.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
DEA UCELL: CellId=1;
MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1, SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR, IC_MODE=TRUE;
ACT UCELL: CellId=1;
//Verification procedure
DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1;
//Deactivation procedure
MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1, SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR, IC_MODE=FALSE;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

348

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation

122

Configuring Dual-Threshold

Scheduling with HSUPA Interference
Cancellation

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020137
Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– The BTS3812E or BTS3812AE must be configured with the EULPd board.
– The DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBCd board.
– For the 3900 series base station, the WBBPd board must be configured in the uplink
resource group supporting Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference
Cancellation, and at least one WBBPd board is configured in slot 2 or slot 3 as an
interface board. The RRU corresponding to the cell carrying the feature must be
connected to the interface board. For detailed installation steps, see the BBU3900
Installation Guide.
– The RRU3801C 20 W and the MTFU for the BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not
support this feature.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package
– WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation

l

License
– The license controlling this feature has been activated.

Context
This feature is applicable in cells enabled with the WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL Interference
Cancellation feature.

Procedure
l
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Activation Procedure
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

349

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation

1.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
– Set MAC-e Schedule Para to YES.
– Set Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 2.

l

Verification Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. Set
Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 0.

2.

Use multi users to carry out upload service.

3.

Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation
tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT, as shown in Figure 122-1. The column
1-3 indicates the state of this feature disabled, the column 1-4 indicates the state of
this feature enabled. If the value of column 1-4 is less than the value of column 1-3,
the HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation feature has been enabled.
Figure 122-1 Cell RTWP 1

4.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. Set
Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 2.

5.

Check the Cell RTWP window. If the value of column 1-4 is less than the value of
column 1-3, and the values of column 1-4 and column 1-3 increase by 10, the dualthreshold scheduling with HSUPA interference cancellation feature has been enabled.
NOTE

The prerequisite of the foregoing result is the cell power limit does not over.

Figure 122-2 Cell RTWP 2

l
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Deactivation Procedure
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

350

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

122 Configuring Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation

1.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters. Set
Max Target RoT Difference Before and After IC to 0.

2.

Reallocate the license of this feature on M2000 LMT, and set Allocated to 0.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=2,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO,
NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
//Verification procedure
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=0,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO,
NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=2,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO,
NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
//Deactivation procedure
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, MAXDELTAOFTARGETROT=0,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO,
NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

351

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

123

Configuring Anti-Interference
Scheduling for HSUPA

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020136
Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– The BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the HBBI/HULP/EBBI/EBOI/
EULP or EULPd board. Downlink services can be established only on the EBBI/EBOI
or EDLP board.
– The BBU3806 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board; the BBU3806C
must be configured with the EBBM board.
– The BBU3900 is configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd board.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package

l

License
– The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate
the license, see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details about license items, see
2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

Context
In commercial networks, the uplink data transmission of HSUPA at some sites is affected
randomly by strong external interference. When a site is strongly interfered, the HSUPA
throughput of the site is significantly reduced and user experience is affected.
This feature can eliminate the strong external interference and maintain high HSUPA
throughput, improving user experience.
NOTE

This feature is not proposed for multi-RRU cells.

Procedure
l
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Activation Procedure
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

352

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

1.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
a.

Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES).

b.

Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to ON(ON).

c.

Own Cell UL Load Ratio
– In indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 90.
– In non-indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 60.

d.

It is recommended that Min UL Cover Load Threshold(dB) be set to 13.
NOTE

If Local Cell ID is not specified, the Mac-e scheduling parameters of all local cells under the
NodeB will be set.

CAUTION
If the following conditions are met, step 2 is not required, and the configuration ends.
l On the RNC side, UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) is not selected
for Cell LDC algorithm switch.
l On the RNC side, ALGORITHM_OFF or ALGORITHM_SECOND is selected
for Uplink CAC algorithm switch.
2.

l

Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In
this step, set Cell CAC algorithm switch to RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP
Resist Disturb Switch).

Verification Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command DSP LICENSE to display license information.
Exception result: the value of Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA Function
(per Cell) is bigger than 0.

2.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
– Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES).
– Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to OFF(OFF).

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

3.

Make interference.
For example: Run the NodeB MML command SET DESENS, set Desensitization
Intensity to 6.

4.

Use a UE to carry out HSUPA upload task.

5.

Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation
tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT, as shown in Figure 123-1. The column
1-3 indicates the state of this feature disabled.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

353

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

Figure 123-1 Cell RTWP (feature disabled)

6.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
a.

Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to ON(ON).

b.

Own Cell UL Load Ratio
– In indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 90.
– In non-indoor coverage scenarios, the recommended value is 60.

c.

It is recommended that Min UL Cover Load Threshold(dB) be set to 13.
NOTE

If Local Cell ID is not specified, the Mac-e scheduling parameters of all local cells under the
NodeB will be set.

7.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Select Service > Realtime Specific Monitoring > Cell RTWP from the navigation
tree in Maintenance tab on NodeB LMT, as shown in Figure 123-1. The column
1-3 indicates the state of this feature enabled. If the values of column 1-3 in Figure
123-1 are greater than the values of 1-3 in Figure 123-2, the feature has been enabled.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

354

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

123 Configuring Anti-Interference Scheduling for HSUPA

Figure 123-2 Cell RTWP (feature enabled)

l

Deactivation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command SET MACEPARA to set Mac-e parameters.
– Set the MAC-e Schedule Para to YES(YES).
– Set the Anti-Interference Scheduling Switch to OFF(OFF).

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=ON,
OWNCELLULLOADRATIO=60, LOADTHRESH4MINULCOV=13, EAGCHPCPARA=NO,
SERGCHPCPARA=NO, NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
(Optional)MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=0,
NBMCacAlgoSwitch=RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB-1;
//Verification procedure
DSP LICENSE:;
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=OFF,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO, NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO,
NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
SET DESENS: LOCELL=0, DI=6;
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=ON,
OWNCELLULLOADRATIO=60, EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO, NSERGCHPCPARA=NO,
SEHICHPCPARA=NO, NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;
//Deactivation procedure
SET MACEPARA: LOCELL=0, SCHEDULEPARA=YES, OUTERSYSINTERSCHSW=OFF,
EAGCHPCPARA=NO, SERGCHPCPARA=NO, NSERGCHPCPARA=NO, SEHICHPCPARA=NO,
NSEHICHPCPARA=NO;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

355

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

124 Configuring HSUPA FDE

124

Configuring HSUPA FDE

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010692
HSUPA FDE.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– In the case of the 3900 series base stations, the WBBPd board needs to be configured.
– In the case of the DBS3800, the EBBCd board needs to be configured.
– In the case of the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE, the EULPd board needs to be configured.
– When configured with EBBI/EDLP+EULPd, the base station can support HSUPA
frequency domain equalization (FDE). In this case, the EULPd board must be
included in the uplink resource group, and the downlink resource group must be set
up on the EBBI or EDLP board.
– When configured with HBBI/HDLP+EULPd, the base station does not support
HSUPA FDE.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.
– WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI.

l

License
– The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate
the license, see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details about license items, see
2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

l

Other Prerequisites
– The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12.0.
– The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12.0.
– The UEs must belong in E-DCH categories 6 or 7, as specified by the 3GPP
specifications.

Context
HSUPA FDE equalizes the spectrum in the frequency domain on the HSUPA E-DPDCH through
the UL receiver of the NodeB, therefore suppressing the inter-path interference on the EDPDCH. In this manner, the SNR on the EDPDCH is increased and the UL system capacity of
Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

356

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

124 Configuring HSUPA FDE

the HSUPA network is expanded. The rate of HSUPA services is also increased in multipath
environment.
NOTE

For UEs of category 6 and category 7 at a transmission rate higher than 2 Mbit/s, the feature brings notable
gains if multipath channels are used in the uplink.

Procedure
l

Activation Procedure
1.

l

Verification Procedure
1.

l

Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. In this
step, set FDE to TRUE.
Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the configuration
information about the local cell.
Expected result: The value of FDE MODE is ENABLED.

Deactivation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. In this
step, set FDE to FALSE.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1, SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR, FDE_MODE=TRUE;
//Verification procedure
DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1;
//Deactivation procedure
MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1, SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR, FDE_MODE=FALSE;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

357

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM

125

Configuring Uplink 16QAM

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010694
Uplink 16QAM.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– In the case of the 3900 series base station, the WBBPd1 or WBBPd2 board needs to be
configured.
– In the case of the DBS3800, the EBBCd board needs to be configured.
– In the case of the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE, the EULPd and EBBI/EDLP boards need
to be configured.
– For the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE, the uplink resource groups are set up on the EULPd
board, and the downlink cells are set up on the EBBI or EDLP board.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2.

l

License
– The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate
the license, see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details about license items, see
2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

l

Other Prerequisites
– The CN supports the "peak rate per user" introduced by UL 16QAM.
– The BSC6900 software version should not be earlier than RAN12.0.
– The NodeB software version should not be earlier than RAN12.0.
– The UE is of E-DCH category 7, as specified by the 3GPP specifications.

Context
l

This feature can help increase the system capacity in the uplink so that HSUPA users can
obtain a higher peak rate.

l

It is recommended that the feature WRFD-010692 HSUPA FDE be activated to help
increase the data throughput on the Uu interface.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

358

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM

Procedure
l

Activation Procedure
1.

l

Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify a local cell. In this step,
set UL 16QAM to TRUE.

Verification Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command DSP LOCELL to query the configuration
information of the local cell.

2.

As Figure 125-1 shows, start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT.
Figure 125-1 Uu Interface tracing

3.

Use the UE to perform a dialing test of the PS service. Ensure that an HSUPA service
is established.

4.

Analyze the trace messages. In the Uu interface trace data, view the EDCH
information information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message.
– As shown in Figure 125-2, if the EDCH information IE contains the indicator of
uplink 16QAM, you can infer that this feature has been activated.
– If the EDCH information IE does not contain the indicator of uplink 16QAM,
you can infer that this feature has not been activated.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

359

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

125 Configuring Uplink 16QAM

Figure 125-2 Indication of uplink 16QAM

l

Deactivation Procedure
1.

Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to modify the local cell. In this
step, set UL_16QAM to FALSE.

----End

Example
//Activation procedure
MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1, UL_16QAM=TRUE;
//Verification procedure
DSP LOCELL: LOCELL=1;
//Deactivation procedure
MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1, UL_16QAM=FALSE;

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

360

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting

126

Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010697
E-DPCCH Boosting.

Prerequisites
l

Dependencies on Hardware
– The BTS3812E/BTS3812AE is configured with the Enhanced NodeB HSPA supported
Uplink Processing unit REV:d (EULPd) board.
– The DBS3800 is configured with the Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) board.
– 3900 series base stations are configured with WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d
(WBBPd) boards.

l

Dependencies on Other Features
– The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured before
this feature is activated.

l

License
– The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate
the license, see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details about license items, see
2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

l

Others
– The UE is of 3GPP Release-7 or later and supports this feature.
– CN supports data bit rate of 11.5Mbit/s or above.

Context
An E-DCH Dedicated Physical Control Channel (E-DPCCH) is used for channel estimation to
improve the estimation accuracy when the HSUPA service data is demodulated. In this way, the
requirement for Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) power is lowered, increasing
the HSUPA service rate.

Procedure
l

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Activation Procedure

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

361

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting
NOTE

When this feature is enabled together with the feature WRFD-010694 Uplink 16QAM, you are
advised to configure the network bandwidth over the Iub interface to 16 Mbit/s or higher if ATM
transmission is applied and to 15 Mbit/s or higher if IP transmission is applied.

1.

2.

3.

Configure the bandwidth over the Iub interface in ATM transmission mode.
a.

Configure the type of primary and secondary paths required by various services:
Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP. In this step, specify
TRMMAP ID, set Interface Type to IUB (Iub Interface) and Transport
Type to ATM(ATM), and specify SRB primary path and SRB secondary
path.

b.

Add an activation factor table: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD
TRMFACTOR. In this step, specify Factor table index and Remark, and
change the activation factor.

c.

Add the TRM mapping to an adjacent node: Run the BSC6900 MML
command ADD ADJMAP. In this step, set Interface Type to IUB (Iub
Interface) and Transport Type of the adjacent node and interface type to
ATM(ATM), and specify Gold user TRMMAP index, Silver user TRMMAP
index, Bronze user TRMMAP index, and Factor table index.

d.

Add ATM traffic records corresponding to the type of the primary and secondary
paths set in 1.1 (you are advised to configure the network bandwidth over the
Iub interface to 16 Mbit/s or higher): Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD
ATMTRF. In this step, specify Traffic index, Service type, Rate unit, and
Peak cell rate.

e.

Add an AAL2 path: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH. In
this step, specify TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index.

Configure the bandwidth over the Iub interface in IP transmission mode.
a.

Configure the type of primary and secondary paths required by various services:
Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP. In this step, specify
TRMMAP ID, set Interface Type to IUB (Iub Interface) and Transport
Type to IP(IP), and specify SRB primary path and SRB secondary path.

b.

Add an activation factor table: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD
TRMFACTOR. In this step, specify Factor table index and Remark, and
change the activation factor.

c.

Add the TRM mapping to an adjacent node: Run the BSC6900 MML
command ADD ADJMAP. In this step, set Interface Type to IUB (Iub
Interface) and Transport Type of the adjacent node and interface type to IP
(IP), and specify Gold user TRMMAP index, Silver user TRMMAP index,
Bronze user TRMMAP index, and Factor table index.

d.

Add an IP path (you are advised to configure the network bandwidth over the
Iub interface to 15 Mbit/s or higher): Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD
IPPATH. In this step, specify Interface Type, Transport Type, IP path
type, Forward Bandwidth, and Backward Bandwidth.

e.

Optional: Set the mapping from the PHB to the DSCP based on the service type:
Run the BSC6900 MML command SET PHBMAP.

Configure the E-DPCCH Boosting function.
a.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Turn on the E-DPCCH Boosting algorithm switch: Run the BSC6900 MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, set Channel
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

362

RAN
Feature Activation Guide

126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting

Configuration Strategy Switch to
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH.
b.

Optional: If streaming services are to be enabled with E-DPCCH Boosting, run
the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step,
set Service Mapping Strategy Switch to
MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH to ensure that streaming
services are carried over HSUPA.

c.

Set the rate threshold for BE services and streaming services carried over
HSUPA: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. In
this step, specify UL streaming traffic threshold on HSUPA and UL BE traffic
threshold on HSUPA.

d.

Optional: Configure HSUPA-related parameters for a cell: Run the BSC6900
MML command ADD UCELLHSUPA.
NOTE

Retain the default values of Code Number for E-AGCH, Code Number for E-RGCH/
E-HICH, Maximum Target Uplink Load Factor, and Target Non-serving E-DCH
to Total E-DCH Power Ratio.

l

e.

Activate the HSUPA function for a cell: Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT
UCELLHSUPA.

f.

Enable the E-DPCCH Boosting function for a cell: Run the BSC6900 MML
command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, set Cell Hspa Plus
function switch to EDPCCH_BOOSTING.

g.

Turn on the E-DPCCH Boosting retry algorithm switch: Run the BSC6900 MML
command SET UFRC. In this step, set HSPA Technologies Retried by UEs to
EDPCCH_BOOSTING.

h.

Enable the E-DPCCH Boosting function for a cell on the NodeB side: Run the
NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL.

Verification Procedure
1.

Establish PS BE HSUPA services with the uplink rate higher than 1 Mbit/s.

2.

Trace messages over the Uu interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Uu
Interface to check whether the RRC_RB_SETUP message carries the e-TFC-BoostInfo information element (IE) that includes the e-TFCI-Boost and delta-T2TP fields,
as shown in Figure 126-1.
Figure 126-1 Tracing messages over the Uu interface

Issue 11 (2013-05-29)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

363

deselect the CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel Configuration Strategy Switch. SRBSECPATH=UBR. 2. 364 . ----End Example /*Activating E-DPCCH Boosting */ /*Configuring the network bandwidth over the Iub interface in ATM transmission mode*/ //Configuring the type of the primary and secondary paths required by various services ADD TRMMAP: TMI=15. Trace messages over the Iub interface by referring to Tracing Messages on the Iub Interface to check whether the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message carries the eTFCI-Boost-Information IE that includes the e-TFCI-BetaEC-Boost and uLDelta-T2TP fields. do as follows: a. ITFT=IUB. To disable the E-DPCCH Boosting function of all cells under the BSC6900. To disable the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a single cell. Method 1: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting 3. b. – If either of the messages described in the preceding two steps does not carry the corresponding IEs. SRBPRIPATH=RT_VBR.. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. deselect the EDPCCH_BOOSTING check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch to disable the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the BSC6900 side. as shown in Figure 126-2. In this step. TRANST=ATM. the E-DPCCH Boosting function has taken effect. In this step. Figure 126-2 Tracing messages over the Iub interface – If the messages described in the preceding two steps carry the corresponding IEs. the E-DPCCH Boosting function has not taken effect. Ltd. Method 2: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to disable the EDPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the NodeB side. do as follows: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.

PEERMASK="255. CNMNGMODE=SHARE.1". /*Configuring the network bandwidth over the Iub interface in IP transmission mode*/ //Configuring the type of the primary and secondary paths required by various services ADD TRMMAP: TMI=16. ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=151. //(Optional) Setting streaming services to ensure that they are carried over HSUPA SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSUPA_SWITCH-1. //(Optional) Setting the mapping from the PHB to the DSCP SET PHBMAP: SRN=0. //Adding the TRM mapping to an adjacent node ADD ADJMAP: ANI=0. TRANST=IP.1".1. ITFT=IUB. CARRYF=2.255". PATHCHK=DISABLED. //Adding an activation factor table ADD TRMFACTOR: FTI=21. 365 . OWNERSHIP=LOCAL.255. DSCP=41. FTI=20. VCI=72. VLANFlAG=DISABLE. ADD IPPATH: ANI=0. PHB=AF11. Ltd. SN=14.255. OWNERSHIP=LOCAL. /*Configuring the E-DPCCH Boosting function*/ //Turning on the E-DPCCH Boosting algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch= CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH-1. //Adding AAL2 paths ADD AAL2PATH:ANI=4. TMIGLD=15.1. ST=UBR. TMISLV=15. TIMERCU=10. //Adding the TRM mapping to an adjacent node ADD ADJMAP: ANI=4. ADD AAL2PATH:ANI=4. SET PHBMAP: SRN=0. PCR=16000.255. PEERIPADDR="1. PATHT=AF12. PATHID=2. ITFT=IUB. PATHID=1. IPADDR="1. TIMERCU=10. ITFT=IUB. SRBSECPATH=AF12.1. AAL2PATHT=SHARE. RXTRFX=150. CARRYF=2. SCR=15000. PCR=16000. RSCGRPFLAG=NO.1. TMIGLD=16. VPI=7. PEERMASK="255. CARRYFLAG=NULL.1. //Adding IP paths ADD IPPATH: ANI=0.1.2". //Setting the rate threshold for BE services and streaming services carried over HSUPA Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PEERIPADDR="1. RXTRFX=151. PATHT=AF11. VLANFlAG=DISABLE. SRBPRIPATH=AF11. AAL2PATHT=SHARE. CARRYIMAGRPN=0. PATHID=2. VCI=71. TMIBRZ=15. ITFT=IUB. VPI=7. RSCGRPFLAG=NO. TXBW=45001. CNMNGMODE=SHARE. UT=KBIT/S. TRANST=IP. TMIBRZ=16. CARRYT=IMA. TMISLV=16.255. UT=KBIT/S.. TXTRFX=151. PATHCHK=DISABLED. //Adding ATM traffic records corresponding to the type of the primary and secondary paths required by various services ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=150. PATHID=2. REMARK="Iub". CARRYFLAG=NULL.2". FTI=21. SN=14. ITFT=IUB. TXTRFX=150. IPADDR="1. CARRYSN=14. CARRYIMAGRPN=0.1. REMARK="Iub". CARRYT=IMA. RXBW=30001. TRMLOADTHINDEX=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting //Adding an activation factor table ADD TRMFACTOR: FTI=20. ST=RTVBR.255".1. TRANST=ATM. PHB=AF12. TRMLOADTHINDEX=0. CARRYSN=14. DSCP=40. TXBW=45000. TRANST=IP. TRANST=IP. RXBW=30000.

UlBeTraffThsOnHsupa=D64. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR. BOOST=FALSE. MaxTargetUlLoadFactor=75. //Configuring the HSUPA function for a cell ADD UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1. NonServToTotalEdchPwrRatio=0. ErgchEhichCodeNum=1. EagchCodeNum=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 366 . Ltd. /*Deactivating E-DPCCH Boosting */ //Disabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in all cells on the RNC side SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch= CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 126 Configuring E-DPCCH Boosting SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: UlStrThsOnHsupa=D64. BOOST=TRUE. HspaPlusSwitch= EDPCCH_BOOSTING-1. //Turning on the E-DPCCH Boosting retry algorithm switch SET UFRC: RetryCapability=EDPCCH_BOOSTING-1. //Disabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Activating the HSUPA function for a cell ACT UCELLHSUPA: CellId=1. //Enabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function for a cell MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. HspaPlusSwitch= EDPCCH_BOOSTING-0. //Disabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the NodeB side MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Enabling the E-DPCCH Boosting function in a cell on the NodeB side MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SECT=REMOTE_SECTOR.

verify. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.5Mbit/s per User 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11. – The CN must support an uplink data rate of 11. or 9. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3812E/BTS3812AE needs to be configured with the EULPd board. For details on how to activate the license. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.5Mbit/s per User. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.5Mbit/s per User This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010698 HSPA+ Uplink 11. or – The BTS3812E and BTS3812AE need to be configured with the EULP/EULPd board. 367 . Ltd. – The CN must support an uplink data rate of 11. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010694 UL 16QAM. – The 3900 series multi-mode base stations need to be configured with the WBBPb/ WBBPd board.5Mbit/s or above. 8. l Others – The UE must support E-DPCCH boosting.5Mbit/s or above. WRFD-010614 HSUPA Phase 2. or 9. or – The UE must support HSUPA and be the one of HSUPA category 8. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.. and WRFD-010697 EDPCCH Boosting. The UE must be of HSUPA category 7. – 3900 series base stations need to be configured with the WBBPd board. For details about license items. – The DBS3800 needs to be configured with the EBBCd board. – The DBS3800 needs to be configured with the EBBC/EBBCd board.

5..5Mbit/s per User Context With the original HSUPA peak rate of 5. To disable the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch set to CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH. To disable the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM.74 Mbps. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch set to CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH. To enable the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM. Upload by FTP is normal. 7. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11.5 Mbps by using the technologies introduced in 3GPP Release 7. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch deselect to UL_16QAM . 2. Enable a UE of 3GPP Release 7 or later versions and supporting UL 16QAM to access the network and to establish PS services on the E-DCH and HS-DSCH. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to EDPCCH_BOOSTING. To enable the 2 ms TTI switch. Ideally. To enable the switch for cell-level UL Layer 2 Improvement. To enable the algorithm switch for RNC-level E-DPCCH Boosting. including 16QAM and E-DPCCH Boosting. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Service Mapping Strategy Switch set to MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH. To enable the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM. and downlink is preferably carried on DCH). 8. the uplink throughput of the UE in MAC layer can reach 11. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 6. To enable the SRB to carry over HSUPA. 2. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to UL_L2ENHANCED. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB set to HSUPA(Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch deselect to CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH . Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL with UL_16QAM set to TRUE. Verification Procedure 1. 2.5 Mbps. To enable cell-level Boosting. and EDPCCH_BOOSTING to TRUE. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Create a task under UL Throughput and Bandwidth on the BSC6900 LMT. the UE increases its uplink peak rate to 11. 4. 368 . run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to UL_16QAM . UL_L2ENHANCED to TRUE.

//Enabling the switch for cell-level UL Layer 2 Improvement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Enabling the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Disabling the switch for cell-level UL 16QAM MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Enabling the 2ms TTI switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1.5Mbit/s per User Example /* Activating the HSPA+ Uplink 11. and Boosting functions MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. UL 16QAM.HspaPlusSwitch=UL_16QAM-0. 369 .. //Setting the UL Layer 2 Improvement. /* Deactivating the HSPA+ Uplink 11. //Enabling the algorithm switch for RNC-level Boosting SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch= CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH-1. HspaPlusSwitch=UL_L2ENHANCED-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 127 Configuring HSPA+ Uplink 11. Boosting=TRUE. //Enabling the algorithm switch for cell-level Boosting MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1.5Mbps per User feature*/ //Enabling the SRB to carry over HSUPA SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. UL_L2+=TRUE. HspaPlusSwitch= EDPCCH_BOOSTING-1.5Mbps per User feature*/ //Disabling the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH-0.HspaPlusSwitch=UL_16QAM-1. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. UL_16QAM=TRUE. //Enabling the switch for RNC-level UL 16QAM SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH-1.

l Dependencies on Other Features – The WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package and the WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 have been configured before this feature is activated. 370 . the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) board (including WBBPb1.0 or later. – The UE need to be compliant with 3GPP Release 8(or later) to support the feature. and WBBPb4) or the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) board (including WBBPd1 or WBBPd2) is configured. NodeB Enhanced Downlink Processing Unit (EDLP).RAN Feature Activation Guide 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement This section describes how to activate. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. WBBPb2. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010695 UL Layer 2 Improvement. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – In the case of the BTS3900. l Other Prerequisites – The BSC6900 version is RAN12. Context This feature enables the radio link layer to use a flexible Protocol Data Unit (PDU) size for data transmission based on the radio transmission environment on the Uu interface. the Base Band Processing Unit 3806 (BBU3806) and Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC). – In the case of the BTS3812E or BTS3812AE.. the NodeB Enhanced HSDPA Supported Baseband Processing and Interface Unit (EBBI). For details on how to activate the license. NodeB Enhanced Uplink Processing Unit (EULP). or NodeB Enhanced Uplink Processing Unit REV:d (EULPd) board is configured. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BTS3900A. – The NodeB version is RAN12. or the BBU3806 and Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) are configured. WBBPb3.0 or later. verify. Ltd. For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. or DBS3900. – In the case of the DBS3800.

l 2. NOTE Generally. data is transmitted in a large PDU size. NodeB V200R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to enable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. NodeB V100R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to enable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. 371 . set UL_L2+ to TRUE. Ltd. set Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance max RLC PDU size and Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance min RLC PDU size to appropriate values. the effective throughput of the entire system is increased. meeting the high-speed data transmission requirement and increasing the data transmission efficiency. l When the UE is located in the cell center. Verification Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 128-1. In this step. 3. In this step. As a result. Figure 128-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set parameters related to UL Layer 2 Improvement at the BSC6900 level. l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. reducing the bit error rate (BER) caused by power limitation and improving the data transmission efficiency.. set UL L2 Enhanced to TRUE. use the default values of Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance max RLC PDU size and Cell_DCH UL L2 enhance min RLC PDU size of the BSC6900. data is transmitted in a small PDU size. select the DL_L2ENHANCED (Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch.RAN Feature Activation Guide 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement l When the UE is located at the cell edge. In this step. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level.

//Enabling UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level on the NodeB side //NodeB V100R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. set UL L2 Enhanced to FALSE. 3. NodeB V100R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to disable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. NodeB V200R013: Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL to disable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to disable UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level. this feature is not activated. In this step. check the value of the information element (IE) rlcPDU-Size in the RRC_RB_SETUP message. 3. Use an UE to establish an HSUPA service. as shown in Figure 128-2. //Deactivation procedure //Turning off the cell-level switch for UL Layer 2 Improvement on the Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Figure 128-2 Value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size l Deactivation Procedure 1. 372 . In this step. deselect the DL_L2ENHANCED (Cell DL L2ENHANCED Function Switch) check box under the parameter Cell Hspa Plus function switch. – If the value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size is fixedSize. UL_L2+=TRUE. this feature has been activated. 2. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement 2.. – If the value of the IE rlc-PDU-Size is flexibleSize. HspaPlusSwitch=UL_L2ENHANCED-1. set UL_L2+ to FALSE. UL_L2PLUS=TRUE. //NodeB V200R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. In this step. In the Uu interface tracing data. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Turning on the cell-level switch for UL Layer 2 Improvement on the BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. NOTE The type of services that use this feature is limited by the HSUPA rate threshold.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 128 Configuring UL Layer 2 Improvement BSC6900 side MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: HspaPlusSwitch=UL_L2ENHANCED-0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 373 . //Disabling UL Layer 2 Improvement at the cell level on the NodeB side// NodeB V100R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. //NodeB V200R013 MOD LOCELL: CellId=1. UL_L2PLUS=FALSE. UL_L2+=FALSE.. Ltd.

– The two DC-HSDPA cells must belong to the same sector. – For the BSC6900. – The BTS3902E supports DC-HSDPA. the system automatically allocates resources so that cells in a DC-HSDPA group are created on one baseband board. For details on how to activate the license. the BBU3806 needs to be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The two DC-HSDPA cells must belong to the same baseband board. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. In this way. – The BTS3812E or BTS3812AE needs to be configured with the EBBI or EDLP board. Ltd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – For 3900 series base station. BBU3900 needs to be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd. 374 . – For DBS3800 base station. DPUe boards are recommended because the downlink 42 Mbit/s throughput of DC-HSDPA users may be affected if the BSC6900 is configured with DPUb boards. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package – WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation – WRFD-010685 Downlink Enhanced L2 l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and the UL baseband resources of DC-HSDPA cells cannot be carried on the HBBI or HULP board. They can be carried on the EBBI or EULP board. l Other Prerequisites – One local cell can belong to only one DC-HSDPA group. For details about license items. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA. Therefore. verify. it is recommended that all cells be configured in a downlink resource group.. the BBU3806C needs to be configured with the EBBM. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA This section describes how to activate.

two local cells in a DC-HSDPA cell group must belong to one RRU. IMS signaling. set CN protocol version to R8. Data Configuration Plan Parameters Example Source ID of local cell 1 1 Network planning ID of local cell 2 2 Network planning Cell ID 1 and 2 Network planning Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. The reason is that the cell must be deactivated before this feature is activated. SRB signaling. In this step. the 64QAM must be activated. Context CAUTION Activate this feature when the traffic volume in a cell is low. For more details of the configuration of the 64QAM. The two cells can schedule the UE simultaneously. if two local cells in a DC-HSDPA cell group belong to two RRUs. see Configuring Downlink 64QAM. the RRUs adopt a star or chain topology. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. therefore increasing the downlink peak throughput of the UE. or PS conversational service is carried on a single carrier instead of DC-HSDPA because the amount of data is small and the gain is insignificant when DCHSDPA is used. – To enable the downlink 42 Mbit/s throughput of DC-HSDPA. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA – For distributed cells. as specified by the 3GPP specifications. – In digital combining and dividing scenarios. The gain of downlink throughput is higher when the UE is located at the cell edge. two local cells in the DC group must belong to one RRU. 375 . Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEB. Dual Cell-HSDPA (DC-HSDPA) allows an UE to establish downlink connections simultaneously to two inter-frequency co-coverage cells that are configured with consecutive frequencies and controlled by one NodeB. – The UEs must belong in categories 21 or later. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCNNODE. after the cell is deactivated. NOTE l The CS service. The BE/streaming combined service is carried over the DC-HSDPA preferentially. set NodeB Protocol Version to R9. In this step. the services in this cell are disrupted. l The BE or streaming service can be carried over the DC-HSDPA.. For non-distributed cells.

10. 11. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the logical cell of local cell 2. Set this parameter to DC_HSDPA before the verification. set Preferred MIMO_64QAM or DC_HSDPA character to DC_HSDPA. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP to change the time offset of a cell. 4. set this parameter according to actual network planning. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logical cell of local cell 2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD DUALCELLGRP to add a DC group of local cell 1 and local cell 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. select CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELL to query the parameter Time Offset (TCELL) of the two cells. select DC_HSDPA from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch list. the network preferentially configures DC_HSDPA for the UE. 8. as shown in Figure 129-1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. In this step. 6. 5.RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA 3. 7. 376 .. 12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the logical cell of local cell 1. l Verification Procedure 1. Ensure that the parameter is set to the same value. In this step. After the verification is complete. set First Local Cell ID and Second Local Cell ID respectively to the ID of local cell 1 and local cell 2. 9. Ltd. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Click Uu Interface Trace on the LMT. NOTE If the switch parameter is set to DC_HSDPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logical cell of local cell 1.

. Ltd. – If the dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD information element is contained. On the Trace tab page of the LMT. 4. 3. Perform dialing tests on FTP services for a UE to ensure that data is transmitted on HSDPA channels. For cells with Cell DC-HSDPA Function Switch turned on. 377 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA Figure 129-1 Uu Interface Trace dialogue box 2. trace RRC_RB_SETUP messages on the Uu interface. it indicates that the feature is activated. Figure 129-2 RRC_RB_SETUP message l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it indicates that the feature is not activated. check whether RRC_RB_SETUP messages contain the dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD information element. – If the dl-SecondaryCellInfoFDD information element is not contained. as shown in Figure 129-2.

3. CNId=0. In this step. you only need to remove one local cell in the group. //To remove the DC-HSDPA cell group. CNDomainId=PS_DOMAIN. //To activate cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. SECONDLOCELL=2. HspaPlusSwitch=DC_HSDPA-0. NodeBId=0. ACT UCELL: CellId=2. //Setting channel configuration strategy switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH-1. HspaPlusSwitch=DC_HSDPA-1. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the logical cell of local cell 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the logical cell of local cell 1. //Querying the parameter Time Offset (TCELL) of the cell LST UCELL: LstType=ByCellId.RAN Feature Activation Guide 129 Configuring DC-HSDPA 1. //Setting Cell Hspa Plus function switch MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //To deactivate cells. run the following command: RMV DUALCELLGRP: LOCELL=1. Ltd. HspaPlusSwitch=DC_HSDPA-0. RMV DUALCELLGRP: LOCELL=2. NOTE To remove a DC-HSDPA cell group. run the following command: DEA UCELL: CellId=1. 2. DEA UCELL: CellId=2. //Modifying the time offset of the cell MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=2. ----End Example //Activation procedure //Modify the protocol version of the NodeB and CN MOD UNODEB: IDTYPE=BYID. //Activating the cells ACT UCELL: CellId=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Setting preferred MIMO_64QAM or DC_HSDPA character SET UFRC: MIMO64QAMorDcHSDPASwitch= DC_HSDPA. run the following command repeatedly: DEA UCELL: CellId=1. //Deactivation procedure //To set Channel Configuration Strategy Switch. 378 . Run the NodeB MML command RMV DUALCELLGRP to remove the DC-HSDPA cell group. CellId=1. run the following command: ACT UCELL: CellId=1. NodeBProtclVer=R9. ACT UCELL: CellId=2. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2.. run the following command: MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. HspaPlusSwitch=DC_HSDPA-1. deselect CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch list. MOD UCNNODE: CnOpIndex=0. //Configuring local cell 1 and local cell 2 as a DC-HSDPA cell group ADD DUALCELLGRP: FIRSTLOCELL=1. CNProtclVer=R8. //To deactivate cell. DEA UCELL: CellId=2. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2. TCell=CHIP512.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier This section describes how to activate. l Re-activate the downlink secondary carrier function when the buffer can accommodate a large amount of data and throughput is high. 379 . and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010713 Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 26. verify. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. 24 to support DC-HSDPA or HSDSCH category 25. For details on how to activate the license. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. In this case. the feature has the following functions: l Disables the downlink secondary carrier function when the downlink traffic is light but the buffer has been occupied by a large amount of data. Ltd. Context For a user that uses DC-HSDPA/DC-HSDPA+MIMO in the downlink and DCH/SC-HSUPA in the uplink. the user becomes a dual-carrier user. For details about license items. In this case. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 23. 22. 27. the user becomes a singlecarrier user. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Other Prerequisites – The UE must be of HS-DSCH category 21.. 28 to support DC-HSDPA+MIMO.

Use a DC-HSDPA UE to perform PS services in a DC-HSDPA cell.. l l Verification Procedure 1. SECCELLACTDEASW=OFF. clear DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH. Check whether the Secondary DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch is turned on. SECCELLACTDEASW=ON. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=2. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 130 Configuring Traffic-Based Activation and Deactivation of the Supplementary Carrier In Multi-carrier Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&D RA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-0. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to query the Mac-hs scheduling parameters. Do not upload or download data after required connections are established. Deactivation Procedure 1. LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=2. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set the Mac-hs scheduling parameters with the DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch set to ON(ON). and DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch list. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=2. SECCELLACTDEASW=OFF. set DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch to ON(ON) for each cell. which indicates that the feature has been activated. NOTE If the Mac-hs scheduling parameters of two DC-HSDPA cells must be set. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1. Ltd. the UE becomes an SC UE. In this step. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH. SECCELLACTDEASW=ON. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set the Mac-hs scheduling parameters with the Secondary DC HSDPA Cell Act Deact Switch set to OFF (OFF). 3. 380 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Five seconds later. //Deactivation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=1.

the maximum capability of the DBS3800 is DC+MIMOx1. the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI and EDLP boards. and 28 on the HSDSCH). To support this feature. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial). This feature allows two inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring carriers under a NodeB that use the same frequency band to simultaneously transmit HSDPA data to a UE. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. the DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd boards. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA and WRFD-010684 2×2 MIMO. the DC-HSDPA+MIMO feature combines the DS-HSDPA feature in the R8 protocol and the MIMO feature in the R7 protocol. 27. For details on how to activate the license. 381 . only one frequency in a dual cell (DC) group can be configured with MIMO. For details about license items.. That is. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 26. In addition. – To support DC-HSDPA+MIMO. l Others – This feature is dependent on the UE capability (class 25. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. Context Introduced in the R9 protocol. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb or WBBPd boards. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The HBBI and HDLP boards in the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE do not support the DCHSDPA+MIMO feature.RAN Feature Activation Guide 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) This section describes how to activate.

Max.Mean. query the counter VS. 5. 382 . you need to enable the algorithm switch for streaming services carried over HSDPA: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Service Mapping Strategy Switch set to MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH. 9.RAB.DCMIMO.HSDPA.HSDPA. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with Channel Configuration Strategy Switch set to CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH and CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH.DCMIMO. To add the HSDPA parameters for a cell. To enable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO. run the NodeB MML command ADD LOCELL or MOD LOCELL with DC+MIMO set to TRUE on the NodeB. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 6.. Optional: When the DC-HSDPA+MIMO feature is used.UE.NormRel to obtain the number of DC-HSDPA-MIMO RABs normally released on the primary carrier in a DC group.28 to obtain the average number of HSDPA users of CAT25 to CAT28 in a cell. 2. NOTE You are advised to enable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO and the algorithm switch for DL Layer2 Improvement on two cells of the DC-HSDPA cell group. and query the counter Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.AttEstab to obtain the number of DC-HSDPA-MIMO RAB setup attempts on the primary carrier in a DC group. To enable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO and the algorithm switch for DL Layer2 Improvement.RAN Feature Activation Guide 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.CAT25. you need to activate the Configure HSPA+ Downlink 84 Mbit/s per User feature by referring to Configuring HSPA+ Downlink 84 Mbit/s per User if the downlink throughput of a single user is expected to reach 84 Mbit/s. 4.UE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC with HSPA Technologies Retried by UEs set to DCMIMO_HSDPA.HSDPA. Verification Procedure 1. To check DC-HSDPA+MIMO call drops. To check DC-HSDPA+MIMO service setup.RAB.SuccEstab to obtain the number of successful DCHSDPA-MIMO RAB setups on the primary carrier in a DC group. query the counter VS. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with Cell Hspa Plus function switch set to DL_L2ENHANCED and DCMIMO_HSDPA. 2. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with DL streaming traffic threshold on HSDPA and DL BE traffic threshold on HSDPA set to appropriate values according to the network plan. Optional: If HSDPA is required for streaming services. 3. 8. Ltd. 7. To enable the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA with related parameters set to appropriate values according to the network plan. and query the counter VS.RAB. query the counter VS. To set the HSDPA threshold for downlink streaming services and for downlink BE services. To check the number of online DC-HSDPA+MIMO users.CAT25. 3.HSDPA. and query the counter VS.DCMIMO.28 to obtain the maximum number of HSDPA users of CAT25 to CAT28 in a cell.HSDPA. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML commandACT UCELLHSDPA to activate the HSDPA function for a cell.

deselect CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH and CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH from the Channel Configuration Strategy Switch drop-down list to disable the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA +MIMO on the RNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Figure 131-1 RADIO BEARER SETUP message l Deactivation Procedure 1. setDC+MIMO to FALSE to disable the algorithm switch for DC-HSDPA+MIMO on the NodeB. – If the RADIO BEARER SETUP message over the Uu interface does not carry dlSecondaryCellInfoFDD or secondaryCellMIMOparameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step.DCMIMO. – If the RADIO BEARER SETUP message over the Uu interface carries dlSecondaryCellInfoFDD and secondaryCellMIMOparameters.. 3. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL. Ltd.RAB. Enable UE tracing. 4. and establish HSPA BE services to check whether the RADIO BEARER SETUP message over the Uu interface carries dlSecondaryCellInfoFDD and secondaryCellMIMOparameters. the feature has been activated.HSDPA. deselect DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-HSDPA Combined with MIMO Function Switch) from the Cell Hspa Plus function switch drop-down list to disable the algorithm switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO on the RNC. ----End Example /*Activating DC-HSDPA+MIMO*/ //Enabling the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH-1&CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH-1. In this step. In this step. as shown in Figure 131-1.AbnormRel to obtain the number of DC-HSDPAMIMO RABs abnormally released on the primary carrier in a DC group (including RF Failure). 383 . 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) VS. the feature has not been activated.

//Activating the DC-HSDPA+MIMO function on the NodeB MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Enabling the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO and the algorithm switch for DL Layer2 Improvement MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. HspaPlusSwitch=64QAM-1&MIMO-1&DL_L2ENHANCED-1&64QAM_MIMO-1&DC_HSDPA-1&DCM IMO_HADPA-1 //Adding the HSDPA parameters for a cell ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. //Activating the HSDPA function for a cell ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1. //Disable the switch for cell-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1. //Disable the switch for DC-HSDPA+MIMO on the NodeB MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. AllocCodeMode=Automatic. /*Deactivating DC-HSDPA+MIMO*/ //Disabling the algorithm switch for RNC-level DC-HSDPA+MIMO SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH-0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 131 Configuring DC-HSDPA+MIMO (trial) //(Optional) Enabling the algorithm switch for streaming services over HSDPA If HSDPA is required for streaming services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_PS_STREAM_ON_HSDPA_SWITCH-1. DlBeTraffThsOnHsdpa=D64. //Setting HSDPA thresholds for downlink streaming services and for downlink BE services SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: DlStrThsOnHsdpa=D64.. HspaPlusSwitch=DCMIMO_HSDPA-0.DC_MIMO=FALSE. Ltd.DC_MIMO=TRUE. 384 . CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON. //Enabling the retried switch for DC-HSDPA+MIMO SET UFRC: RetryCapability=DCMIMO_HSDPA-1.

l Others – To enable the preemption function. For details about license items. The forced preemption function does not depend on the CN. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. the CN must send the allocation/retention priority (ARP) IE to the RNC during the RAB assignment procedure so that the RNC can obtain RAB service priorities. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption. Context This feature supports queuing and preemption to implement service differentiation in congested networks. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 385 . Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In this step. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. verify. providing better service for high-priority users. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 132 Configuring Queuing and Pre-Emption 132 Configuring Queuing and PreEmption This section describes how to activate. set Preempt algorithm switch to ON and set Queue algorithm switch to ON. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT to turn on the queuing and preemption switches.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 132 Configuring Queuing and Pre-Emption 1. QueueAlgoSwitch=ON. if the value of any one of these counters is not 0.Preempt. ----End Example //Activating Queuing and Preemption SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=ON.PS.RAB. the function of preemption has been activated.AbnormRel.QueueTime. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.AttConnRelDCCH. – Check the value of the counter VS. – Check the value of the counter VS.Estab.RAB..Preempt and RRC. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT to turn off the queuing and preemption switches.QueueTime. RRC.RAB. In this step. set Preempt algorithm switch to OFF and set Queue algorithm switch to OFF.RAB.Preempt. if the value of any one of these counters is not 0.CS and VS.AttConnRelCCCH. the function of queuing has been activated.CS.AbnormRel. 386 . //Deactivating Queuing and Preemption SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=OFF. VS.Preempt. l Deactivation Procedure 1.PS.Estab. QueueAlgoSwitch=OFF. Check the value of the counter. Ltd.

see 3 Activating the UMTS License. 387 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST FCCPUTHD to query the settings of AC control threshold and AC restore threshold. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. set AC control threshold and AC restore threshold to appropriate values. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021103 Access Class Restriction. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction This section describes how to activate. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. For details about license items. set AC Restriction Switch to ON and other parameters to appropriate values.. Verification Procedure – Verifying Access Class Restriction based on CPU overload Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCCPUTHD. 4. For details on how to activate the license. Context When the cell or system is overloaded. verify. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. this feature can restrict user access based on the allowed service class by broadcasting system information. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. In this step. Enable a large number of UEs to access a cell until the CPU usage exceeds the AC restore threshold. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UACALGO. controlling potential load requirements of the system. 2. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

388 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET FCCPUTHD. – Verifying Access Class Restriction based on the access failure on the Iu interface Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. the feature has been activated. 2. as shown in Figure 133-2. Reduce the number of UEs in the cell until the CPU usage is lower than the AC restore threshold. Interrupt the Iu-interface connection and wait for a period of time. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. If the value is not 0. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. If the traced RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message indicates that the cell is barred. 3. In this step. the feature has been activated. Figure 133-1 RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message 6.. If the traced message does not indicate that the cell is barred. In this step. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST (System Info Update Switch for Iu Reset). the feature is not activated. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT and select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 as the message type.RAN Feature Activation Guide 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction 5. set AC control threshold and AC restore threshold to their original values. as shown in Figure 133-1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Process switch to SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST and BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. Ltd. If the value of barred IE in the RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message is 0. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT and select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 as the message to be traced. the feature is not activated. 7. In this step.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Verifying Access Class Restriction based on the access failure on the Iu interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-1&BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST-1 . ACCTHD=80. MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: NBMCacAlgoSwitch=SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-1. AcIntervalOfCell=1. ACRTHD=70. 389 . AcRstrctIntervalLen=6.RAN Feature Activation Guide 133 Configuring Access Class Restriction Figure 133-2 RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3 message l Deactivation Procedure 1. AcRstrctPercent=5. ----End Example //Activating Access Class Restriction SET UACALGO: AcRstrctSwitch=ON. //Verifying Access Class Restriction based on CPU overload SET FCCPUTHD: BRDCLASS=XPU. ACCTHD=40.. Ltd. ACRTHD=35. set AC Restriction Switch to OFF. SET FCCPUTHD: BRDCLASS=XPU. In this step. //Deactivating Access Class Restriction SET UACALGO: AcRstrctSwitch=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UACALGO.

verify. 390 . and THP of the user.. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. the service may fail to be set up. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ensure that this type of path is available. Ltd. 2. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP to add the transport resource mapping. For details on how to activate the license. Otherwise. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJMAP to add the TRM mapping to the adjacent node. and you cannot modify them. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Operators can flexibly configure the mapping to provide differentiated services while guaranteeing the QoS. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050424 Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. NOTE l Before setting the type of a mapping path for a service. l The default 14 transport resource mappings (indexed from 0 to 13) are added when the system is initialized. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. ARP. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.RAN Feature Activation Guide 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources This section describes how to activate. Context This feature enables the dynamical mapping of the services onto the transport bearers according to the TC. For details about license items. l The primary path and the secondary path for the same service type must be different.

391 . TRANST=IP. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD TRMMAP to modify the mapping. ADD ADJMAP: ANI=10. CCHSECPATH=RT_VBR. //Verifying Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources LST TRMMAP: TMI=15. TRANST=IP. CNMNGMODE=SHARE. TMIGLD=15. 2. ITFT=IUB. VOICEPRIPATH=AF11. MOD TRMMAP: TMI=15. ----End Example //Activating Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources ADD TRMMAP: TMI=15. ITFT=IUB. ensure that the adjacent node or the NodeB is added by running the BSC6900 MML command ADD ADJNODE or ADD UNODEB. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV ADJMAP to remove the TRM mapping to the adjacent node.CNMNGMODE=SHARE. 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV TRMMAP to remove the transport resource mapping. 2. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 134 Configuring Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources NOTE Before running this command. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the transport resource mapping is correct. l Verification Procedure This feature can be verified only by running the LST commands. TMISLV=15. l Deactivation Procedure 1. FTI=13. If the mapping is incorrect. //Deactivating Traffic Priority Mapping onto Transmission Resources RMV ADJMAP: ANI=10. REMARK="15". TRANST=IP.ITFT=IUB. ITFT=IUB. RMV TRMMAP: TMI=15.. TMIBRZ=15. NOTE Do not modify Interface Type and Transport Type in the MOD TRMMAP command.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight. – WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling or WRFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management has been configured before this feature is applied in the uplink over the Uu interface. 392 . verify. both uplink Uu interface resources and CE resources can be differentially scheduled. For details on how to activate the license. CE resources.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight This section describes how to activate. – WRFD-010637 HSUPA Iub Flow Control in Case of Iub Congestion has been configured before this feature is applied in the uplink over the Iub interface. this feature enables the RAN to preferentially guarantee Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR has been configured before this feature is applied in the downlink over the Uu interface. only uplink Uu interface resources can be differentially scheduled. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. When this feature is enabled together with the optional feature RFD-010638 Dynamic CE Resource Management. For details about license items. or WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-050408 Overbooking on IP Transmission have been configured before this feature is applied in the downlink over the Iub interface. Ltd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.. – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. and Iub transmission resources do not meet the GBR requirements of all online users. Context When Uu interface resources. When this feature is enabled together with the optional feature WRFD-01061402 Enhanced Fast UL Scheduling. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCAPARATERANGE to set RNC-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink. 6. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOPERSPIWEIGHT to set operator-specific scheduling priority weight.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight the GBR of high-priority users. 3. Figure 135-3. check the information element (IE) schedulingPriorityIndicator in the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message to obtain the SPI value. 8. which is the actual SPI value for the NodeB. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UTHPCLASS to set priorities of PS interactive services to appropriate values. check the IE schedule-Prior-Indication-Weight-Private to obtain the SPI weight.. silver. In this step. 7. 393 . and Figure 135-4. set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UOPERCAPARATERANGE to set operator-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink. The RAN can thereby provide differentiated services under a certain level of fairness. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Establish services on UE A and UE B. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUSERPRIORITY to configure gold. 4. In the traced Iub interface messages. Assume that the SPI and SPI weight of UE A are 7 and 50 respectively and the SPI and SPI weight of UE B are 7 and 100 respectively. 5. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USCHEDULEPRIOMAP to set the scheduling priority mapping information. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT to set RNC-specific scheduling priority weight. Figure 135-2. and copper users. as shown in Figure 135-1. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Figure 135-1 SPI and SPI weight of UE A in the uplink Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 394 .. Ltd.

395 . Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Figure 135-2 SPI and SPI weight of UE A in the downlink Figure 135-3 SPI and SPI weight of UE B in the uplink Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

ARP11Priority=Copper. ARP15Priority=Copper. ARP13Priority=Copper. CarrierTypePriorInd=NONE. ARP7Priority=Silver.. Ltd. ARP14Priority=Copper. this feature has not taken effect. ARP4Priority=Gold. ARP2Priority=Gold.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight Figure 135-4 SPI and SPI weight of UE B in the downlink 2. ARP12Priority=Copper. l Check the real-time throughput of UEs by referring to Monitoring UL Throughput and Bandwidth and Monitoring DL Throughput and Bandwidth. ARP10Priority=Silver. if the throughput of users with higher SPI weight is higher than that of users with lower SPI weight. This feature does not need to be deactivated. PriorityReference=ARP. ARP8Priority=Silver. as shown in the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message. ARP9Priority=Silver. Generally. ARP5Priority=Gold. Deactivation Procedure 1. ARP3Priority=Gold. and copper users SET UUSERPRIORITY: ARP1Priority=Gold. If the throughput of users with higher SPI weight is lower than that of users with lower SPI weight. ARP6Priority=Silver. The throughput of UE B is approximately twice the throughput of UE A. this feature has taken effect. 396 . ----End Example /*Activating Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight*/ //Configuring gold. //Setting the priorities of PS interactive services Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. silver.

UlRateThreshold8=20000. RateRangeSPIWeightInd=TRUE. UlRateRange3SPIWeight=30. UlRateThreshold9=7500. UlRateThreshold8=5500. DlRateRange8SPIWeight=80. UlRateRange1SPIWeight=10. THP3Class=High. DlRateRange10SPIWeight=100. DlRateThreshold3=512. THP4Class=High. DlRateThreshold6=4000. DlRateThreshold1=128. UlRateThreshold5=4000. UlRateThreshold7=2500. UlRateThreshold6=1500. SpiWeight=100. UlRateRange2SPIWeight=20. DlRateThreshold8=20000. THP9Class=Medium. //Setting the scheduling priority mapping information SET USCHEDULEPRIOMAP: TrafficClass=INTERACTIVE. UlRateRange8SPIWeight=80. UlRateRange10SPIWeight=100. //Setting the RNC-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink SET UCAPARATERANGE: DlCapacitySelect=MBR. THP15Class=Low. UlRateRange7SPIWeight=70. DlRateThreshold6=8000. THP6Class=Medium. UlRateThreshold7=10000. DlRateThreshold2=256. Ltd. THP8Class=Medium.. UlRateThreshold2=256. RateRangeSPIWeightInd=TRUE. UlRateThreshold3=512. UlRateThreshold4=1000. //Setting the operator-specific scheduling priority weight ADD UOPERSPIWEIGHT: CnOpIndex=0. THP7Class=Medium. DlRateThreshold7=8000. DlRateRange2SPIWeight=20. UlRateRange9SPIWeight=90. SPI=7. DlRateThreshold8=16000. UlRateThreshold4=768.RAN Feature Activation Guide 135 Configuring Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight SET UTHPCLASS: THP1Class=High. DlRateThreshold5=2000. DlRateThreshold2=384. DlRateThreshold4=1000. 397 . DlRateRange5SPIWeight=50. DlRateThreshold9=45000. DlRateThreshold1=128. THP12Class=Low. THP14Class=Low. UlRateThreshold1=128. DlRateRange1SPIWeight=10. //Setting the RNC-specific scheduling priority weight SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=7. UlRateRange5SPIWeight=50. THPClass=High. UserPriority=GOLD. UlRateRange6SPIWeight=60. UlRateRange4SPIWeight=40. //Enabling the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. UlCapacitySelect=MBR. DlRateRange6SPIWeight=60. DlRateRange4SPIWeight=40. THP11Class=Low. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. THP5Class=High. UlRateThreshold6=8000. THP10Class=Medium. UlRateThreshold3=512. SPI=7. //Setting the operator-specific reference rates and rate thresholds of all levels in the uplink and downlink ADD UOPERCAPARATERANGE: CnOpIndex=0. THP2Class=High. UlRateThreshold2=384. DlRateThreshold9=32000. DlRateRange3SPIWeight=30. DlRateRange9SPIWeight=90. UlRateThreshold9=45000. DlRateRange7SPIWeight=70. DlRateThreshold5=4000. THP13Class=Low. DlRateThreshold4=1000. UlRateThreshold1=128. UlRateThreshold5=1000. DlRateThreshold3=512. DlRateThreshold7=10000.

The WBBPa board does not support this feature. see Inserting a Board. web browsing services take shorter time and the user experience is improved. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. – 3900 series base stations are configured with WBBPb or WBBPd boards. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020132 Web browsing acceleration. HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature. verify. NOTE The license must be activated by performing the following operation first: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to set PPS Active Users to an appropriate value. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Context This feature enables the RNC to identify web browsing services by parsing packets and thereby to preferentially allocate higher bandwidth to these services. For details on how to activate the license. For details about license items. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3812E and BTS3812AE series base stations are configured with EBBI or EDLP boards. Ltd.. The HBBU board does not support this feature. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. – The Network Intelligence Unit REV:a (NIUa) board is ready. For details of inserting a NIUa board. – DBS3800 series base stations are configured with EBBC or EBBCd boards. The NIUa board can be housed in the same slot as the DPUb or DPUe board. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 398 . As a result.RAN Feature Activation Guide 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration This section describes how to activate.

BRDTYPE=NIUa. //Adding the priority mapping of HTTP services Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. 2. Ltd.BytesPayldHTTP. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIPSERVICEQOS. and set the Board Type to NIUa. this feature has been activated. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step. Verification Procedure 1. Scheduling Priority Weight for Middle PRI Service. set the Traffic Type to HTTP. In this step. MPUSLOT=0. In this step. In this step.Rx is not 0. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on SET UFRC: DefaultSPIWeight=10. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch. If it is not 0. BRDCLASS=NIU.. l Verify that the value of the counter VS. //Turning on the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on.RAN Feature Activation Guide 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=4. – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on.IuPS. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BRD to add a NIUa board. SPIWEIGHT=10. 399 . MPUSUBRACK=0. l 3. and set the Traffic Priority to HIGH. and Scheduling Priority Weight for Low PRI Service to appropriate values based on the network plan. set the Board Class to NIU. set Scheduling Priority Weight for High PRI Service. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT to configure weight of each SPI. set Scheduling Priority Indicator and SPI Weight to appropriate values based on the network plan. Deactivation Procedure 1. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set Default SPI Weight to an appropriate value based on the network plan. Set the initial Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) weight on the BSC6900 LMT. This feature does not need to be deactivated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA. SN=8. ----End Example //Activating Web Browsing Acceleration //ADD a NIUa Board ADD BRD: SRN=0.

Ltd. TrafficType=HTTP. ServPriAdjCoefMiddle=10.RAN Feature Activation Guide 136 Configuring Web browsing acceleration ADD UIPSERVICEQOS: CnOpIndex=0. 400 . TrafficPriority=HIGH.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Setting scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority SET UDPUCFGDATA: ServPriAdjCoefHigh=100. ServPriAdjCoefLow=1.

thereby improving the user experience of other delay-sensitive services and reducing operating costs. 401 . For details on how to activate the license. P2P downloads are not restricted. – DBS3800 series base stations are configured with EBBC or EBBCd boards. The HBBU board does not support this feature. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – BTS3812E and BTS3812AE series base stations are configured with EBBI or EDLP boards. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. NOTE The license must be activated by performing the following operation first: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to set PPS Active Users to an appropriate value. For details about license items.RAN Feature Activation Guide 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour This section describes how to activate. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Context This feature restricts point to point service (P2P) traffic during busy hours. During nonbusy hours. The WBBPa board does not support this feature. – 3900 series base stations are configured with WBBPb or WBBPd boards. thereby improving the user experience of P2P users and full utilizing network resources. For details of inserting a NIUa board.. The NIUa board can be housed in the same slot as the DPUb or DPUe board. Ltd. – The Network Intelligence Unit REV:a (NIUa) board is ready. HBBI and HDLP boards do not support this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020133 P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour. see Inserting a Board. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.

l 3. this feature has been activated. TrafficPriority=LOW. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to set Default SPI Weight to an appropriate value based on the network plan. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on SET UFRC: DefaultSPIWeight=10. SN=8. If it is not 0. 5. 2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Turning on the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1. SPIWEIGHT=10. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT to configure weight of each SPI. In this step. //Adding the priority mapping of P2P services ADD UIPSERVICEQOS: CnOpIndex=0. In this step. BRDTYPE=NIUa.BytesPayldP2P. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. and set the Board Type to NIUa. MPUSUBRACK=0. In this step. 4.IuPS. Set the initial Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) weight on the BSC6900 LMT. Deactivation Procedure 1. – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to set scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority to appropriate values. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIPSERVICEQOS to add the priority mapping of P2P services. MPUSLOT=0. Ltd. set the Board Class to NIU. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD BRD to add a NIUa board. BRDCLASS=NIU. ----End Example //Activating P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour //ADD a NIUa Board ADD BRD: SRN=0..Rx is not 0. 402 . – If the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on. set Scheduling Priority Indicator and SPI Weight to appropriate values based on the network plan. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the switch for the license control item of the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=4. TrafficType=P2P. l Verify that the value of the counter VS. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch. This feature does not need to be deactivated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 403 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 137 Configuring P2P Downloading Rate Control during Busy Hour //Setting scheduling priority weight that corresponds to services of each priority SET UDPUCFGDATA: ServPriAdjCoefHigh=100. Ltd.. ServPriAdjCoefLow=1. ServPriAdjCoefMiddle=10.

set IMSI Segment Choice to MultiIMSI and specify the IMSI number range by setting Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. 4. For details about license items. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UDEVICETYPEIMSI. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure The following methods assume that cell F1 and cell F2 are used. 1. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLLICENSE twice to enable the layered terminal management function for cell F1 and cell F2 respectively. Context This feature allows the RAN to intelligently distinguish between UEs and data cards in multicarrier scenarios and to separately set up services on different carriers. set Device Type Steering DRD Switch to ON.. Ltd. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. In this step. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. verify. 404 . set FuncSwitch1 to INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING. 3. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020135 Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. In this step.

c. – Set IdleQoffset1sn and IdleQoffset2sn to -20. NOTE This feature does not depend on the camping policy setting of an existing network. it is recommended to Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSELRESEL to prevent UEs in idle mode from camping on the edge of cell F2. – Set SIB11 Indicator to TRUE(Send). b. 7. initiate Uu interface tracing. In this step. – Set IdleQoffset1sn and IdleQoffset2sn to 20. the terminal is regarded as a data card. – Method 2 Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLACCESSSTRICT to forbid UE access to cell F2. In this step. d. you must configure interfrequency neighboring cells for cell F2 during network optimization so that this feature can be enabled. it is recommended to turn on the SIB4 message switch. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Min Quality Level to -10 and Min RX level to -48. set Inter-freq cell reselection threshold for idle mode of cell F1 to 0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) On the Trace tab page of the BSC6900 LMT. – Set SIB12 Indicator to FALSE(Do not send). Optional: Configure preferred camping. Optional: When the UE state transition function is enabled. 5. – Method 1 a. When this feature is activated and cell F2 provides discontinuous coverage. Optional: For cell F2 that provides discontinuous coverage. e. 405 . – Set SIB12 Indicator to FALSE(Do not send). l Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSELRESEL to make UEs in idle mode keep triggering inter-frequency measurement. and cell F2 is a services balancing frequency. f. If the IMSI of a terminal falls into the IMSI number range. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH to turn on the SIB4 message switch of cell F2. – Set SIB11 Indicator to TRUE(Send). set Inter-freq cell reselection threshold for idle mode of cell F2 to 127. select the SIB4 check box under the parameter SIB Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL to set inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F1 to cell F2). 6. as shown in Figure 138-1. Cell F1 is a preferred camping frequency. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSELRESEL to make it difficult for UEs in idle mode to trigger inter-frequency measurement. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELL twice to bind a terminal type priority to cell F1 and cell F2 respectively. Set the parameters according to the network condition.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL to set inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F2 to cell F1).RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management IMSI Segment Start Value and IMSI Segment End Value. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UDEVICETYPEPRIOGROUP to add terminal type priorities.

Figure 138-2 Message tracing l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Data card A responds to the BSC6900 with an RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message in cell F1. Check that data card A is in idle mode and camps on cell F2. 3. The BSC6900 sends an RRC_RB_SETUP message to data card A in cell F2. The R99 PS service is established in cell F1. Use data card A to establish an R99 PS service. 406 .. and check the messages traced on the Uu interface. set the PS service type to background or interactive. The priority of data cards in cell F1 (the cell ID is 11013) is higher than that of data cards in cell F2 (the cell ID is 11014). On the HLR. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management Figure 138-1 Uu interface tracing task 2. as shown in Figure 138-2. 4.

IdleQoffset1sn=-20. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO.. IMSIStart="502808888800070". Qqualmin=-10. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. ----End Example //Activating Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management //Turning on the layered terminal management switch SET UDRD: DPGDRDSwitch=ON. IdleSintersearch=127. SIB11Ind=TRUE. CellId=11013. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NCellRncId=3012. NCellId=11014. SIB11Ind=TRUE. ConnSintrasearch=5. //Configuring co-coverage inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F1 to cell F2) MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=3012. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLLICENSE to disable the layered terminal management function for the cell. DPGId=2. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. //Adding terminal type priorities ADD UDEVICETYPEPRIOGROUP: DPGId=1. IdleQoffset1sn=20. DataCardDP=1. Ltd. //Binding terminal type priorities to cells MOD UCELL: CellId=11013. UEDP=1. In this step. IMSISegChoice=MultiIMSI. //Enabling the layered terminal management function for cell F1 and cell F2 ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11013.RAN Feature Activation Guide 138 Configuring Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management 1. //Configuring cell reselection for cell F1 MOD UCELLSELRESEL:CellId=11013. IMSIEnd="502808888800080". NCellId=11013. IdleQoffset2sn=-20. //Configuring co-coverage inter-frequency neighboring cell parameters (cell F2 to cell F1) MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=3012. //Deactivating Intelligent Inter-Carrier UE Layered Management //Turning off the layered terminal management switch SET UDRD: DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11014. IdleSintersearch=0. INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING-1. MOD UCELL: CellId=11014. SsearchRat=2. DataCardDP=2. DPGId=1. IdleQoffset2sn=20. ConnSintersearch=2. ReservedDP=1. CellId=11014. 407 . //Configuring cell reselection for cell F2 MOD UCELLSELRESEL:CellId=11014. RMV UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11014. ADD UDEVICETYPEPRIOGROUP: DPGId=2. //Turning on the SIB4 message switch for cell F2 MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=11014. Qrxlevmin=-48. 2. //Configuring an IMSI number range ADD UDEVICETYPEIMSI: IMSISegIndex=1. NCellRncId=3012. ReservedDP=1. SIB12Ind=FALSE. //Turning on the single-service DRD switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. SIB12Ind=FALSE. SibCfgBitMap=SIB4-1. UEDP=2. MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=11014. INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_STEERING-1. //Disabling the layered terminal management function for a cell RMV UCELLLICENSE: CellId=11013. set Device Type Steering DRD Switch to OFF.

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. select HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch drop-down list. 2. In this step. 408 . For details on how to activate the license. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. verify. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage. Context This feature introduces inter-frequency hard handover triggered by Active Set quality measurement event 2D or by Uplink Radio Link Qos or emergency blind handover triggered by event 1F. For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

3. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Figure 139-1 Event 2D measurement report 5. as shown in Figure 139-2. Attenuate signals in the current cell that the UE accesses to trigger reporting of event 2D by the UE. 4. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) After the event 2D measurement report is reported. 409 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage 3.. 2. check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and the traced message contains the information element interFrequencyMeasurement. Check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and the traced message contains thresholds for triggering events 2D and 2F and the reporting mode. Verification Procedure 1. Check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message and the traced message contains an event 2D measurement report shown in Figure 139-1. Ltd. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHOCOV (RNC level) to configure parameters related to coverage-based inter-frequency hard handover.

check whether the RNC has sent the UE an RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 410 . Ltd. and the UE has sent the RNC RRC_PH_CH_RECFG_CMP message. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) After the inter-frequency measurement control message is reported. as shown in Figure 139-3 and Figure 139-4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage Figure 139-2 Inter-frequency measurement control message 6.

SIB12Ind=FALSE. InterFreqReportMode=PERIODICAL_REPORTING. InterFreqMeasTime=60. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 139 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage Figure 139-3 Physical channel reconfiguration message Figure 139-4 Physical channel reconfiguration complete message l Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. HOCovPrio=1. 411 . //Deactivating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0. ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV: CellId=1. CIOOffset=0. NPrioFlag=FALSE. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NCellRncId=9. Ltd. CellId=1. deselect HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from HandOver Switch. BlindHOFlag=FALSE. SIB11Ind=TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. NCellId=100.. ----End Example //Activating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1 ADD UINTERFREQNCELL:RncId=1.

Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell.. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-020302 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on Coverage must be cofigured before this feature is activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020304 Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS. 2. For details about license items. Context When the load of services is high in a cell and downlink QoS decreases. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware.RAN Feature Activation Guide 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for BE services. 412 . verify. 3. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the inter-frequency hard handover. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. guaranteeing QoS requirements. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHOCOV (BSC6900 level) to configure parameters related to DL-QoS-based inter-frequency hard handover. this feature enables the UE to be handed over to an inter-frequency cell. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd.

which carries the event E parameter. as shown in Figure 140-1. Ltd. 413 . check that the corresponding traced message indicates that the RNC has sent the inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE. Verification Procedure 1. 6. 4. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT and start Uu Interface Trace. 2..RAN Feature Activation Guide l 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS 5. which carries the event E parameter. Figure 140-1 NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_INIT_REQ message Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 3. Ensure that the RNC sends to the NodeB an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_INIT_REQ message. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ensure that the RNC sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and starts inter-frequency measurement of the event or period type. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for AMR and AMR-WB services. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to activate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for VP services. Then. Ensure that the NodeB reports to the RNC an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_RPRT message.

ADD UCELLQOSHO: CellId=111. or SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES. DlRscpQosHyst=5. NCellRncId=9. BeDlAct2=None. or SET UQOSACT: VPQosPerform=YES. 3. ----End Example //Activating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. SET UQOSACT: VPQosPerform=NO. or SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. ULQosMcTimerLen=20. //Deactivating Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS RMV UCELLQOSHO: CellId=111. CellId=1. SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=NO. BeDlAct1=InterFreqHO. DlQosVpInterFreqHoSwitch=YES. ADD UINTERFREQNCELL:RncId=1. CIOOffset=0. 414 . BeDlAct3=None. Ltd. 2. SET UQOSACT: VPQosPerform=YES. SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES. DlQosVpInterFreqHoSwitch=NO. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for BE services. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 140 Configuring Inter Frequency Hard Handover Based on DL QoS Figure 140-2 RRC_RB_RECFG message l Deactivation Procedure 1. DlQosAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=YES. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for AMR and AMR-WB services. DlQosWAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=NO. BlindHOFlag=FALSE. DlQosAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=NO. NCellId=100. DlQosWAmrInterFreqHoSwitch=YES. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DLQosMcTimerLen=20. HOCovPrio=1. SIB12Ind=FALSE. BeDlAct1=None.. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=NO. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to deactivate inter-frequency hard handover based on downlink QoS for VP services. SIB11Ind=TRUE.

verify. For details about license items. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Others Prerequisites – The CN supports this feature. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) This section describes how to activate. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD DEVIP to add a device IP address to an interface board. l Dependencies on Other Features – None. Context This feature supports the SRNS relocation procedure based on the standard Iu interface defined by 3GPP specifications. In this step: – Set IP address to the device IP address of the interface board. Therefore. 2.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. static SRNS relocation is an optimal relocation mode. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060501 SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved). – Both the SRNC and the DRNC support this feature. 415 . The static SRNS relocation procedure does not involve the UE and radio connections are not affected during the relocation. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPOAPVC to add an Internet Protocol over ATM (IPoA) permanent virtual circuit (PVC).

as shown in Figure 141-2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. NOTE SRNS relocation can be triggered by Iur transmission resource optimization. – Set Peer IP address to the Iu IP address of the DRNC on the Iu interface. 7. In this step: – Set Subrack No. select the HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH check box under the parameter HandOver Switch and select the SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH check box under the parameter SRNSR Algorithm Switch. respectively to the subrack number and slot number of the Iu-PS interface board carrying the IP path. location separation. and Slot No. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC6900 to the DRNC. – Set Local IP address to the IP address of the SRNC on the Iu interface. Configure Iu interface message tracing. 4. In this step: – Set Adjacent Node ID to the adjacent node ID of the SGSN. l 8. Initiate interface message tracing on both RNC1 LMT and RNC2 LMT. as shown in Figure 141-1. – The VPI and VCI must be the same as those configured on the SGSN side. – Set Interface Type to IUR(Iur Interface). 9. – Set Destination IP Address to the IP address of the DRNC on the Iu interface. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. The preceding procedure takes delay optimization as an example to describe the data configuration.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) The following procedure takes SRNS relocation from SRNC (RNC1) to DRNC (RNC2) as an example. 6. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path for static SRNS relocation. delay optimization. You can run the command LST IPOA on the SGSN maintenance terminal to query the settings of the VPI and VCI on the SGSN side. – Set Forward route address to the IP address of the SGSN gateway. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT3GCELL to add a cell to the neighboring RNC. Verification Procedure 1. In this step. and set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. 416 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) – Set Peer IP address to the IP address of the serving GPRS support node (SGSN). and separation time. Ltd. select the All service check box under the parameter SRNS Relocation-Allowed Traffic Type. set SHO cross IUR trigger to an appropriate value based on the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USRNSR. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Configure Iur interface message tracing.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) Figure 141-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box Figure 141-2 Iur Interface Trace dialog box Call drops do not occur during SRNS relocation if all the following messages are traced: – On the Iu interface of RNC1: – RNC1->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED – CN->RNC1 RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND – On the Iu interface of RNC2: – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ – CN->RNC2 RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ_ACK – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_DETECT – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_COMPLETE – On the Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2: – RNC1->RNC2: RNSAP_RELOCATION_COMMIT Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.. 417 .

UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. CellHostType=SINGLE_HOST. DSTMASK="255. VLANFLAG=DISABLE. QrxlevminInd=FALSE. Ltd. CARRYVPI=182. PATHID=3. REMARK="Reloc route-RNC226". MTU=1696. SIB12Ind=FALSE.12. //Setting the type of service that allows cross-Iur handovers MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1. PATHT=EF. DEVTYPE=IPOA_CLIENT_IP.181". 418 .10. SrnsrSwitch=SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH-1. MASK="255. //Setting the BSC6900-level algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1. UARFCNUplinkInd=TRUE.255". Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PEERIPADDR="172. PATHCHK=DISABLED.255.255. EFachSupInd=FALSE. UARFCNUplink=12.226". LAC=1.254". RXBW=100000. TXTRFX=105. MaxAllowedUlTxPowerInd=FALSE. IPADDR="172.255. //Adding an intra-frequency neighboring cell ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1. TRMLOADTHINDEX=2. //Adding an IP route from the BSC6900 to the DRNC ADD IPRT:SRN=0.255".255. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. //Adding a cell to the neighboring RNC ADD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. SIB11Ind=TRUE. TXBW=100000.10. NCellRncId=2. NEXTHOP="172.226". //Adding an Internet Protocol over ATM (IPoA) permanent virtual circuit (PVC) ADD IPOAPVC:IPADDR="172.12.10. //Setting the type of service that allows SRNS relocation SET USRNSR: SrnsRabCnDomainType=ALL.254".10. UARFCNDownlink=412. CellName="111". PEERIPADDR="172. CellId=111.. QqualminInd=FALSE. ----End Example //Activating SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) //Adding a device IP address to an interface board ADD DEVIP:IPADDR="172.10.10. deselect the HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH check box under the parameter HandOver Switch and deselect the SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH check box under the parameter SRNSR Algorithm Switch. OverLayMobilityFlag=FORBIDDEN. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1.12. PScrambCode=0.181". //Adding an IP path for static SRNS relocation ADD IPPATH:ANI=1.12. SN=24. TxDiversityInd=FALSE. CARRYVCI=50.255. CARRYNCOPTN=0. CellCapContainerFdd=DELAY_ACTIVATION_SUPPORT-0. NPrioFlag=FALSE. CARRYT=NCOPT. BandInd=Band2.181". CellId=2.12. In this step.10. PRIORITY=HIGH. PEERT=IUPS. CnOpGrpIndex=0. RXTRFX=105.12. SN=24.0". PEERMASK="255.255. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. ITFT=IUPS.RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) – On the Iu interface of RNC1: – CN->RNC1 RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND – RNC1->CN RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE l Deactivation Procedure 1. DSTIP="172. CfgRacInd=NOT_REQUIRE. SRN=0. NCellId=311.12.

Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC.. //Deactivating SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) //Setting the BSC6900-level algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-0. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 141 Configuring SRNS Relocation (UE Not Involved) PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. SrnsrSwitch=SRNSR_DSCR_PROPG_DELAY_SWITCH-0. SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-1. 419 .

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 420 . For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. Context When the Iur interface is unavailable. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.RAN Feature Activation Guide 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover This section describes how to activate. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060502 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover. 2. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on Cell 111. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. – The CN must support this feature simultaneously. l Other Prerequisites – The SRNC and the DRNC must support this feature simultaneously. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. or the resources for the connection setup on the Iur interface are insufficient. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL to add an intrafrequency neighboring cell. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1.. this feature enables the UE to move between RNCs. This feature is enabled when the Iur interface does not exist.

. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver switch list. 4. and RNC2 as the DRNC for example.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover 3. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Take RNC1 as the SRNC. When the Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2 is unavailable. as shown in Figure 142-1. No call drops occur during the transition. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to set HHO cross IUR trigger to ON and Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. You can view the transition procedure on the Iu interface tracing pane of RNC1. this feature enables the UE to move between RNCs. Initiate standard interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT to perform the verifying procedure. 421 .

422 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover Figure 142-1 SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover l Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover //Add an intra-frequency neighboring cell Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..

NCellRncId=2. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. //Turn on HHO cross IUR trigger. SIB11Ind=TRUE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 142 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Hard Handover ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RncId=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. //Select HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH from the HandOver switch list SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. 423 . HHOTRIG=ON. CellId=111. NCellId=312. SIB12Ind=FALSE. and set Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. BlindHOFlag=FALSE..

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l Between the RNCs exist the Iur interface. or URA_PCH state. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02060503 SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. Context If the Iur interface supports the Iur-CCH. l Dependencies on Other Features – None. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Instead. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The relocation is started after the Cell Update or URA Update message from the UE is forwarded from the target RNC to the source RNC over the Iur interface. Ltd. or the Iur-CCH is not available.. inter-RNC cell/URA update normally does not trigger the relocation. l The source cell and target cell belong to different RNCs. 424 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update This section describes how to activate. the relocation is triggered through the static relocation procedure. verify. The interface does not support the CCH. The SNSR relocation can be triggered by cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH. l Other Prerequisites – The CN and the DRNC must support this feature simultaneously. For details about license items. CELL_PCH. SNSR relocation triggered by cell/URA update is performed when the following conditions are met: l The cell update is complete.

Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNRNC to set IUR CCH support flag to NO and Handover Type for PS BE Traffic to CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. you can infer that no call drops occur during the transition. On the HLR. On the HLR. l 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER to set BE DCH to FACH Transition Timer to 10. 5. UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on Cell 111. 2. 3. – Set DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH to 1. Trigger state transition so that the UE transits to the CELL_FACH. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set the following switches in the Dynamic resource allocation switch parameter: – Set DRA_DCCC_SWITCH to 1. Initiate standard interface tracing on the RNC LMT to perform the verifying procedure as follows: If the following messages are displayed.. Ltd. 3. CELL_PCH. or URA_PCH state. 425 . 4. 6.RAN Feature Activation Guide 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set the related switches so that the DCCC and state transition are supported. – Set DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH to 1. – On the Iu interface tracing pane of RNC1 – RNC1->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED – CN->RNC1 RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND – On the Iu interface tracing pane of RNC2 – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ – CN->RNC2 RANAP_RELOCATION_REQ_ACK – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_COMPLETE – RNC2->CN RANAP_RELOCATION_DETECT – On the Uu interface tracing pane of RNC2 – UE->RNC2 URA_UPDATE/URA_UPDATE – RNC2->UE URA_UPDATE_CONFIRM/CELL_UPDATE_CONFIRM – On the Iur interface tracing pane between RNC1 and RNC2 – RNC2->RNC1 UL_SIGNAL_TRANSF_IND – RNC1->RNC2: RNSAP_RELOCATION_COMMIT l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2 is working properly. The Iur interface between RNC1 and RNC2 is working properly. set the UE to support background services. UE1 and UE2 are in idle mode and camp on Cell 111. set the UE to support background services of UL64K/DL 384K.

Ltd. ----End Example //Activating SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update. 426 . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NON_BE_ STATE_TRANS_SWITCH-1.. PsBeProcType=CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_RELOC. MOD UNRNC: NRncId=2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 143 Configuring SRNS Relocation with Cell/URA Update This feature does not need to be deactivated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SuppIurCch=NO. SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER: BeD2FStateTransTimer=10.

2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add an inter-frequency neighboring GSM cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage This section describes how to activate. 427 . l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure. select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch list. Ltd. This type of handover is applicable to inter-RAT interworking based on coverage or caused by moving UEs. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. In this step. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage.. For details about license items. Context This feature supports measurement-based inter-RAT handover triggered by event 2D or uplink UE QoS and urgent blind inter-RAT handover triggered by event 1F. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

. In this step. Check whether event 2D shown in Figure 144-1 has been reported in the traced messages. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. select RRC_MEAS_RPRT. Under Uu Message Type. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC. Under Uu Message Type.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage 3. Check in the traced messages whether the RNC has sent the UE an inter-RAT measurement control message shown in Figure 144-2. select RRC_MEAS_CTRL. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHOCOV (RNC level) to configure parameters related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover to GSM. set Service Handover Indicator to HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM. Figure 144-1 Event 2D measurement report Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 4. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 5. Verification Procedure 1. Attenuate signals in the current cell that the UE accesses to trigger reporting of event 2D by the UE. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 428 . 2. 3.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The verification steps are the same as those for event 2D. the inter-RAT blind handover is not needed and therefore does not need to be verified.. Check whether UEs send the uplink QoS measurement reports to the RNC. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 144 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage Figure 144-2 Inter-frequency measurement control message NOTE l To verify the measurement-based inter-RAT handover triggered by uplink QoS of UEs. Ltd. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Generally. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate this feature. 2. MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLINTERRATHOCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHOCOV (RNC level) to remove or restore the parameters related to coverage-based inter-RAT handover to GSM. l Deactivation Procedure 1. You need to measure the pilot strength and quality scope of the best cell where the blind handover is to be triggered. you need to Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn on the QoS switches of different service types and attenuate the signals of the current cell. l The inter-RAT blind handover triggered by event 1F is a special application. SHInd=HO_TO_GSM_SHOULD_NOT_BE_PERFORM. 429 .

For details about license items. Context When the load of voice and PS BE services is high in a cell and downlink QoS decreases. NOTE Before activating this feature. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. verify. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage must be cofigured before this feature is activated. guaranteeing QoS requirements. this feature enables the UE to be handed over to an inter-RAT cell. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. perform Step 1 if HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH are not turned on. For details on how to activate the license. You can run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check whether these switches have been turned on. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. 430 . Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020309 Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports relevant measurements and the handover procedure.. set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS This section describes how to activate.

Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn on QoS switches for different traffic classes. Ltd. Then. 2. Deactivation Procedure 1. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 4. Ensure that the RNC sends to the NodeB an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_INIT_REQ message. Log in to the BSC6900 LMT and start Uu Interface Trace. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add an inter-RAT neighboring cell. 4. 2. NOTE Do not perform Step 1 if HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH have been turned on before activating this feature. which carries the event E parameter. which carries the event E parameter. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS 2. 3. 431 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSHO to set BSC6900-level parameters related to Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS. check that the corresponding traced message indicates that the RNC has sent the inter-frequency measurement control message to the UE. deselect the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and the HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch. Figure 145-1 NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_INIT_REQ message l 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn off QoS switches for different traffic classes. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 145-1. Ensure that the RNC sends to the UE an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message and starts inter-frequency measurement of the event or period type. Ensure that the NodeB reports to the RNC an NBAP_DEDI_MEAS_RPRT message..

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. DlQosWAmrInterRatHoSwitch=YES. AMRQosPerform=YES. VPQosPerform=NO. VPQosPerform=YES.. DlQosAmrInterRatHoSwitch=YES. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=YES. AMRQosPerform=NO. 432 . Ltd. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 145 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on DL QoS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. SET UQOSACT: BEQosPerform=NO. BeDlAct1=InterRatHO.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020307 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. the service may not be implemented. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – The MSC needs to be compliant with 3GPP Release 6 to support the feature. Ltd. However. this feature enables the fallback of video telephony to speech to ensure continuous calls. l Dependencies on Other Features – One or multiple of the following features must be configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load – WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Other Prerequisites – The UE complies with 3GPP Release 6 or later. 433 . Context Before videophone services are handed over to the 2G system. verify.. due to the limitation of UE and network support capability. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO This section describes how to activate. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Therefore. For details about license items. Service Change and UDI Fallback (SCUDIF) is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 to provide the mechanism to provide the mechanism to fall back to speech without experiencing call drops in these scenarios.

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Start Iu Interface Trace and Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 434 . see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the value of the IE alternativeRABConfigurationRequest is alternative-RABconfiguration-Requested. Ltd. For details on how to activate the license. In the RAB_MODIFY_REQ message. which contains the 3A report. 2. In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box. check that the BSC6900 sends an RAB_MODIFY_REQ message to the CN. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Verification Procedure l 1. Deactivation Procedure This feature does not need to be deactivated. check in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box that the UE sends to the BSC6900 an RRC_MEAS_RPRT message.. After videophone services are established.RAN Feature Activation Guide 146 Configuring Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO Procedure l Activation Procedure The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about license items. 3.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. – SGSN should also support NACC and PS handover. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature is required only when one or several of the following inter-RAT handover features are introduced: – WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Coverage – WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load – WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Others – UE should also support NACC and PS handover. verify. The inter-RAT Handover Enhanced Package includes the following features: l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) WRFD-02030801 NACC (Network Assisted Cell Change) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 This section describes how to activate. – BSC should support NACC RIM (RAN Information Management) and PS handover procedure. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020308 Video Telephony Fallback to Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. 435 . Ltd. Context This feature provides the inter-RAT relocation procedure for NACC and PS services to shorten the interruption time of PS services caused by inter-RAT handover. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.. For details about license items.

. 436 . and deactivate this feature. see the following sections: Procedure – 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) – 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 147 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 l WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS l For details about how to activate.

The NACC refers to Network Assisted Cell Change from UTRAN to GERAN. because the network provides GERAN (P) SI for the UE. which is different from the normal cell change order procedure. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to open the following switches in the HandOver switch parameter: Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) This section describes how to activate. – BSC should support NACC RIM (RAN Information Management). 437 . l Others – UE should also support NACC handover. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02030801 NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change). l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. For details about license items. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. For details on how to activate the license. – SGSN should also support NACC handover. Context This feature supports the standard NACC procedure defined in 3GPP specifications. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020308 PS Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd.. verify.

l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL(for new neighboring cell) or MOD UEXT2GCELL (for the existing neighboring cell) to set Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to TRUE. 2. this switch no longer takes effect. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL to set Inter-RAT cell support RIM indicator to FALSE. Therefore. 2. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. Verification Procedure 1. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT2GCELL to check whether the interRAT neighboring cell supports the RIM procedure. ----End Example //Activating NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_ RELOCATION_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. the UE should support NACC. the NACC-supportive UEs are required for activation. NOTE To implement this feature. and Relocation switches.. //Deactivating NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) MOD UEXT2GCELL: SuppRIMFlag=FALSE. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check the settings of the PS inter-RAT handover. 438 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 148 Configuring NACC(Network Assisted Cell Change) – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH NOTE When PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH is ON. NACC. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITCH in the HandOver switch parameter to 0.

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the service interruption for PS service inter-system handover is reduced by a great extent. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020308 PS Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2. If both the UE and the network support PS handover. either NACC or normal cell change order would be selected. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. especially for real-time PS services. Context This feature enables the relocation of PS services (including non-real-time PS services and realtime PS services) between systems. In inter-system handover scenarios. handover between UTRAN and GERAN would be performed. with which the relocation procedure between 3G and 2G is applied. For details on how to activate the license. – BSC should support PS handover procedure. With this feature. l Others – UE should also support PS handover. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. In this feature. both the handover from UTRAN to GERAN and the handover from GERAN to UTRAN are supplied. this feature can greatly improve user perception. 439 . – SGSN should also support PS handover. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02030802 PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS. The PS handover is different from NACC or normal cell change function..RAN Feature Activation Guide 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS This section describes how to activate. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Otherwise. just like the CS inter-system handover. For details about license items. verify.

Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to set HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH in the HandOver switch parameter to 0. Verification Procedure 1. SuppPSHOFlag=TRUE. NCC=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to check the status of PS inter-RAT handover switch and the Relocation HO switch. LdPrdRprtSwitch=ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add a neighboring GSM cell for the UMTS cell. RAC=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT2GCELL to set the SuppPSHOFlag parameter to FALSE. GSMCellName="GSMCELL1". Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERRATHOCOV to check inter-RAT handover measurement related parameters. 3. MNC="01". GSMCellIndex=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to open the following switches in the HandOver switch parameter: – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH – HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH l l 2. ----End Example //Activating PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWI TCH-1. CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. BCC=1. 2. RatCellType=GPRS. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UEXT2GCELL to ensure the inter-RAT cell supports PS Handover. CellId=100. SET UINTERRATHOCOV: InterRatReportMode=PERIODICAL_REPORTING. 440 . NBscIndex=1. 2. 3. MOD UEXT2GCELL: SuppPSHOFlag=FALSE. LAC=1.. 4. CnOpGrpIndex=1. //Deactivating PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWITCH-0. ADD UEXT2GCELL: GSMCellIndex=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add a neighboring GSM cell to the UMTS coverage and to set the Inter-RAT cell support PS HO indicator parameter to TRUE. BcchArfcn=512. CID=1. InterRATFilterCoef=D6. Ltd. MCC="460". ADD U2GNCELL: RNCId=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED.RAN Feature Activation Guide 149 Configuring PS Handover between UMTS and GPRS Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTERRATHOCOV to set inter-RAT handover measurement related parameters. FilterCoefOf2D2F=D4.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The UE is a UMTS&LTE dual-mode terminal. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. The Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. For details about license items. set SIB Switch to SIB19. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 This section describes how to activate. the BSC6900 sends SIB19 messages to UEs. Context The feature Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 provides the following functions: l Huawei UMTS supports bidirectional cell reselection between a UMTS cell and an LTE cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH. In this step. After the information about the frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is configured and SIB Switch is set to SIB19. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports both UMTS and LTE. l Huawei UMTS supports PS handovers from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side. For details on how to activate the license. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. – The LTE network supports this feature. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 441 .. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1.

double-click Uu Interface Trace. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the information about the frequencies of neighboring cells. 2. such as the neighboring cell relationships between cells. see the LTE document Mobility Management in Connected Mode Parameter Description.. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. 5. click the Trace tab. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL. 3. double-click UMTS Services. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEB or MOD UNODEB. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side.RAN Feature Activation Guide 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 SIB19 message contains the neighboring LTE cell list and LTE cell reselection parameters. In this step. If the LTE equipment is provided by Huawei. The measurement result provides a reference to cell reselection. Configure the related data. set Absolute priority level of the serving cell to an appropriate value. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. 442 . On the unfolded list. In this step. set NodeB Protocol Version to R8 or the higher version. on the LTE side. Ltd. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE19 to trace Uu interface SIB19 message. Inter-RAT measurement is performed based on the settings of RSCP threshold for low-prio-freq measurement initiation and Ec/No threshold for low-prio-freq measurement initiation. The UE makes cell reselection decisions based on the configured information about the frequencies of neighboring cells. l 4. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane.

– If the SIB19 message is not traced on the Uu interface. deactivate the license. l To deactivate this feature in all cells under a BSC6900. this feature has been activated. Ltd. deselect the SIB19 check box under the parameter SIB Switch to turn off the SIB19 switch in a cell. In such a case. you are advised to turn off the SIB19 switch. This method is not recommended. the BSC6900 stops sending SIB19 messages to UEs. as shown in Figure 150-2. In this step. After the switch is turned off. – If the SIB19 message has been traced on the Uu interface. this feature is not activated. 1. you can either turn off the SIB19 switch or deactivate the license. Figure 150-2 SIB message tracing l Deactivation Procedure NOTE To deactivate this feature. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH. l To deactivate this feature in a specific cell. the configured absolute priority of the serving cell Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 443 . Analyze the traced messages..RAN Feature Activation Guide 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 Figure 150-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to deactivate the license controlling the feature Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. EARFCN=1. 444 . MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1. 2. NonhcsInd=NOT_CONFIGURED. SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO. MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 150 Configuring Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 and the configured information about the frequencies of neighboring cells become ineffective. ThdPrioritySearch2=2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-1. //Deactivating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1.. ThdPrioritySearch1=2. ----End Example //Activating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1. SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-0. NPriority=2. BlacklstCellNumber=D0. MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1. NodeBProtclVer=R9. Ltd. QrxlevminExtSup=FALSE. FUNCTIONSWITCH5=LQW1ULM01-0.

Context With this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial). the operator can choose to hand over the high-speed PS services from the UMTS network to the LTE network. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. It also must support both UMTS and LTE. verify. see Configuring a Neighboring LTE Cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) This section describes how to activate. – The neighboring LTE cell has been configured. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. For details. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.. This helps fully utilize the UMTS and LTE network resources. l Others – The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 (Sept. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. For details about license items. 445 . For details on how to activate the license. improving the user experience. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2008) or later. – The SGSN support this feature. – CN should support cooperation from UMTS to LTE.

2. The measurement result serves as the basis for handover decision. as shown in Figure 151-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH from HandOver Switch drop list. 446 . 5. this feature takes effect. In this step. View the RRC_MEAS_CTRL message. If the measurementCommand message contains the information element (IE) e-UTRAFrequencyInfo. If in the message the rrcConnectionRelease message contains the IE EUTRA-TargetFreqInfo. Figure 151-1 Viewing the IE e-UTRA-FrequencyInfo View the RRC_CONN_REL message. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. After receiving the message. as shown in Figure 151-2. the UE measures the signal quality in the LTE cell. the UE is handed over to the LTE network and the UE reestablishes PS services in the LTE cell. Ltd. 3.. In this step. Verification Procedure Start Uu interface tracing on the LMT to trace messages on the Uu interface. 4. set LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator to NotSupport and set BlackCell List Flag to False. The measurement control message sent by the BSC6900 contains the LTE cell information. After receiving this message. the RRC connection release message carries the LTE cell information.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic configuration of a typical radio access bearer (RAB). Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set the cell-level non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover measurement parameters for a cell. The BSC6900 sends these parameters to the UE by means of a measurement control message. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD ULTECELL to set an LTE cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to set RNC-Oriented Non-Coverage-Based UMTS-LTE Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters. set EUTRANSHIND to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.

Hystfor3C=2. TrigTime3C=D10. U2LTEMeasTime=30. SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport. LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP. 447 . TargetRatThdRSRP=20. TargetRatThdRSRQ=30. LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP. //Setting the parameters related to the RNC-oriented non coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover measurement algorithm SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deselect HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch drop list. //Setting the parameters related to the cell-oriented non coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover measurement algorithm ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1. TargetRatThdRSRQ=30. Hystfor3C=2. //Deactivation procedure //Disabling HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 151 Configuring Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE (Trial) Figure 151-2 Viewing the IE EUTRA-TargetFreqInfo l Deactivation Procedure 1. BlackFlag=False. U2LTEFilterCoef=D6. U2LTEFilterCoef=D6. LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity. ----End Example //Activation procedure /Configuring an LTE cell MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1. U2LTEMeasTime=30. //Enabling HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM. TargetRatThdRSRP=20. //Modifying the basic configuration of a typical RAB MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=1. Ltd. TrigTime3C=D10.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Load Balance. l Dependencies on Other Features – The two optional features WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH to set the value of Inter-freq Handover Select User algorithm switch according to the network plan. 448 . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the required load reshuffling (LDR) algorithms: – UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) – DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) – CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) 2. The purpose is to reduce the load of this cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance This section describes how to activate.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Context This feature enables some UEs in a cell to be handed over to the inter-frequency same-coverage cells if the cell is in the primary congestion state. set the Inter-freq Handover Select User algorithm switch to NBM_LDC_ALL_UE(Select all users). verify. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details about license items. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. In this step. For details on how to activate the license.

7.InterFreq (Number of UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic Congestion for Cell). – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set Cell LDR SF reserved threshold to an appropriate value. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. l Verification Procedure 1. In the case of measurement-based inter-frequency handover. 5. 8. this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. or NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST(Select users match target cell support first). Run the BSC6900 MML commands SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step.. If the values is not 0.LCC. 10. DL LDR trigger threshold. DL LDR release threshold. 449 . 4.RAN Feature Activation Guide 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance (Select users match target cell support only). and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold) to appropriate values. set Code congestion select inter-freq indication to TRUE(TRUE). 9. In this step. set InterFreq Load Handover Method Selection to MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO). Ltd. Run the following BSC6900 MML commands to check whether this feature has been activated. – LST UCELLALGOSWITCH – LST UCELLLDR – LST UCELLLDM – LST ULDCPERIOD – LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH – LST UINTERFREQNCELL – LST UCELLHOCOMM – LST UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV(cell level) – LST UINTERFREQHONCOV (BSC6900 level) 2. Set LDR-related thresholds as follows: – Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set power LDR thresholds (UL LDR trigger threshold. select InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) as an LDR action and set other parameters related to LDR actions to appropriate values. 3. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Check the value of the counter VS. set LDR period timer length to an appropriate value. In this step.LDR. Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. UL LDR release threshold. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an interfrequency neighboring cell supporting blind handover. set HandOver Switch to HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH. or to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell supporting measurement by setting the parameter DrdOrLdrFlag to an appropriate value. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERFREQHONCOV (BSC6900 level) to set parameters related to load-based inter-RAT hard handover to appropriate values. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. 6.

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0. TrigTime2C=D640. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO. SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10. BlindHoFlag=FALSE. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to deactivate the following LDR algorithms: – UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) – DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) – CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) 2.. InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection=MEASUREHO. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure. CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=TRUE. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR1. DlLdrTrigThd=70. 450 . PeriodFor2C=4. SIB12Ind=FALSE. //Deactivating Inter Frequency Load Balance MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. InterFreqCovHOThdEcN0=-16. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. CellLdrSfResThd=SF8. DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20. SIB11Ind=TRUE. InterFreqFilterCoef=D3. MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=111. Ltd. In this step. NCellId=222. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. NPri Flag=FALSE. UlLdrRelThd=45. CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd= FALSE. DlLdrRelThd=60. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR. DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000. DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE. UlLdrTrigThd=55. AmntOfRpt2C=5. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1. set Code congestion select inter-freq indication to FALSE(FALSE). MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. NbmLdcUeSelSwitch=NBM_LDC_ALL_UE. ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV: CellId=111. ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=11. Hystfor2C=6. CellId=111. DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR0. InterFreqMeasTime=60. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. In this step. close HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH through HandOver Switch.RAN Feature Activation Guide 152 Configuring Inter Frequency Load Balance 1. Run the BSC6900 MML commands SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate the inter-frequency handover. ----End Example //Activating Inter Frequency Load Balance MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. NCellRncId=22.

451 . 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to set neighbor relation with the neighboring GSM cell. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. For details on how to activate the license. 2. Context This feature provides a mechanism for performing handover between GSM/GPRS and UMTS systems on the basis of services. set InterRAT CS handover switch or Inter-RAT PS handover switch to ON.. select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH from the HandOver Switch list. Ltd. balancing load between the two systems. This feature also prevents the handover from adversely affecting services based on service attributes. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM. This feature forwards appropriate services in a UMTS system to a GSM/GPRS system. For details about license items. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add a neighboring GSM cell. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service. In this step. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service This section describes how to activate. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 153 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service 5. Figure 153-1 Inter-frequency measurement control message l Deactivation Procedure 1. Under Uu Message Type. view in the traced messages whether the RNC has sent the UE an inter-frequency measurement control message shown in Figure 153-1. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. After services are set up. ADD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=111. CSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV (cell level) or SET UINTERRATHONCOV (RNC level) to configure parameters related to non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover to GSM. set InterRAT CS handover switch or Inter-RAT PS handover switch to OFF. 452 . PSServiceHOSwitch=ON. PSServiceHOSwitch=OFF. CSServiceHOSwitch=ON. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=111. In this step. 2.. select RRC_MEAS_CTRL. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Verification Procedure 1.

Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add the information about a GSM cell. select the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. 453 . verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load This section describes how to activate. For details on how to activate the license.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Ltd. 2. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load. It enables some UEs in a UMTS cell to be blindly handed over to a GSM or GPRS cell to reduce the load of the UMTS cell. l Dependencies on Other Features – If this feature is used for HSDPA or HSUPA load control. In this step. For details about license items. 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package or WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package has been configured correspondingly before this feature is activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to activate the inter-RAT handover. Context This feature is an important part of Load Reshuffling (LDR). l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD U2GNCELL to add the GSM cell as a neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

2. The following message can be traced on the Uu interface: the RRC_HO_FROM_UTRAN_CMD_GSM message from the RNC to the UE. LdPrdRprtSwitch=OFF. In this step. and the RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMPLETE message from the RNC to the CN. DL LDR fifth action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load handover). UL LDR fourth action. LAC=H'0012. The following messages can be traced on the Iu interface: the RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message from the RNC to the CN. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1. Use a UE in the UMTS cell to call another UE in the same cell. In this step. Ltd. The call is set up successfully.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load 4. DlLdrFourthAction=CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. RatCellType=GSM. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. BCC=2. 5. the RANAP_IU_RELEASE_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC. and UL LDR fifth action to NoAct. deselect the HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH check boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to deactivate the load-based handover. GSMCellName="2". Verification Procedure 1. CID=2. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to deactivate the inter-RAT handover. BcchArfcn=1000. NCC=2. ADD UEXT2GCELL: GSMCellIndex=2. MNC="07". DL LDR fifth action. Initiate Iu interface message tracing and Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. UseOfHcs=NOT_USED. BlindHOPrio=1.. GSMCellIndex=2. ADD U2GNCELL: RncId=1. DlLdrFifthAction=PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. 3. NBscIndex=2. NPrioFlag=FALSE. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV (at the cell level) or SET UINTERRATHONCOV (at the RNC level) to configure parameters related to non-coverage-based inter-frequency handover to GSM. MCC="460". UL LDR fourth action to CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover). CfgRacInd=REQUIRE. CnOpGrpIndex=1. l Deactivation Procedure 1. RAC=H'01. The following messages can be traced on the Iu interface: the RANAP_RELOCATION_REQUIRED message from the RNC to the CN. CellId=2. set DL LDR fourth action. and the RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC. the RANAP_RELOCATION_COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLLDR to set the inter-RAT handover policy for the UMTS cell. and UL LDR fifth action to PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load handover). 454 . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to reduce the downlink LDR threshold. set DL LDR fourth action to CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-rat should be load handover).

ADD UCELLINTERRATHONCOV: CellId=1. UlLdrFifthAction=PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct. 455 . SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 154 Configuring Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load UlLdrFourthAction=CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO. DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct. Ltd. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=1. DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct. UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct.

see the following sections: Procedure – 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry – 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry – 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 456 . For details on how to activate the license. This feature consists of the following features: l WRFD-02040001 Intra System Direct Retry l WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry l WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect l WRFD-02040004 Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup l For the procedures for activating.. verifying. verify. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package This section describes how to activate. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context This feature supports co-coverage inter-frequency or inter-RAT directed retries and redirection. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. For details about license items. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package. and deactivating the preceding features.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 155 Configuring DRD Introduction Package – 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 457 .

Measurement-Based DRD Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDRD. For details about license items. In this step. Load balance DRD switch Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040001 Intra System Direct Retry. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry This section describes how to activate. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. Code Balancing DRD Switch. 458 . turn on the cell-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. In this step. For details on how to activate the license. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. turn on the RNC-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. 2. verify. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. 3. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. Context This feature supports inter-RAT directed retries during RRC connection or radio resource bearer (RAB) assignment. set Direct retry switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH.

The BSC6900 sends an RRC_RB_SETUP message from cell 1 to the UE. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. Code Balancing DRD Switch. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. The UE sends an RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message from cell 2 to the BSC6900. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. If the service is set up successfully in cell 2 and the data transmission is normal. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. b. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON. SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. ----End Example //Activating Intra System Direct Retry SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWI TCH-1. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. 2. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. c. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ADD UCELLDRD: CellId=10. l Verification Procedure 1.. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF. do not modify the parameters to default values when you are configuring the cell-level parameters. The UE sends an RRC_RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_CMP message from cell 2 to the BSC6900. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. This indicates that this feature has been activated. The BSC6900 sends the UE an RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP message containing the scrambling code of cell 2. the cell-level parameter settings take effect. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. 2. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. b. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. //Deactivating Intra System Direct Retry SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. Therefore. The UE sends an RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message from cell 1 to the BSC6900. 459 . CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. l Method 1: Verifying this feature during RRC connection setup a. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON.RAN Feature Activation Guide 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry for DCH. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. this feature has been activated. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. Use a UE to initiate a PS interactive service. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD to turn off the RNC-level switches. Deactivation Procedure 1. CAUTION If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD to turn off the cell-level switches. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. Method 2: Verifying this feature during radio bearer (RB) setup a. Ltd. Use a UE to initiate a PS interactive service.

CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 156 Configuring Intra System Direct Retry MOD UCELLDRD: CellId=10. 460 . ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF.. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF.

MeasurementBased DRD Switch. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. set the RNC-level parameter Max inter-RAT direct retry number to a value other than zero. set the cell-level parameter Max inter-RAT direct retry number to a value other than Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. set Direct retry switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. 2. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Code Balancing DRD Switch. and DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH. and turn on the following RNC-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. For details on how to activate the license. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. 461 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry This section describes how to activate. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. In this step. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. Context This feature supports inter-RAT directed retries during RAB assignment. For details about license items. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH. In this step. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD. Ltd. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Retry.. 3.

ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. The BSC6900 sends the CN a RELOCATION REQUIRED message containing the cause value "direct retry. In this step. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. b. Therefore. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. The core network (CN) sends a RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message to the BSC6900. MOD UCELLDRD: CellId=11. set Max inter-RAT direct retry number to 0. DRMaxGSMNum=3. 462 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=ON. ADD UCELLDRD: CellId=11. Uplink load balance DRD Switch for DC-HSDPA.. Ltd. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. set Max Inter-RAT direct retry number to 0. l l Verification Procedure 1. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF. Use a UE to initiate a PS interactive service. DPGDRDSwitch=ON. Code Balancing DRD Switch. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF." c. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. the cell-level parameter settings take effect. view the following procedure: a." Deactivation Procedure 1. In the Iu Interface Trace dialog box. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 157 Configuring Inter System Direct Retry zero. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. and Device Type Steering DRD Switch. Turn on the following cell-level switches: Service Steering DRD Switch. Load balance DRD switch for DCH. CAUTION If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters. 2. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDRD. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=ON. SET UDRD: DRMaxGSMNum=3. The BSC6900 responds to the CN with a RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RSP message containing the cause value "direct retry. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=ON. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. Turn off the cell-level switches. Turn off the RNC-level switches. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. CodeBalancingDrdSwitch=OFF. In this step. do not modify the parameters to default values when you are configuring the cell-level parameters. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=OFF. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. //Deactivating Inter System Direct Retry SET UDRD: DRMaxGSMNum=0. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. ULLdbDRDSwitchDcHSDPA=OFF. ----End Example //Activating Inter System Direct Retry SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH-1&DR_INTER_RAT_D RD_SWITCH-1. ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. LdbDRDSwitchDCH=OFF. Start Iu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. DPGDRDSwitch=OFF. Load balance DRD switch for HSDPA. LdbDRDSwitchHSDPA=ON. DRMaxGSMNum=0.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect This section describes how to activate. The BSC6900 responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message. Verification Procedure 1. 2. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect. Use a UE to initiate an RRC connection setup request. Ltd. The UE sends an RRC_SETUP_REQ message. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. In this step. set ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT. For details about license items. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The following procedure is traced on the Uu interface: a. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. For details on how to activate the license. b. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. carrying GSMTargetCellInfo in the IE redirectioninfo. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 463 .. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. verify. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH. In this step. Context This feature allows inter-system redirection during RRC connection setup. 2.

464 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. Ltd. SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=Allowed_To_Inter_RAT. set RRC redirect switch to OFF or Only_To_Inter_Frequency.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 158 Configuring Inter-System Redirect Deactivation Procedure 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ----End Example //Activating Inter-System Redirect SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1. //Deactivating Inter-System Redirect SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=OFF.. In this step.

In this step. 6. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate a cell. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH. Ltd. In this step. l License – This feature is not under license control. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-02040004 Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup. add an inter-frequency cell by setting the related parameters according to the network plan. Context With this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USPG. 2. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate a cell. 465 . add a service priority group and set the service priority of each type of service according to the network plan. set the cell service priority by setting the related parameters according to the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL. verify. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup This section describes how to activate. service steering and load sharing among different frequencies or bands are implemented during RAB setup based on the service type and cell load.. In this step. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware.

SpgId=1. ----End Example //Activating Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. Use a UE in a cell to initiate a PS interactive service. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH-1. – The BSC6900 enters the compressed mode. l Deactivation Procedure 1. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. PriorityServiceForExtRab=1. – The UE responds with an RRC_PH_CH_RECFG_CMP message. – The UE sends an RRC_RB_RECFG_CMP message from the inter-frequency neighboring cell. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1. DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. DEA UCELL: CellId=1. PriorityServiceForR99RT=1. PriorityServiceForHSDPA=2. In this step. PriorityServiceForExtRab=1. 2. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. Verification Procedure 1. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=ON. PriorityServiceForR99NRT=2. SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=ON. turn on Service differential drd switch and Measurement-Based DRD Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. PriorityServiceForHSDPA=1. NCellId=2. turn off Service differential drd switch and Measurement-Based DRD Switch. ADD USPG: SpgId=1. This cell carries low-priority services. view the following procedure: – After the UE in a cell sends an RRC_RB_SETUP_CMP message. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=2. SIB11Ind=TRUE.RAN Feature Activation Guide 159 Configuring Traffic Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup 7. SIB12Ind=FALSE. DEA UCELL: CellId=2. BasedOnMeasHRetryDRDSwitch=OFF.. PriorityServiceForHSUPA=1. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD. In this step. Ltd. ADD USPG: SpgId=2. NPrioFlag=FALSE. SpgId=2. ACT UCELL: CellId=2. The target inter-frequency neighboring cell has light load and carries highpriority services. PriorityServiceForR99RT=2. – The BSC6900 sends the UE an RRC_RB_RECFG message containing the primary scrambling code and frequency of the inter-frequency neighboring cell. PriorityServiceForHSUPA=2. PriorityServiceForR99NRT=1. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. CellId=1. 466 . ACT UCELL: CellId=1. In the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. //Deactivating Service Steering and Load Sharing During RAB Setup SET UDRD: ServiceDiffDrdSwitch=OFF. – The UE in periodical mode sends an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message to the BSC6900 to measure the signal quality of the target cell. the BSC6900 sends an RRC_PH_CH_RECFG message to the UE. NCellRncId=1.

run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION to set the BSC6900-level parameters. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Context If a UE initiates a CS voice call with a long distance to the antenna of a 3G cell. – Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25. For details about license items.RAN Feature Activation Guide 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance This section describes how to activate and verify the optional feature WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance. the UE may experience call drops when the UE moves out of the pilot polluted area. the RAN redirects a UE to a GSM cell based on the distance threshold when the UE initiates an RRC connection setup request. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.433 – Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. For details on how to activate the license. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION to set the cell-level parameters. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 2.. To solve this problem. 467 . Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – Set Redirection Switch to ON.

the RAN has redirected the UE to the GSM network. 468 .433. the BSC6900-level settings take effect. and this feature has been activated.. – Set Redirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on the network plan. Ltd. if the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message contains the information element (IE) GSM-Targetcellinfo. – As shown in Figure 160-2. Check the messages traced on the Uu interface. Figure 160-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. use the UE to establish a CS voice call. this feature is not activated. as shown in Figure 160-1. – Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. Simulate a scenario where pilot pollution occurs. NOTE If cell-level redirection parameters are set for a cell. Then. If no cell-level redirection parameters are set for the cell. – If the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not contain the IE GSMTargetcellinfo.RAN Feature Activation Guide 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance – Set Redirection Switch to ON. l Verification Procedure 1. Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. the cell-level settings take effect. Place the UE in a place where the UE is far away from the NodeB and pilot signals are strong.

set Redirection Switch to OFF. RedirSwitch=ON. DelayThs=100. RedirFactorOfNorm=60. //Deactivating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance //Deactivating this feature in the BSC6900 level SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=OFF. RedirFactorOfNorm=60. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION to deactivate this feature in the cell level. the BSC6900-level settings take effect. 2. In this step. set Redirection Switch to OFF. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step.. RedirFactorOfLDR=70. RedirFactorOfLDR=80. //Deactivating this feature in the cell level MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1. If no cell-level redirection parameters are set for the cell. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION to deactivate this feature in the BSC6900 level. Ltd. the cell-level settings take effect. //Activating this feature in the cell level ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1. ----End Example //Activating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance //Activating this feature in the BSC6900 level SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=ON. DelayThs=100.RAN Feature Activation Guide 160 Configuring Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance Figure 160-2 GSM-Targetcellinfo IE l Deactivation Procedure 1. NOTE If cell-level redirection parameters are set for a cell. 469 . RedirSwitch=OFF.

For details about license items. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMBDRINTERRAT. improving the network performance.. 470 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-RAT measurement MBDR Switch. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ. the RNC can immediately initiate inter-frequency or inter-system measurements. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package.RAN Feature Activation Guide 161 Configuring Measurement Based Direct Retry 161 Configuring Measurement Based Direct Retry This section describes how to activate. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. 2. This feature can increase the success rate of DRD and reduce the drop rate caused by DRD with blind handover. Context After the setup of the UE RRC connection. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. verify and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020402 Measurement Based Direct Retry. turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-frequency measurement MBDR Switch. The RNC can then perform direct retries according to the measurement results when the RAB assignment is received from the CN. For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ. InterFreqActiveType=CSAMR_INTERFREQ-1&CSNONAMR_INTERFREQ-1&PSR99_INTERFRE Q-1&PSHSPA_INTERFREQ-1. MBDRPrio=2. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL. InterFreqReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER. //Deactivating Measurement based Direct Retry MOD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ: InterFreqActiveType=CSAMR_INTERFREQ-0&CSNONAMR_INTERFREQ-0&PSR99_INTERFRE Q-0&PSHSPA_INTERFREQ-0.RAN Feature Activation Guide 161 Configuring Measurement Based Direct Retry 3. cell congestion occurs. At this time. BlindHoFlag=FALSE. NCellId=2. InterRatActiveType=CSAMR_INTERRAT-1. set the Flag of MBDR Cell to TRUE(send). ----End Example //Activating Measurement based Direct Retry //Turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-frequency measurement ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ: CellId=1. 471 . SIB11Ind=TRUE.. NCellRncId=2. After the UE sends the inter-frequency measurement report. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. CellId=1. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. you can view the inter-frequency measurement control information on the Uu interface. according network planning to set the MBDR Cell Periority. according network planning to set the MBDR Cell Periority ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=1. close the MBDR Switch. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SIB12Ind=FALSE. if handover based on inter-frequency measurement is used to achieve load reshuffling (LDR). //Turn on the switch of Cell-Oriented inter-RAT measurement ADD UCELLMBDRINTERRAT: CellId=1. l Verification Procedure 1. Ltd. Deactivation Procedure 1. NPrioFlag=FALSE. //Set the Flag of MBDR Cell to TRUE(send). MBDRFlag=TRUE. the UE will be handed over to another cell. When a large number of UEs access the cell.

Ltd. in order to reduce the call drops for UEs in the CELL_FACH state that support fast dormancy. verify. NOTE The license must be activated by performing the following operation first: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to set Fast Dormancy Enhancement-per PS Active User to an appropriate value.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei provides Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Other Prerequisites It is good practice to maintain load balancing among all frequencies in the network when using this feature. 472 . CELL_FACH. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – Frequency F2 carries HSPA services. – F2 does not allow UEs in the idle. Context As the number of smart UEs keeps increasing in mobile networks. or CELL_PCH state to camp on. the networks face signaling storms produced by these UEs. For details about license items. if the network is a service-layered network as follows and RSVDBIT1_BIT29 of the Reserved parameter 1 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to 0. – Frequency F1 carries R99 services. Wait RB reconfiguration response timer and RL restoration timer in the SET USTATETIMER command need to be set to 11000 and 15000 respectively. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020500 Enhanced Fast Dormancy. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. With rich experience in network optimization.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy This section describes how to activate. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.

Ltd. the BSC6900 will move the UE to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state instead of the IDLE mode under either of the following conditions. l The CELL_FACH/CELL_DCH inactivity timer on the BSC6900 expires. or URA_PCH. the UE will send a signaling connection release indication (SCRI) message to request the BSC6900 to release the RRC connection and move the UE state to IDLE mode. CAUTION l Consult Huawei engineers about the comprehensive solution to obtain professional technical support. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT21 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. will increase the power consumption of intelligent UEs. Always on line.. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the feature Enhanced Fast Dormancy at the BSC6900-level. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable cell update during CS service setup. When there is no PS data transfer. the Fast Dormancy feature is introduced. however. select the FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH. l Huawei engineers will recommend appropriate parameter settings for this feature based on the network conditions. Inappropriate parameter settings may lead to network failures. Deploying this feature only cannot solve the signaling storm problem produced by smart UEs. Operators should use this feature together with professional services to optimize the quality of service of the entire network. CELL_PCH. If this feature is not enabled. In this step. To prolong UE battery life. If this feature is enabled.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy a comprehensive end-to-end solution to respond to network challenges based on network characteristics. the BSC6900 will move the UE state to IDLE mode after the BSC6900 receives an SCRI message from the UE or the UE inactivity timer expires. Run the BSC6900 MML commandSET URRCTRLSWITCH to select the RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH2. signaling storms occur. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 473 . 3. This feature is a component of the comprehensive solution. In this step. l Activation Procedure (The UE supporting fast dormancy is a Pre-Release 8 UE) Procedure Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. Always on line can be provided for PS services of intelligent UEs to improve user experience. l Do not configure the parameters related to this feature without Huawei professional technical support. reducing signaling processing costs: l The BSC6900 receives an SCRI message from the UE. If UEs are frequently switched between RRC connected states and IDLE mode.

Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UIMEITAC to set the value of the TAC to add the IMEI TACs of smartphones to the whitelist. The switch RSVDBIT1_BIT21 specifies whether to allow cell update during CS service setup. For details about how to handle FACH congestion in other methods. NOTE After this feature is enabled. 8. In this step. Set this parameter when a UE in the CELL_FACH state sets up a CS service associated with cell reselection. In this step." 4. The recommended value of the Iu-PS activity factor is 10%. which may lead to FACH congestion.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy NOTE After this feature is enabled. Adjusting the Iu-PS activity factor can prevent PS service admission failures due to the increase in the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. and set the Fast Dormancy Switch to ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMFACTOR and MOD ADJMAP to change the Iu-PS activity factor. 474 . – The recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_FACH is 5 seconds. 7. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS. NOTE This document provide the recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_DCH. If the configured Iu-PS activity factor is smaller than 10%. the RNC stops establishing AMR services to handle cell update if the RNC receives from the UEs a cell update message containing the cause value "cell reselection. the FACH will carry a large amount of data. 6. – The recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_DCH is 5 seconds. When the switch is turned on. 9. and CELL_PCH inactivity timer respectively. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the value of the CELL_DCH. the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state increases sharply. CELL_FACH. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT20 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. retain the configured value. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH triggered by FACH congestion. it is recommended that a new SCCPCH be added. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE After this feature is enabled. and the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_PCH. set Fast Dormancy User FACH/E_FACH2DCH/HSPA 4A Threshold to D1024. see section "FACH Congestion Control" in the Flow Control in the RAN Feature Documentation.. the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_FACH. – The recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_PCH is 1800 seconds. for UEs that are establishing AMR services and shifting from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. the number of CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F) procedures performed increases. Ltd. 5. In this step. set the The function of the TAC to Fast_Dormancy. select the FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH. UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state consume a large number of Iu-PS bandwidth resources although they do not transmit any data. Therefore.

and the CPU usage of the SPU boards increases sharply. The switch RSVDBIT1_BIT21 specifies whether to allow cell update during CS service setup. l Activation Procedure (The UE supporting fast dormancy is a Release 8 or later Release UE) 1. 3. Otherwise. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the feature Enhanced Fast Dormancy at the BSC6900-level.. the FACH will carry a large amount of data. – The recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_FACH is 5 seconds. – The recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_PCH is 1800 seconds. the RNC stops establishing AMR services to handle cell update if the RNC receives from the UEs a cell update message containing the cause value "cell reselection. the number of CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F) procedures performed increases. it is good practice to set timer 323 to 120s. When the network does not support CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. Therefore. see section "FACH Congestion Control" in the Flow Control in the RAN Feature Documentation. Set this parameter when a UE in the CELL_FACH state sets up a CS service associated with cell reselection. and CELL_PCH inactivity timer respectively. NOTE After this feature is enabled. 2. 475 . For details about how to handle FACH congestion in other methods. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UPSINACTTIMER to set the value of the CELL_DCH. In this step. it is good practice to set timer 323 to 10s. it is recommended that a new SCCPCH be added.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy CAUTION The Iu-PS activity factor of all services must be set to an appropriate value. NOTE After this feature is enabled. select the FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT21 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. – The recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_DCH is 5 seconds. When the switch is turned on." 4. NOTE If the UE supporting fast dormancy is a Release 8 or later Release UE. When the network supports the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. deselect the RSVDBIT1_BIT20 check box under the parameter Reserved Parameter 1. In this step. for UEs that are establishing AMR services and shifting from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable cell update during CS service setup. CELL_FACH. a large number of PS service setups fail. In this step. which may lead to FACH congestion. you need to set timer 323 after enabling fast dormancy. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH triggered by FACH congestion. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCONNMODETIMER to set the value of the Timer 323. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

the UE is in the CELL_DCH state. retain the configured value. select the FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH. set Fast Dormancy User FACH/E_FACH2DCH/HSPA 4A Threshold to D1024. The recommended value of the Iu-PS activity factor is 10%. the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state increases sharply. Figure 162-1 Status of the Enhanced Fast Dormancy license 2. If the configured Iu-PS activity factor is smaller than 10%. Otherwise. 476 . Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Ltd. a large number of PS service setups fail. Run the BSC6900 MML commandRMV UIMEITAC to remove the TAC values for these UEs. In this step. Use a smart UE that its IMEI TAC has been added into whitelist to set up a PS service in the CELL_DCH state. If the RRC_RB_SETUP message shown in Figure 162-2 is traced. l Verification Procedure 1. and the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_PCH. and the CPU usage of the SPU boards increases sharply. For example. Optional: To enable this feature only for UEs of Release 8 or later versions on the live network. 3. NOTE After this feature is enabled. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to enable the Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function. CAUTION The Iu-PS activity factor of all services must be set to an appropriate value. the license for this feature has been configured. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP LICUSAGE to query the state of the license for this feature. 9. use the UE to browse a Web page. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_FACH. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UUESTATETRANS. UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state consume a large number of Iu-PS bandwidth resources although they do not transmit any data. If the result shown in Figure 162-1 is returned. 8. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMFACTOR and MOD ADJMAP to change the Iu-PS activity factor..RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy NOTE This document provide the recommended value of the FAST DORMANCY USER T1 in CELL_DCH. Adjusting the Iu-PS activity factor can prevent PS service admission failures due to the increase in the number of UEs in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. In this step. 6. 7.

For example.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy Figure 162-2 UE in the CELL_DCH state 4. Cell update or channel reconfiguration occurs. perform no operation for four seconds after a Web page is opened. Keep the UE in IDLE mode for a period. Check the RRC_CELL_UPDATE message as shown in Figure 162-4 and Figure 162-5. If the RRC_RB_RECFG message shown in Figure 162-3 is traced. Figure 162-3 State transition to the CELL_PCH state 5. the UE will move from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state and then to the CELL_PCH state.. 477 . Figure 162-4 Cell update Figure 162-5 Channel reconfiguration l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Deactivation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. Use the UE to continue PS services such as web page browsing.

CSSTRMDL=10. //Setting the value of the CELL_PCH inactivity timer to 1800 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForPreFstDrm=1800. //Setting the traffic threshold of event 4A during the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH to D1024 SET UUESTATETRANS: FastDormancyF2DHTvmThd=D1024. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET CFGDATAEFFECTIVE to set the subrack to effective mode. //Disabling the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH triggered by UEs SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT29-0. PSCONVDL=10. see the script in the example. PSSTRMDL=10. //Adding the IMEI TACs of smart UEs to the whitelist ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Fast_Dormancy. you need to restore the values of all related function switches and parameters to their original values. NOTE If this feature must be deactivated when the SPUa or SPUb board is being reset. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy To deactivate this feature. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET CFGDATAINEFFECTIVE to set the subrack to ineffective mode. ----End Example //Activating Fast Dormancy Enhancement (The UE supporting fast dormancy is a Pre-Release 8 UE) //Enabling the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature at the BSC6900 level SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH-1. For details. FastDormancy=ON. Description="Smart Phone". //Set the PS IMEI Request Switch SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH-1. //Setting the value of the CELL_FACH inactivity timer to 5 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach=5. 2. For details. CSCONVUL=10. Run the MML commands to deactivate this feature. do as follows: 1. 478 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see the script in the example. TAC=01177600. //Setting the value of the CELL_DCH inactivity timer to 5 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch=5. CSCONVDL=10. //Enabling cell update during CS service setup SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT21-0. 3. //Changing the Iu-PS activity factor ADD TRMFACTOR: REMARK="Smart Phone". //Enabling the IMEI Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH-1. CSSTRMUL=10.. PSCONVUL=10. //Enabling the state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH triggered by FACH congestion SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT20-0.

PSBKGUL=10. HUCONVUL=10. HDVOICEDL=10. //Set the Timer 323 SET UCONNMODETIMER: T323=D120. TAC=01177600. HDBKGDL=10. Ltd. //Deleting the IMEI TACs of smartphones from the whitelist RMV UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Fast_Dormancy. //Setting the traffic threshold of event 4A during the state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH to D1024 SET UUESTATETRANS: FastDormancyF2DHTvmThd=D1024.. //Disabling the state transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH triggered by UEs SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT29-0. HDINTERDL=10. HDINTERDL=10. PSINTERDL=10. HDVOICEDL=10. HDBKGDL=10. CSSTRMUL=10. PSBKGDL=10. //Deactivating Fast Dormancy Enhancement //Deactivating Enhanced Fast Dormancy for all UEs on the live network SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH-0. CSSTRMDL=10. PSINTERUL=10. PSCONVUL=10. //Enabling the state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH triggered by FACH congestion SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT20-0. 479 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Enabling the IMEI Type Allocation Code (TAC) match function SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH-1. HUBKGUL=10. CSCONVDL=10. PSINTERDL=10. //Setting the value of the CELL_PCH inactivity timer to 1800 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForPreFstDrm=1800. HDCONVDL=10. CSCONVUL=10. PSINTERUL=10.RAN Feature Activation Guide 162 Configuring Enhanced Fast Dormancy PSSTRMUL=10. HDSTRMDL=10. PSBKGUL=10. PSCONVDL=10. //Deactivating Enhanced Fast Dormancy only for UEs of versions earlier than Release 8 RMV UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Fast_Dormancy. HUSTRMUL=10. HDSTRMDL=10. PSBKGDL=10. HUCONVUL=10. HUVOICEUL=10. PSSTRMDL=10. //Enabling cell update during CS service setup SET URRCTRLSWITCH: RsvdPara1=RSVDBIT1_BIT21-0. HDCONVDL=10. HUBKGUL=10. //Activating Fast Dormancy Enhancement (The UE supporting fast dormancy is a Release 8 or later Release UE) //Enabling the Enhanced Fast Dormancy feature at the BSC6900 level SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH-1. //Setting the value of the CELL_FACH inactivity timer to 5 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach=5. HUINTERUL=10. PSSTRMUL=10. //Deactivating Enhanced Fast Dormancy only for UEs of Release 8 or later versions SET UCONNMODETIMER: T323=INVALID. //Changing the Iu-PS activity factor ADD TRMFACTOR: REMARK="Smart Phone". TAC=01177600. HUSTRMUL=10. HUINTERUL=10. HUVOICEUL=10. //Setting the value of the CELL_DCH inactivity timer to 5 seconds SET UPSINACTTIMER: PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch=5.

Ltd. 2. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 163 Configuring Cell Barring 163 Configuring Cell Barring This section describes how to activate. 480 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UIUTIMERANDNUM to enable interruption protection by specifying CN protection timer.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. cells can be barred either automatically or manually to facilitate operators' maintenance when the cells are running improperly. Procedure l Activation Procedure – Setting automatic cell barring 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-021102 Cell Barring. select SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST and BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST from the Process switch dropdown list. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCNOPALLCELLBLK to configure parameters related to operator-specific barring of all cells in a network. – Setting manual cell barring Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. 2. Context If the cell barring feature is enabled. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCALLCELLBLK to configure parameters related to barring of all cells served by an RNC in a network. verify. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.

Perform the following steps to verify whether this feature is activated: Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. CS and PS domains are disconnected. which prevents UEs from being admitted to PS services. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE1. 1. as shown in Figure 163-1. View whether information element (IE) information of the PS domain is contained in the traced messages. 2. View whether IE information related to CS and PS domains is contained in the traced messages. Under Uu Message Type. as shown in Figure 163-2. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3. or block the CS domain and turn on BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. 2. Expected result: The IE information is not contained. Figure 163-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box – Block CS and PS domains.. Perform the following steps to verify whether this feature is activated: NOTE Perform the same verification procedure when blocking the CS domain or the CS domain is disconnected. Under Uu Message Type.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 163 Configuring Cell Barring Verification Procedure – Block the PS domain or the PS domain is disconnected. Ltd. Expected result: PS domain IE information is not contained. 481 .

Under Uu Message Type. View whether IE information related to CS and PS domains is contained in the traced messages. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 163 Configuring Cell Barring Figure 163-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box – Bar PS services of UEs served by an operator. Perform the following steps to verify whether this feature is activated: NOTE Perform the same verification procedure when barring CS services of UEs served by an operator. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. as shown in Figure 163-3. select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE3. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. Click to display Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. 482 . Expected result: The IE information is not contained. 2.

Ltd. = BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST-0. – Deactivating manual cell barring 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 163 Configuring Cell Barring Figure 163-3 Uu Interface Trace dialog box l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating automatic cell barring 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCNOPALLCELLBLK to remove parameters related to operator-specific barring of all cells in a network. 483 . CNId=0. = SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-0. In this step.. StateIndTmr=20000. 2. = BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST-1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Cell Barring SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH Issue 11 (2013-05-29) = SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URNCALLCELLBLK to remove parameters related to barring of all cells served by an RNC in a network. ----End Example //Activating Cell Barring SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH SET UIUTIMERANDNUM: CnOpIndex=0. deselect SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST and BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST from the Process switch dropdown list.

Ltd. For details about license items. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020310 3G/2G Common Load Management. 484 . l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature is required only when one of the following features is available: – WRFD-020305 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Service – WRFD-020306 Inter-RAT Handover Based on Load – WRFD-021200 HCS (Hierarchical Cell Structure) – WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package – WRFD-020308 Inter-RAT Handover Phase 2 l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management This section describes how to activate. The load of source cell and target cell is considered during inter-RAT handover from 3G to 2G or from 2G to 3G and inter system direct retry. For details on how to activate the license.. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The CN should support this feature. Context The 3G/2G Common Load Management applies to inter-RAT handover and inter system direct retry. – The BSS should support this feature. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. verify.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. select HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH through the HandOver Switch. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the inter-RAT handover. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERRATHONCOV to check whether the parameters Send Load Info to GSM Ind and NCOV Reloc Ind based on GSM cell load are set to ON. In this step. select the Send Load Info to GSM Ind and NCOV Reloc Ind Based on GSM Cell Load. Ltd. NcovHoOn2GldInd=OFF. l Deactivation Procedure 1. NOTE Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UEXT2GCELL to add a GSM cell neighboring to the UMTS coverage. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 164 Configuring 3G/2G Common Load Management 1.. NcovHoOn2GldInd=ON. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTERRATHONCOV to enable the 3G/ 2G common load management function. In this step. SET UINTERRATHONCOV: SndLdInfo2GsmInd=ON. //Deactivating 3G/2G Common Load Management SET UINTERRATHONCOV: SndLdInfo2GsmInd=OFF. 485 . ----End Example //Activating 3G/2G Common Load Management SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST U2GNCELL to ensure the inter-RAT neighboring cell for the GSM system is added correctly. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UINTERRATHONCOV to set the parameter Send Load Info to GSM Ind to OFF and the parameter NCOV Reloc Ind based on GSM cell load to OFF.

Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM to set the cell-level LDR trigger threshold. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR to set the NodeB-level LDR credit spreading factor (SF) reserved threshold. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set UL/DL LDR Trigger threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold according to the network plan. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the cell-level LDR algorithm. In this step. LCG_CREDIT_LDR. DL_UU_LDR. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. and CELL_CREDIT_LDR. 2. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features..RAN Feature Activation Guide 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface This section describes how to activate. In this step. verify. 3. set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan. In this step. and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR. 4. Ltd. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface. set Cell LDC algorithm switch to UL_UU_LDR. l License – This feature is not under license control. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature enables the BSC6900 to initiate Iu renegotiation on the MBR and GBR of PS realtime services to reduce the rate of real-time services. set NodeB LDC algorithm switch to IUB_LDR. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to enable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step. 486 .

7. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to disable the cell-level LDR algorithm. deselect IUB_LDR.RAN Feature Activation Guide l l 165 Configuring RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface 5. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD. ----End Example /*Activating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/ //Enabling the cell-level LDR algorithm MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. In this step. //Enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111. Deactivation Procedure 1. and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR from the NodeB LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box. Verification Procedure 1.. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services. In this step. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1. deselect UL_UU_LDR. and CELL_CREDIT_LDR from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box. 6. set LDR period timer length according to the network plan. 487 . Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA to disable the NodeB-level LDR algorithm. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan. If RAB MODIFY REQUEST is traced on the Iu interface. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR to set the NodeB credit LDR threshold for the local cell. Trigger LDR in the cell according to the cell LDR threshold specified in the activation procedure. 2. NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-0. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0. this feature has been activated. DL_UU_LDR. //Enabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1". LCG_CREDIT_LDR. In this step. Ltd. 2. 3. Establish a PS streaming service. //Disabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1". set DL LDR first action to QOSRENEGO. In this step. DlLdrFirstAction=QoSRenego. /*Deactivating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/ //Disabling the cell-level LDR algorithm MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111. In this step. NBMLdcAlgoSwitch= UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control This section describes how to activate. – Activating RAB rate reduction Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. In this step. Context This feature supports the procedures for Iu QoS negotiation and RAB rate reduction. l Other Prerequisites – For Iu QoS negotiation. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 488 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. – For RAB rate reduction. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Ltd. the CN nodes must support this feature. and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH. For details on how to activate the license. Procedure l Activation Procedure – Activating QoS negotiation 1. the CN nodes do not need to support this feature. verify. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control..

as shown in Figure 166-2. Verification Procedure – Verifying QoS negotiation 1. 2. If it contains the IE "altRAB-Parameters". and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH. Ltd. Figure 166-1 Iu message tracing 3. set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. In this step.. as shown in Figure 166-1. 489 . the CN supports Iu QoS negotiation. Start Iu message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT and establish a PS service. l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control 1.

and the MaxBitrate is the data rate negotiated by the RNC. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message. Start Iu message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT and establish a PS service. 490 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. 2. Ltd. as shown in Figure 166-3. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.RAN Feature Activation Guide 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control Figure 166-2 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message on the Iu interface – Verifying RAB rate reduction 1. as shown in Figure 166-4. Figure 166-3 Iu message tracing 3. rate negotiation at admission control takes effect. If it contains the IE "ass-RAB-Parameters".

– Deactivating RAB rate reduction 1. 491 . Ltd. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. and deselect PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box. ----End Example //Activating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. PsSwitch =PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1. deselect DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0. PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-0. PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1. PsSwitch =PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0. and deselect PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box. deselect DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch drop-down list box. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 166 Configuring Rate Negotiation at Admission Control Figure 166-4 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message on the Iu interface l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating QoS negotiation 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH..

For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated. In this step. l Others – The UE needs to be compliant with 3GPP Release 6 (or later) to support the feature. service steering and load sharing among different frequencies. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 1. For details about license items. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. Procedure l Activation Procedure NOTE The adaptive multirate (AMR) service that is redirected to an inter-RAT cell during RRC connection setup is used as an example. bands. set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup This section describes how to activate. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the RRC directed retry decision (DRD) function. Ltd. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup. 492 . see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context With this feature. or radio access technologies (RATs) can be achieved during radio resource control (RRC) connection setup based on the service type and cell load. verify.

//Setting the cell-level DRD switch MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1. RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. ----End Example /*Activating Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup*/ /*Enabling the RRC DRD function*/ SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1. the cell-level parameter settings take effect. 2. set Redirection Switch to an appropriate value to disable the RNC-level RRC DRD based on service steering. 493 . 3. Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. //Setting the RNC-level DRD switch SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA. TrafficType=PSHSPA. RedirFactorOfNorm=0. RedirBandInd=BAND1. /*Deactivating Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup*/ //Disabling the RRC DRD function SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-0. In this step. //Setting the RNC-level DRD switch SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=AMR. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UREDIRECTION. In this step. NOTE If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters. ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE. RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT.RAN Feature Activation Guide 167 Configuring Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable the RRC DRD function. RedirBandInd=BAND1." this feature has been activated. If "redirectioninfo" of the message contains "GSM-TargetCellInfo. RedirSwitch=OFF.. //Setting the cell-level DRD switch MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=100. 3. In this step. RedirFactorOfLDR=100. set cell-level Traffic Type to AMR and Redirection Switch to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. l l Verification Procedure 1." 2. Use a UE to send an RRC_SETUP_REQ message with the cause value "Originating Conversational Call. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. ReDirUARFCNDownlink=10713. set RNClevel Traffic Type to AMR and Redirection Switch to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT. ReDirUARFCNDownlink=10563. RedirSwitch=OFF. The BSC6900 responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE. set Redirection Switch to an appropriate value to disable the cell-level RRC DRD based on service steering. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UREDIRECTION. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION. RedirFactorOfNorm=0. RedirFactorOfLDR=0. TrafficType=AMR.

and uplink data packet sequencing technology are adopted. In addition. These technologies aim at accelerating the slow start and restore processes during uplink data transmission.0. verify. – Downlink TCP accelerator requires that the BSC6900 version is RAN11. the Acknowledgment (ACK) splitting technology. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.0 introduces the TCP Accelerator feature to optimize the data transmission in the uplink. reducing the impact of packet loss on the performance of uplink TCP data transmission. For details on how to activate the license. and deactivate this feature. RAN12. 494 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. For details about license items. verify. Ltd. NOTE Data configurations are required only at the BSC6900 to activate. – Uplink TCP accelerator requires that the BSC6900 version is RAN12. l Other Prerequisites – The TCP Accelerator feature takes effect only when the server has the Time Stamp option in the TCP deselected..0 or later. Context The TCP Accelerator feature in RAN11. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020123 TCP Accelerator.0 or later. ACK splitting monitoring technology. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Based on this feature in RAN11. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.0 optimizes the data transmission performance in the downlink.RAN Feature Activation Guide 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator This section describes how to activate. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

this feature has been activated. //Deactivating TCP Accelerator Turning off the TCP accelerator switch at the RNC SET UDPUCFGDATA: TpeSwitch=TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH-0&TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH-0. If the switch is turned on. compare the upload time taken before and after the TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH is turned on. Use a test terminal to download a file of 200 KB from the FTP server. ----End Example //Activating TCP Accelerator Turning on the TCP accelerator switch at the RNC SET UDPUCFGDATA: TpeSwitch=TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH-1&TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH-1. Use a test terminal to upload a file of 200 KB to the FTP server. deselect TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH or TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH from TPE switch according to the actual requirements. 495 . Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 168 Configuring TCP Accelerator Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 2. l l Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to turn on the TCP accelerator switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to turn off the TCP accelerator switch. compare the download time taken before and after the TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH is turned on.. Verification Procedure 1. Then. select TPE_DOWNLINK_SWITCH or TPE_UPLINK_SWITCH from TPE switch according to the actual requirements. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UDPUCFGDATA to check whether the TCP accelerator switch is turned on. Then. 3.

For details on how to activate the license. 496 . l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. and increases transmission efficiency. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020124 Uplink Flow Control of User Plane. this feature prevents uplink packet loss caused by lack of flow control. This feature detects uplink packet loss for R99 services by using private information elements (IEs) on the Iub interface. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH to turn on the celllevel switch for uplink user plane flow control. set Process switch to NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. In this step. In addition. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. By doing this.. For details about license items. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. this feature controls uplink traffic by sending Transport Format Combination Control messages. verify. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Context The Uplink Flow Control of User Plane feature is a Huawei proprietary feature. NOTE NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH controls all the functions that are achieved by using the private messages on the Iub interface. 2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane This section describes how to activate. Turn on other related switches if flow control over the uplink user plane is required.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Establish an R99 BE service on the UE.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane Verification Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 169-2. Observe the NBAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message in the traced Iub data. 497 . the feature at the BSC6900 has been activated. Figure 169-1 Iub interface trace dialog box 2.. Start an Iub interface tracing task on the BSC6900 LMT. as shown in Figure 169-1. If there is an IE trafficClass-Private. Ltd. Check the IE iE-Extensions in DCH-FDDInformationItem.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 169 Configuring Uplink Flow Control of User Plane Figure 169-2 TrafficClass-Private l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Deactivating Uplink Flow Control of User Plane SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH: SWITCH=CLOSE. ----End Example //Activating Uplink Flow Control of User Plane SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1.. LOCELL=1. 498 . LOCELL=1. SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN. Run the NodeB MML command SET R99FLOWCTRLSWTCH to turn off the celllevel switch for uplink user plane flow control. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

set Cell VP Limit Indicator to TRUE. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL on another RNC that controls the neighboring cell. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction This section describes how to activate. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd. In this step. In this step. 4. Context This feature disables the videophone (VP) function of a cell through cell-level configurations to meet telecom operators' requirements for information security in restricted areas. 499 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. In this step. set Cell VP Limit Indicator to TRUE. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. verify. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP.. Procedure l l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Verification Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell. 3. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020130 Videophone Service Restriction. For details on how to activate the license. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.

set Cell VP Limit Indicator to FALSE. ----End Example //Activating Videophone Service Restriction DEA UCELL: CellId=1111. CellId=1111. Ltd. 500 . UCELL: CellId=1111. VPLimitInd=TRUE. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. CellId=1111.. VPLimitInd=TRUE. 3. Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. Initiate Iu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. In this step. MOD UCELLSETUP: CellId=1111. 2. In this step. set Cell VP Limit Indicator to FALSE. and then use one UE to initiate a VP to the other UE. The BSC6900 sends an RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RSP message to the CN. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL on another RNC that controls the neighboring cell. MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLSETUP. 4. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELL to activate the cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 170 Configuring Videophone Service Restriction 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELL to deactivate the cell. 2. UCELLSETUP: CellId=1111. UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1. Use two VP-capable UEs to camp on the same cell. VPLimitInd=FALSE. set Cell ID to an appropriate value. ACT UCELL: CellId=1111. VPLimitInd=FALSE. In this step. //Deactivating Videophone Service Restriction DEA MOD ACT MOD Issue 11 (2013-05-29) UCELL: CellId=1111.

l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. select the Debug Mode check box. Initiate UE tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. In the displayed UE Trace dialog box. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the RNC-level AQM switch. For details about license items. as shown in Figure 171-1. verify. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context The AQM feature can improve user's feeling when HTTP and download services simultaneously exist. For details on how to activate the license. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) This section describes how to activate. 501 . Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Verification Procedure 1.. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011502 Active Queue Management (AQM). select the Dynamic resource allocation switch check box under the parameter DRA_AQM_SWITCH.

.RAN Feature Activation Guide 171 Configuring Active Queue Management (AQM) Figure 171-1 UE Trace dialog box 2. 502 . this feature is not activated. deselect the DRA_AQM_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic resource allocation switch. – If the value of the IE "ucAqmSwitch" is 0. Ltd. l Deactivation Procedure 1. Establish a BE service on the UE. //Deactivating Active Queue Management (AQM) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_AQM_SWITCH-0. this feature has been activated. ----End Example //Activating Active Queue Management (AQM) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_AQM_SWITCH-1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In this step. Verify the value of the information element (IE) "ucAqmSwitch" contained in the message PdcpSetupInfo as follows: – If the value of the IE "ucAqmSwitch" is 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.

EBBC/EBBCd is needed. WBBPb or WBBPd is needed. For details about license items. such as services from specific servers or http services. EBBM is needed. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – For BBU3806. By doing this.. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. By doing this. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. The feature grants high scheduling priorities to specific services on which telecom operators focus. the feature lowers the scheduling weight of some non-paying services that consume a large amount of bandwidth. EULP or EULPd board is needed. For details on how to activate the license. – For BBU3806C. EBOI. EBBI. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020128 Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service. l Others Prerequisites – None. the bandwidth required for processing the services is guaranteed. – For BBU3900. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – For BTS3812E and BTS3812AE. 503 . In addition. Context This feature enables BSC6900 to adjust the user scheduling priority by identifying the characteristics of IP data streams and modifying the initial Scheduling Priority Indicator (SPI) Weight of downlink services. verify. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. sufficient bandwidth is available for services with high scheduling priorities.RAN Feature Activation Guide 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service This section describes how to activate.

5. set the parameters Scheduling Priority Indicator and SPI Weight based on the actual network plan. //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the license control switch for the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not turned on SET UFRC: DefaultSPIWeight=10. In this step. ----End Example //Activating Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service //Setting the initial SPI weight value if the license control switch for the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is turned on SET USPIWEIGHT: SPI=4. 3. resources on the air interface) are limited. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. set Default SPI Weight based on the actual network plan. 504 . – If the license controlling the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight has been activated. In this step. In this step. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.. In this step. //Turning on the switch for the Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service feature SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-1. Verification Procedure 1. //Turning on the switch for a NodeB private interface SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. – If the license controlling the feature WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight is not activated. In this step. Set the initial SPI Weight on the BSC6900 LMT. Ltd. SPIWEIGHT=10. select the DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. set Service Priority Adjusting Coefficient to an appropriate value. Deactivation Procedure 1. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA. activating this feature may increase the throughput of FTP services and shorten the network delay of HTTP services. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USPIWEIGHT. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. l When the resources (for example. set the parameters related to the Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service feature to appropriate values based on the network plan. 4. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. select the NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Process switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UIPSERVICEQOS. deselect the DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. l 2.

TrafficType=SPI. ProtocolType=TCP.168. //Setting the scheduling priority weight corresponding to high-priority services SET UDPUCFGDATA: ServPriAdjCoefHigh=100.255".. //Deactivating Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH-0. MatchType=IPAndPort. PortNum=8080.0. IPAddress="192. RecIndex=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 172 Configuring Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service //Setting the parameters related to the Quality Improvement for Subscribed Service feature ADD UIPSERVICEQOS: CnOpIndex=0. TrafficPriority=HIGH.100". Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.255. Ltd.255. IPMask="255. 505 .

that is. – The BBU3806 in the DBS3800 does not support this feature. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The HBBI and HULP boards in the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE do not support this feature. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020131 Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the EBBM board must be added. Context In scenarios where R99 and HUSUPA users share the same TRX.RAN Feature Activation Guide 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness This section describes how to activate. To support this feature. For details about license items. this feature provides fair services for the two types of users and improves HSUPA user experience by considering R99 and HSUPA user satisfaction with throughput.. WBBPa boards in the 3900 series base stations do not support this feature. 506 . the ratio of effective rate to guaranteed bit rate (GBR). verify. Ltd. If the BBU3806C is configured. To support this feature. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package and WRFD-021101 Dynamic Channel Configuration Control (DCCC) must be configured before this feature is activated. – To support this feature. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE must be configured with the EBBI or EDLP board. the DBS3800 must be configured with the EBBC or EBBCd board. the 3900 series base stations must be configured with WBBPb or WBBPd boards.

5. To enable the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness. Ltd. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM with Fairness threshold set to an appropriate default value according to the network plan. run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD with Fairness period timer length set to an appropriate value according to the network plan. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the dropdown list Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. To set the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness. The NodeB side submits fairness common measurement reports to the BSC6900 side. Verification Procedure 1. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Establish PS BE services on the HSUPA and R99 UEs.. run the BSC6900 MML command SET USATLDCPERIOD with Fairness period timer length set to an appropriate value according to the network plan. Initiate Iub interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. To set the fairness threshold for R99 and HSUPA users. To enable the DCCC algorithm switch for applying the dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm to the RNC. 3. 2. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with BE rate reduction switch based on fairness set to ON. as shown in Figure 173-2. 4. 3. 507 . The BSC6900 side sends a COMMON MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST message to the NodeB side. as shown in Figure 173-1. To set the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness in a satellite communications environment.RAN Feature Activation Guide 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. Figure 173-1 Iub interface tracing dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2.

//Enable the DCCC algorithm switch SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1. Where. Where. [PARA]CellId[/PARA] is set to the cell ID for the algorithm switch. ----End Example /*Activating the Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness feature //Enabling the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11011.RAN Feature Activation Guide 173 Configuring Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness Figure 173-2 fairness common measurement report l Deactivation Procedure 1. BERateReduceOnFairnessSwitch=OFF. 508 . //Setting the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness in a satellite communications environment SET USATLDCPERIOD: FairnessPeriodTimerLen=11. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with BE rate reduction switch based on fairness set to OFF..FairnessThd=150. To disable the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness. //Setting the common measurement period based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness SET ULDCPERIOD: FairnessPeriodTimerLen=11. Where. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. /*Deactivating the Optimization of R99 and HSUPA Users Fairness feature //Disabling the algorithm switch for cell-level rate reduction for BE services based on R99 and HSUPA user fairness MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11011. [PARA]CellId[/PARA] is set to the cell ID for the algorithm switch. //Setting the fairness threshold for R99 and HSUPA users MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=11011. [PARA]CellId[/PARA] is set to the cell ID for the algorithm switch. BERateReduceOnFairnessSwitch=ON. Ltd.

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. verify. For details on how to activate the license. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 4. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPOAPVC to add an Internet Protocol over ATM (IPoA) permanent virtual circuit (PVC). Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. Procedure l Activation Procedure External CBCs are deployed in an ATM or IP network. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA to turn off CB Switch. For details about license items. Context This feature supports the standard cell broadcast procedure specified in the related protocol and therefore helps the cell broadcast center (CBC) implement cell broadcast services.. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD DEVIP to add the device IP address of the interface board. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URNCCBCPUID to disable the configuration of the built-in CBC. The ATM network is used as an example in this document. 509 . l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature and the feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast cannot be used together. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service This section describes how to activate. l Others – The UE is capable of receiving cell broadcast messages. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service. 3.

The VPI and VCI must be the same as those configured on the SGSN. b. 10.11. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSSAC to add a CBS area. 8. Ping the CBS IP address of the RNC on the CBC. PhyChId=8. trace messages over the Iu interface and view whether the SABP_LOAD_QUERY is sent to the RNC. that is. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.11". SN=16. To do this. TrChId=5. SIPADDR="12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the interface board to the CBC. a.11. as shown in Figure 174-1. run the following commands: DEA ADD ADD ACT USCCPCH: CellId=0. it indicates that the data transmission from CBC to RNC is normal. 510 . The route passes the IP address of the SGSN. the IP address of the CBS. If the ping operation is successful.12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSDRX to add the CBS discontinuous reception (DRX) scheduling parameter. check the configuration. If the ping operation fails. To query the specific settings. l Verification Procedure 1.. 6.12. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCTCH to add the common traffic channel (CTCH) to a cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCBSADDR to add the CBS socket IP address. 7. Check whether the CBS socket is connected properly. c. The peer IP address is the IP address for interconnection between serving GPRS support node (SGSN) and RNC. USCCPCHTFC: CellId=0. PhyChId=8. UFACHLOCH: CellId=0. run the LST IPOA command on the SGSN maintenance terminal. Ping the CBC IP address on the RNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service NOTE The IP address is the device IP address (DEVIP) of the interface board. The source IP address is the device IP address. NOTE To set up a CTCH on FACH5. DESTIP="11. 5. 9. it indicates that the data transmission from RNC to CBC is normal. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLCBS to enable the CBS function of the cell.12". USCCPCH: CellId=0. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Check whether the CBS function works properly. CTFC=7. If the ping operation is successful. PhyChId=8. Ltd. PING IP: SRN=0.

. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 174-3. As shown in Figure 174-2. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELL to check whether the CBS function works.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-1 Viewing the SABP_LOAD_QUERY message d. Figure 174-2 Viewing the SABP_LOAD_QUERY_CMP message e. Ltd. the 0SABP_LOAD_QUERY_CMP message returned from the RNC contains the information element (IE) availablebandwidth. 511 .

a. as shown in Figure 174-4. It is recommended that the time interval for sending messages be within 10s and the number of messages sent be more than two (0 indicates infinity).RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-3 Viewing the CBS function 2. Use the MTC tool to send messages on the CBC. 512 . b. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Trace messages on the Iu interface to check whether the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE message is sent to the RNC.. Ltd. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Check the broadcast messages sent.

the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE_CMP message returned from the RNC contains a broadcast message with the IE number-ofbroadcasts-completed. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) As shown in Figure 174-5. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Ltd. 513 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-4 Viewing the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE message c.

514 .. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Trace messages on the Uu interface to check whether the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message beginning with 01 is sent from the RNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-5 Viewing the SABP_WRITE_REPLACE_CMP message d. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. as shown in Figure 174-6.

as shown in Figure 174-7. Trace messages on the Iu interface to check whether the SABP_KILL message is sent to the RNC. select the message being sent and click delete. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Stop the RNC from sending broadcast messages. b.. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-6 Viewing the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message 3. 515 . a. On the CBC. Ltd.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Trace messages on the Iu interface. The SABP_KILL_CMP message returned from the RNC contains the IE numberof-broadcast-completed..RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-7 Viewing the SAB_KILL message c. 516 . Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. as shown in Figure 174-8.

----End Example //Activating Cell Broadcast Service //Configuring the license controlling Cell Broadcast Service SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l It can be viewed from the Uu interface trace data that the RNC stops sending the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message beginning with 01. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCBSADDR to disable Cell Broadcast Service. FUNCTIONSWITCH1=CBS-1. Ltd. Deactivation Procedure 1. 517 ..RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service Figure 174-8 Viewing the SABP_KILL_CMP message d. CNOPERATORINDEX=1.

12. TXTRFX=103.12".11. SN=2. PEERIPADDR="12. RXTRFX=103. NEXTHOP="12.11".12.255. MASK="255. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..255. CBCMASK="255. //Configuring the CBS DRX scheduling parameter ADD UCELLCBSDRX: CellId=0. DSTIP="11.12.12.12.12". //Disabling the inner CBS function for the RNC SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=OFF.12. CARRYNCOPTN=0. CBSSAC=0. //Configuring a CBS area ADD UCELLCBSSAC: CellId=0.255.RAN Feature Activation Guide 174 Configuring Cell Broadcast Service //Removing the configuration of the built-in CBC RMV URNCCBCPUID: CnOpIndex=1. CARRYT=NCOPT.12. CBCIPADDR="11. //Configuring the CBS socket IP address ADD UCBSADDR: SRN=5.120".11. 518 . CARRYVPI=255.12. CARRYVCI=32. MsgInd=OFF. REMARK="SGSN_CBS".255.11.120". //Configuring the CTCH for a cell ADD UCTCH: CellId=0. CnOpIndex=1.12".255. PRIORITY=HIGH. //Configuring the device IP address of the interface board ADD DEVIP: SRN=5. //Configuring a route from the interface board to CBC ADD IPRT: SRN=5. DEVTYPE=IPOA_CLIENT_IP.0". PEERT=OTHER. FachId=4. //Enabling the cell-level CBS ACT UCELLCBS: CellId=0. SN=18. IPADDR="12.11.0". DSTMASK="255.12.255.12". //Configuring the IPoA PVC ADD IPOAPVC: IPADDR="12. CnOpIndex=1. RNCIPADDR="12. Ltd.255".12. //Deactivating Cell Broadcast Service //Removing the CBS socket IP address RMV UCBSADDR: CnOpIndex=1. SN=18.

and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011001 Simplified Cell Broadcast. For details on how to activate the license. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature and the feature WRFD-011000 Cell Broadcast Service cannot be used together.RAN Feature Activation Guide 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast This section describes how to activate. verify. For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. – The UE is capable of receiving cell broadcast messages. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. Context This feature is used to send simple cell broadcast messages by running a BSC6900 MML command on the M2000 or BSC6900 LMT when the cell broadcast center (CBC) is not configured. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCBSADDR to remove the IP address of the external CBC. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 519 . Ltd. 2. l Others – Only BSC6900 supports this feature. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD URNCCBCPUID to configure the SPU subsystem of the built-in CBC.

. In this step. CNOPERATORINDEX=1. set CB Switch to ON(ON) to enable the built-in CBC for the RNC. Run the BSC6900 MML command ACT UCELLCBS to enable the CBS function for a cell. ----End Example //Activating Simplified Cell Broadcast //Enabling the license controlling Simplified Cell Broadcast SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCTCH to add the common traffic channel (CTCH) to a cell. the CBS function works properly. SRN=0.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast 3. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Removing the IP address of an external CBS RMV UCBSADDR: CnOpIndex=1. FUNCTIONSWITCH4=SIMPLE_CELL_BORADCAST-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command DEA UCELLCBS to disable the CBS function for a cell. 4. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. if the UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message beginning with 01 is traced on the Uu interface. After activating the CBS function on the RNC. //Configuring the SPU subsystem of the built-in CBC ADD URNCCBCPUID: CnOpIndex=1. set CB Switch to OFF(OFF) to turn off the CBS switch for the BSC6900. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSDRX to add the CBS discontinuous reception (DRX) scheduling parameter. In this step. 2. 7. Verification Procedure 1. Figure 175-1 UU_BMC_MSG_TYPE message l Deactivation Procedure 1. as shown in Figure 175-1. Check whether the CBS function works properly. SSN=1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA. 520 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCBPARA. SN=2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCBSSAC to add a CBS area and a broadcast message. 6. 5.

//Configuring the CTCH for a cell ADD UCTCH: CellId=0. MsgInd=ON. //Configuring a CBS area and a broadcast message ADD UCELLCBSSAC: CellId=0. //Verifying Simplified Cell Broadcast //Modifying the CBS configuration for a cell MOD UCELLCBSSAC: CellId=0.SIMPLE CBS". CBSSAC=0. CBSSAC=0. //Activating the CBS function for a cell ACT UCELLCBS: CellId=0. //Enabling the CBS function for a cell ACT UCELLCBS: CellId=0. //Disabling the CBS function for the BSC6900 SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=OFF. //Configuring the CBS DRX scheduling parameter ADD UCELLCBSDRX: CellId=0. //Deactivating Simplified Cell Broadcast //Disabling the CBS function for a cell DEA UCELLCBS: CellId=0. MsgInd=ON. CnOpIndex=1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. MsgContent="welcome! it is cell 0". Ltd. MsgContent="HELLO.RAN Feature Activation Guide 175 Configuring Simplified Cell Broadcast //Enabling the built-in CBC for the RNC SET URNCCBPARA: CBSwitch=ON. RepeatNum=0. 521 . FachId=4.. CnOpIndex=1. RepeatPeriod=10.

522 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l Other Prerequisites – The CN node supports this feature. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO This section describes how to activate. Select Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd. the AMRC rate adjustment function must enabled together with this feature on the UMTS side to enable communications between GSM and UMTS users to support the TFO function. To fully utilize this function. This feature can prevent speech quality deterioration caused by the interpretation between different coder and decoders (CODECs). For details about license items. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. If the TFO function is enabled on the GSM side. Context This feature helps implement the functions of TFO/TrFO by identifying the Iu user plane (IuUP) V2 core network (CN) and processing related services. verify. – The UE supports this feature.. The TrFO can also save the transmission resources. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the IuUP V2 switch to support TFO/TrFO. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO. it is good practice to enable the AMRC rate adjustment function on both UMTS users in a conversation. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features.

//Deactivation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-0. 523 . Enable UE1 to call UE2. Start Uu interface tracing on the BSC6900 LMT. Ltd. you can view the RRC TFC CTRL message indicating rate reduction sent from RNC to UE1 over the Uu interface.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the IuUP switch. 2. l l Verification Procedure 1. UE2 answers and starts a conversation with UE1. This indicates that this feature is activated. Deselect CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH from the CS Algorithm Switch drop-down list.RAN Feature Activation Guide 176 Configuring TFO/TrFO CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH from the CS Algorithm Switch drop-down list. Deactivation Procedure 1. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-1. When UE1 moves to the cell edge. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

l Dependencies on Other Features – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is activated.0. the carrier bearing HSPA service can dynamically share the unused power resource of another carrier. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020116 Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers. Context Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers means that among multiple carriers. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. For details on how to activate the license. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. This function increases the utilization of the power amplifier as well as the HSPA service rate of the cell.RAN Feature Activation Guide 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers This section describes how to activate. l Other Prerequisites – The NodeB software version should be no earlier than RAN11. For asymmetrical power configuration.. the carrier with higher emitting power cannot share the unused power resource of the carrier with lower emitting power. Ltd. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware. 524 . For details about license items. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command ADD PAGRP to add a power sharing group. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

This rate is based on the configured maximum transmit power of the source local cell. This rate is based on the configured maximum transmit power of the source local cell. //Deactivation procedure RMV PAGRP: DLOCELL=2. l The source local cell and the destination local cell must use the same RF module and be configured with the same maximum power. l l Verification Procedure 1. MAXSHRTO=50. Reserving the idle power for the source local cell helps avoid power fluctuation in the source local cell caused by power sharing that is not timely. Run the NodeB MML command RMV PAGRP to remove the power sharing group. 4. Before configuring the power sharing group. Ltd. If the throughput is greatly increased after the power sharing group is configured. l A power sharing group consists of a source local cell and a destination local cell. increase the load in the destination local cell to 90% by means of load simulation. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 525 . and the destination local cell must support HSDPA services. SHMGN=10. ----End Example //Activation procedure ADD PAGRP: SLOCELL=1. Check the throughput of the destination local cell after the power sharing group is configured. you can infer that the feature is enabled. DLOCELL=2.. Deactivation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 177 Configuring Dynamic Power Sharing of Multi-Carriers NOTE l Dynamic spectrum sharing cannot be configured with dynamic power sharing. l The maximum rate of idle power that the source local cell is allowed to share with the destination local cell is recommended to set to default value. 2. Run the NodeB MML command ADD PAGRP to add a power sharing group. Check the throughput of the destination local cell. Use multiple HSDPA UEs to perform high-speed downloading in the destination local cell. 3. l The source local cell must support only R99 services. l The rate of idle power that must be reserved for the source local cell.

particularly the base stations. The carriers will be turned on again when the traffic on the other carriers becomes congested or when the idle period ends. verify. From RAN10. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Activation Procedure Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. Ltd. l If multiple carriers are used in the same coverage area. For example. For details about license items. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. This reduces power consumption. The traffic volume varies with time. 526 . the traffic volume becomes low from midnight to early morning of the next day. during an idle period that is configurable by operators. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. in the radio access network are the principal contributor of power consumption and CO2 emissions when they are functioning. Period Judge Timer Length Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. a base station in the Central Business District (CBD) has a higher traffic volume in the daytime.RAN Feature Activation Guide 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load This section describes how to activate.. which requires more than one carrier to serve all the subscribers. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Context l The power consumption evaluation of the products in mobile networks shows that the devices. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA.0 on. Huawei provides operators with adaptive carrier power management to reduce power consumption. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020117 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load. the RNC dynamically shuts down the carriers on which there is no service and uses the other carriers in the same area. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch For RNC.

and set the following parameters to appropriate values.RAN Feature Activation Guide 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load for Cell Dynamic Open. 2. In this step. Assume that the cell ID is 1.. Assume that the ID of the inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell is 2. l Verification Procedure 1. set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE. At a time during the period specified by running the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN (for example.CellSetup and check whether this feature is deactivated by viewing the counter VS. – If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned off.DynClose. Ltd. 3. set up two inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cells where no user is admitted. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to turn on Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to HSDPA_GBP_MEAS. – If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned on. – If the neighboring cell is not configured.DynOpen. this feature is not activated. set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to modify the related parameters. – If the neighboring cell is configured. this feature has been activated. 4. specify the shutdown period. – This feature takes effect only when cell 2 is served by the same NodeB as cell 1. – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Type – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Total User number Threshold – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Hsdpa User number Threshold – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Hsupa User number Threshold – Cell Dynamic ShutDown Neighbour Cell Load Remain threshold NOTE Default values of the above parameters are recommended.CellDel on the M2000. Ensure that the total number of users in cell 1 and cell 2 is 0. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to check whether Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned on. Alternatively. – If this alarm is not reported or is reported but the cause value is not cell dynamic shutdown. 4. 09:10): – If an ALM-22202 UMTS Cell Unavailable is reported at cell 1 with the cause value of cell dynamic shutdown. 527 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Check whether this feature is activated by viewing the counter VS. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERFREQNCELL to check whether an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell is configured for cell 1. Start alarm browsing on the BSC6900 LMT. In this step. and Protect Timer Length for Cell Dynamic ShutDown to appropriate values. 3. NOTE This feature takes effect only when the GBP measurement switch for the inter-frequency cocoverage neighboring cell is turned on.

InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. NPrioFlag=FALSE. //Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load for cell 1 RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=1. /*Deactivation procedure*/ //Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load at the RNC SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=OFF. //Adding inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cells for the cell where this feature is activated (cell 1 and cell 2 in the following command are served by the same NodeB) ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=110. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch For RNC to OFF(switch off). NCellId=2. DynShutdownSwitch=ON_1. In this step. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA to deactivate this feature at the RNC. CellId=1. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Turning on the RNC-level switch for dynamic shutdown SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=ON. SIB12Ind=FALSE. StartTime1=08&59. //Turning on the GBP measurement switch for an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2. DynShutDownType=CONDITIONALSHUTDOWN. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. EndTime1=10&59.. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to deactivate this feature for cell 1. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 178 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Traffic Load Deactivation Procedure 1. 528 . NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. 2. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. NCellRncId=110. SIB11Ind=TRUE. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Turning on the cell-level switch for dynamic shutdown ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=1.

improving the PA efficiency. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020118 Energy Efficiency Improved.. verify. To enable the system to support the function. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. the function is supported by the system as long as the license is activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved This section describes how to activate. 529 . Ltd. improving the PA efficiency and reducing the static PA power consumption. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Context l Based on efficient power amplifier (PA) techniques. l When there is no HSDPA service. l When HSDPA services are performed. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. the function is not supported by the system by default. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. the function dynamic adaptation of PA parameters is introduced in the case of HSDPA services to further improve the PA efficiency under the condition of low load. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. – The RRU3801C of the NodeB does not support this feature. For details on how to activate the license. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – MTRU of the BTS3812E/BTS3812AE does not support this feature. the NodeB adjusts the PA bias voltage based on output power that varies with the traffic load. For details about license items. When HSDPA services are performed. perform the following operations to enable devices to adjust PA parameters dynamically based on the traffic load during a specified period of time.

DYNADJSTARTTIME=0. check that Dynamic Voltage Adjustment Switch is set to ON. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Deactivation procedure SET OPTDYNADJPARA: DYNADJSWITCH=OFF. 530 . Run the NodeB MML command SET OPTDYNADJPARA to set the dynamic voltage adjustment parameters. l Run the NodeB MML command LST OPTDYNADJPARA to query the dynamic voltage adjustment parameters. – set Dynamic Voltage Adjustment Switch to ON. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET OPTDYNADJPARA: DYNADJSWITCH=ON. In the returned result. l Verification Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 179 Configuring Energy Efficiency Improved Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. DYNADJENDTIME=6. //Verification procedure LST OPTDYNADJPARA:. which indicates that the function is activated. set Dynamic Voltage Adjustment Switch to OFF. Ltd. Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET OPTDYNADJPARA to set the dynamic voltage adjustment parameters. Check that Start Time and End Time are set to the required values.. In this step. – Set Start Time and End Time as required.

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. If the remaining bandwidth of neighboring cells can meet the preceding requirements for rate.. In this step. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is set to OFF. verify. In this step. run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN. Ltd. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to check whether Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is set to ON for this cell. a. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch for RNC to ON(switch on). and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020122 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA. Context This feature guarantees the data rate for only DCH and high-priority HSDPA users. For details on how to activate the license.RAN Feature Activation Guide 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS This section describes how to activate. 531 . this feature can be enabled to reduce the power consumption. only Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) is guaranteed. 2. and therefore increase profits of operators. For details about license items. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. For lowpriority HSDPA users. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l Dependencies on Other Features – The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is activated. set Cell Dynamic Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Assume that the cell ID is 2003. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.

In this step. First Cell Dynamic ShutDown Interval End Time.DynClose. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 532 . add two inter-frequency co-coverage cells that have bidirectional neighboring cell relationships. In this step. 2. This feature takes effect only when cell 2004 is under the same NodeB as cell 2003. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch for RNC to OFF(switch off). 3. In this step. NOTE This feature takes effect only when the GBP measurement switches of both cell 2003 and cell 2004 are turned on. Assume that the ID of the inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell is 2004. Ensure that the total number of users in cell 2003 and cell 2004 is 0. If the value of the counter VS. – If the alarm is not reported or is reported at cell 2003 but the cause is not cell dynamic shutdown.CellSetup is not 0. set Blind Handover Flag to TRUE. the feature is not activated. set Cell Dynamic ShutDown Type to QOSSHUTDOWN (QosShutDown). l Verification Procedure 1. Start alarm browsing on the BSC6900 LMT. l You can also view whether the feature is activated by checking certain counters on the M2000: If the value of the counter VS. specify First Cell Dynamic ShutDown Interval Start Time. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UINTERFREQNCELL to check whether cell 2003 is configured with an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell. set Blind Handover Flag set to TRUE. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA to deactivate this feature for the RNC. 2. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH. the feature is activated.CellDel is not 0. this feature has not been activated. If the neighboring cell is not configured. Deactivation Procedure 1. Ltd. 3.RAN Feature Activation Guide 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS ShutDown Switch to ON_1(switch on1). run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL to add an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell. 4. c. and these cells do not carry any services. a. In this step. If the neighboring cell is configured. 09:10): – If the alarm ALM-22202 UMTS Cell Unavailable is reported at cell 2003 with a cause of cell dynamic shutdown. At a time during the period specified in the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN (for example. set Cell ID to 2003 to deactivate this feature for cell 2003. run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UINTERFREQNCELL.. b. Alternatively. If Cell Dynamic ShutDown Switch is turned on.DynOpen. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN. this feature has been activated. and specify High-Priority Scheduling Indicator. 4. set Cell CAC algorithm switch to HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas Algorithm). run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN to modify the settings of the preceding parameters to the specified settings. In this step. b.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 180 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Turning on the cell dynamic shutdown switch for the RNC SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=ON. //Turning on the cell dynamic shutdown switch ADD UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=2003. NCellId=2004. SIB12Ind=FALSE.. NCellRncId=110. //Turning on the GBP measurement switches for a cell (cell 2003)and its inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell (cell 2004) ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2003. 533 . CellId=2003. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. BlindHoFlag=TRUE. //Adding an inter-frequency co-coverage neighboring cell (cell 2004) to a cell (cell 2003) whose TRXs are shut down (cells 2003 and 2004 are under the same NodeB) ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=110. NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. HighPriSPI=SPI11-1&SPI12-1&SPI13-1. EndTime1=11&55. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1. NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_GBP_MEAS-1. StartTime1=11&50. ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=2004. //(Optional) Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS for cell 2003 RMV UCELLDYNSHUTDOWN: CellId=2003. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. SIB11Ind=TRUE. NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_FIRST. TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0. DynShutDownType=QOSSHUTDOWN. Ltd. NPrioFlag=FALSE. DynShutdownSwitch=ON_1. InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE. /*Deactivation procedure*/ //Deactivating Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on QoS for the RNC SET URNCCELLSHUTDOWNPARA: DynCellShutDownSwitch=OFF.

For the cells that need to provide services continuously during the level-1 shutdown period. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. 2. set Reserved Cell to TRUE. the backup power system starts to operate.RAN Feature Activation Guide 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup This section describes how to activate. 534 . the reserved cell continues to provide services for the users in this sector. Set Level 1 Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Procedure l NodeB V200R013 Activation Procedure 1. Context In case of mains failure. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020119 Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL with Local Cell ID and Sector Type specified in order to set reserved cells. this feature can implement hierarchical carrier shutdown based on the shutdown duration and cell priority. In this case. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In case of mains failure. Ltd. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. NOTE It is recommended that at least one cell be reserved for a sector.. For details about license items. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOWPOWERPARA to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the NodeB ISD Switch set to ENABLE. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The BTS3902E doesn't support this feature. For details on how to activate the license.

set Reserved Cell to TRUE. run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRSWTCH to check whether the intelligent power shutdown switch is turned on. the smooth power change function reduces the TX power of the PCPICH so that the services in the cell are handed over to neighboring cells. Set LEVEL1 DELAY and LEVEL2 DELAY based on the backup capability of the batteries. run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRSWTCH to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the Smooth Power Change Function Switch set to OPEN. On the LMT. 3. Verification Procedure 1. l Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOWPOWERPARA to turn off the intelligent power shutdown switch with the NodeB ISD Switch set to DISABLE. NodeB V100R013 Activation Procedure 1. NOTE Before a cell is shut down. This prevents service disruption due to abrupt cell shutdown. Optional: If you need to use the smooth power change function. 535 . Run the NodeB MML command SET ITELSHUTDOWN to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the ISD SWITCH set to ENABLE. the smooth power change function reduces the TX power of the PCPICH so that the services in the cell are handed over to neighboring cells. run the NodeB MML command SET SMTHPWRSWTCH to set the intelligent power shutdown switch with the Smooth Power Change Function Switch set to OPEN. Verification Procedure 1. the reserved cell continues to provide services for the users in this sector. Run the NodeB MML command MOD LOCELL with Local Cell ID and Sector Type specified in order to set reserved cells. On the LMT. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the NodeB MML command LST ITELSHUTDOWN to query the configuration information about the intelligent power shutdown switch.. NOTE It is recommended that at least one cell be reserved for a sector. check whether Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 2. Ltd. This prevents service disruption due to abrupt cell shutdown. and whether the Level 1 power off Delay (s) and Level 2 power off Delay (s) are set correctly. NOTE Before a cell is shut down. In case of mains failure.RAN Feature Activation Guide 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup power off Delay (s) and Level 2 power off Delay (s) based on the backup capability of the batteries. Check whether the value of Reserve Cell of each local cell is correct. 3. If the Smooth Power Change Function Switch is set to OPEN. 3. For the cells that need to provide services continuously during the level-1 shutdown period. Optional: If you need to use the smooth power change function. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information about local cells. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOWPOWERPARA to query the configuration information about the intelligent power shutdown switch. Optional: If the smooth power change function is already used. 2. Deactivation Procedure 1. check whether the NodeB ISD Switch is set to ENABLE. it indicates that this function is enabled.

SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. LST SMTHPWRSWTCH:. //Deactivation procedure SET ITELSHUTDOWN: ISD=DISABLE. it indicates that this function is enabled. 536 . LEVEL1=60. l NodeB V100R013 //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. SET SMTHPWRSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN. Check whether the value of Reserve Cell of each local cell is correct. and whether the Level 1 power off and Level w power off are set correctly.RAN Feature Activation Guide 181 Configuring Multi-Carrier Switch off Based on Power Backup the NodeB ISD Switch is set to ENABLE. MOD LOWPOWERPARA: ISD=ENABLE. SET SMTHPWRSWTCH: SWITCH=OPEN. //Verification procedure LST ITELSHUTDOWN:. RSV=TRUE. //Deactivation procedure MOD LOWPOWERPARA: ISD=DISABLE. Deactivation Procedure 1. If the Smooth Power Change Function Switch is set to OPEN. LST SMTHPWRSWTCH:. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. LEVEL2=120. 3. RSV=TRUE. SET ITELSHUTDOWN: ISD=ENABLE. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Optional: If the smooth power change function is already used. LOCELL=1. 2. LST LOCELL: MODE=LOCALCELL. ----End Example l NodeB V200R013 //Activation procedure MOD LOCELL: LOCELL=1. //Verification procedure LST LOWPOWERPARA:. SECT=LOCAL_SECTOR. run the NodeB MML command LST SMTHPWRSWTCH to check whether the intelligent power shutdown switch is turned on. LOCELL=1. LEVEL2=120. LEVEL1=60. Run the NodeB MML command SET ITELSHUTDOWN to turn off the intelligent power shutdown switch with the ISD Switch set to DISABLE. Run the NodeB MML command LST LOCELL to query the configuration information about local cells. Ltd..

– Huawei APM30 and batteries are used. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. ----End Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. verify.RAN Feature Activation Guide 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management This section describes how to activate. Deactivation Procedure 1. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020121 Intelligent Power Management. l Verification Procedure 1.. Context With this feature. Run the NodeB MML command LST PSUISS to check whether the PSU Intelligent Shutdown Switch is set to ENABLE(ENABLE). Ltd. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. For details about license items. reducing the power consumption. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The NodeB type is BTS3900A or DBS3900. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details on how to activate the license. 537 . certain Power Supply Units (PSUs) can be powered on or off according to the power consumption of the NodeB. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. l Run the NodeB MML command SET PSUISS with the PSU Intelligent Shutdown Switch set to ENABLE(ENABLE). Run the NodeB MML command SET PSUISS with the PSU Intelligent Shutdown Switch set to DISABLE(DISABLE).

//Verification procedure LST PSUISS:.RAN Feature Activation Guide 182 Configuring Intelligent Power Management Example //Activation procedure SET PSUISS: PSUISS=ENABLE. Ltd. //Deactivation procedure SET PSUISS: PSUISS=DISABLE. 538 .. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

– The AMR-WB function is enabled on the MSC and UMG. which help improve the QoS of voice services when resources are sufficient. For details on how to activate the license. – The CN must have the corresponding support capability. For details about license items. Ltd.RAN Feature Activation Guide 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) This section describes how to activate. 539 . verify.. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band). l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. Context This feature provides AMR-WB services. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None. l Other Prerequisites – The UE must have the corresponding support capability. see 3 Activating the UMTS License.

ensure that AMR-WB is not enabled for this RNC on the CS core network side. The call is successfully established and the voice is clear. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UAMRCWB to query the AMRWB speech rates of the gold. On the BSC6900 LMT. and create a task of AMR Mode. both the AMR-NB services and emergency calls cannot be set up for the UE supporting AMR-WB. 540 . open the Monitor tab page. l This feature is an integrated solution. specific parameters must be configured based on the actual network conditions. and bronze users. ----End Example //Activating AMR-WB //Setting RNC-level parameters for the WB-AMR speech rate control (WBAMRC) algorithm Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l If the license of the AMR-WB service is enabled on a RNC. l Do not configure relevant parameters without the assistance of Huawei technical personnel. silver. Otherwise. 6. Use UE1 to initiate a voice call to UE2. and bronze users. otherwise. silver. a WB-AMR UE still can establish NB services. NOTE After deactivating the license controlling this feature. the AMR-WB service cannot be set up. silver. 5. Deactivation Procedure Run the BSC6900 MML command SET LICENSE to deactivate the license controlling this feature. 2. the network capacity and KPI values may be affected. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UAMRCWB to set the RNClevel speech rates for the gold. To enable this feature. silver. 3. ensure that AMR-WB is enabled for this RNC on the CS core network side. Procedure l l l Activation Procedure 1. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLAMRCWB to query the AMR-WB speech rates for the gold. Otherwise. Contact Huawei for technical support. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLAMRCWB to set celllevel speech rates for the gold. and bronze users. Ltd. and enable the UEs to camp on the cell CELL_A11. a WB-AMR cannot establish WB and NB services. 2. Verification Procedure 1. and bronze users. 4. If the WB rate for the RNC is disabled. choose Monitor > Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring.. Enable the AMR-WB function on UE1 and UE2.RAN Feature Activation Guide 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) CAUTION l If the license of the AMR-WB service is not activated on a RNC. Check the AMR mode on the LMT and verify that the downlink rate of UE1 reaches the specified value.

65K.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K. SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K. //Deactivating AMR-WB SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS. CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. FUNCTIONSWITCH2=WBAMR-0. ISPRIMARYPLMN=YES. //Setting cell-level parameters for the WB-AMRC algorithm ADD UCELLAMRCWB: CellId=111.65K.RAN Feature Activation Guide 183 Configuring AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) SET UAMRCWB: GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K.65K. 541 . Ltd.

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about license items. For details on how to activate the license. verify. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. 2. Ltd. In this step. expands the service coverage area. l Other Prerequisites – The UE supports TFC control processing. This ensures uninterrupted services. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. l Dependencies on Other Features – If this feature is to be applied to the AMR-WB.RAN Feature Activation Guide 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control This section describes how to activate. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQOSACT to turn on the QoS switches for AMR services. 542 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not depend on the hardware.. Context This feature enables the adjustment of AMR/AMR-WB speech rates triggered by multiple factors. then the Dependency are the WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) and the WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. and reduces the cell load. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.

open the Trace tab page. l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UAMRCWB to set the RNC-level AMR-WB speech rate control parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UAMRC to set the RNC-level AMR speech rate control parameters. On the BSC6900 LMT. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUALITYMEAS or MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS to set the parameters for RNC-level AMR and AMRWB speech rate control based on link stability. set Monitor Item to AMR Mode and specify IMSI. a. NOTE Select the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3 check box to disable WB-AMRC when there are some WB-AMRC compatibility problems. a. deselect the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3 check box under parameter CORRM Algorithm Reserved Switch 0 to enable WB-AMRC. On the BSC6900 LMT. open the Monitor tab page.RAN Feature Activation Guide 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control 3. Ltd.. b. Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMPARA. as shown in Figure 184-1. In the Monitor tab page. b. double-click UMTS Services > Uu Interface Trace. In this step. In this step. specify the RNC ID and the Cell ID. doubleclick UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring. 543 . Optional: Set the parameters for AMR and AMR-WB speech rate control. In the Trace tab page. – Set the AMR-WB speech rate control parameters. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. NOTE Select the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4 check box to disable NB-AMRC when there are some NB-AMRC compatibility problems. 4. In the displayed dialog box. – Set the AMR speech rate control parameters. In the displayed dialog box. 2. deselect the RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4 check box under parameter CORRM Algorithm Reserved Switch 0 to enable NB-AMRC. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMPARA.

Ltd. – event6a – event6b Figure 184-2 IEs contained in RRC_MEAS_CTRL 5. 544 . Two test UEs supporting AMR WB are available and camp on the cell named CELL_A11. 4. Use UE A to call UE B. as shown in Figure 184-3. The call is established.RAN Feature Activation Guide 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control Figure 184-1 Uu interface tracing 3. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Check whether the AMR mode changes during performance monitoring. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Place UE B in the center of the cell. and move UE A towards or away from UE B.. Check whether the following information elements (IEs) are contained in the traced RRC_MEAS_CTR message. as shown in Figure 184-2.

ThdEa=2. DlQosWAmrAdjSwitch=YES.70K. Thd5a=280. Ltd. set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH. UlQosWAmrAdjSwitch=YES. UlThd6a1=1. ThdEb=2. SilverMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_6.65K.70K. HangBlockNum5a=512. MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS: RabIndex=1. UlThd6b1=1.70K. SET UAMRC: GoldMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_6. //Setting the AMR speech rate control parameters SET UCORRMPARA: ReservedSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-0.65K. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. DlQosAmrAdjSwitch=YES.RAN Feature Activation Guide 184 Configuring AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control Figure 184-3 AMR mode l Deactivation Procedure 1. //Setting the AMR-WB speech rate control parameters SET UCORRMPARA: ReservedSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT3-0. CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UAMRCWB: GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES. ----End Example //Activating AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1. SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_12. UlQosAmrAdjSwitch=YES. In this step. UlThd6b2=5.65K.. StaBlkNum5A=500. 545 . CopperMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_6. UlThd6a2=5. //Deactivating AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-0.

546 . – E1/T1 transmission is applied on the Iub interface. Other strategies applied in overbooking are as follows: l RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control l Backpressure-based downlink congestion control l VP shaping l Activation Procedure Procedure – Activating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the flow control switch. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. especially on Iub interface. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated.. For details about license items. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Ltd. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-050405 Overbooking on ATM Transmission. when deploying HSDPA services. – BTS3902E does not support this feature. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The backpressure and VP shaping mechanism need the support of the ATM interface board (AOUa/UOIa/AEUa/AOUc/UOIc for BSC6900) in the RNC.RAN Feature Activation Guide 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission This section describes how to activate. Context This feature improves the resource usage and provides a method for greatly saving OPEX on ATM transmission. verify.

set Flow control switch to ON. On the BSC6900 LMT. 7. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Register an HSDPA user UE2 in the HLR. – Set Flow control switch to ON. Optional: When the logical port is configured.. select DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. Enable UE1 and UE2 to stay in idle mode and camp on the test cell. – Activating VP shaping l 1. The test cell must support HSDPA services. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD TRMMAP to map R99 services to the highpriority queue and HSDPA services to the low-priority queue. Iub. Register an R99 user UE1 in the HLR. set Flow control switch to ON. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD FRALNK. In this step: – Set Fractional link type to FRAATM. Enable UE1 with streaming services and with both highest uplink rate and highest downlink rate of 384 kbit/s. that is. select DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 2. – Activating backpressure-based downlink congestion control 1. start downlink traffic and bandwidth tracing tasks on the Uu. Enable UE2 with background services and with highest uplink rate of 384 kbit/s and highest downlink rate of 1450 kbit/s. 6. – Set Flow control switch to ON. and Iu interfaces. Turn on the flow control switch of physical port based on your configuration. set Type of the logic port to Leaf and Flow control switch to ON. – For HSDPA BE services. In this step. 5. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD IMAGRP.RAN Feature Activation Guide 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission – For R99 BE services. In this step. Enable the port flow control when adding the IMA port. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD AAL2PATH to add a logical port. – Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNILNK. In this step. 547 . Ltd. In this step. Verification Procedure Take RNC configured with the AOU interface board as an example to describe how to verify backpressure-based flow control. 3. use UE1 to download files from the FTP server. 2. 4. 2. In this step: – Set Type of the logic port to Leaf. In this step. set Bearing type to ATMLOGICPORT. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD PORTFLOWCTRLPARA. All AAL2 paths of the RNC are carried on an IMA port (IMA port is configured to 1Mbit/s). Use UE1 to perform PS streaming services. 3. set Port protocol type to ATM and set other flow control parameters. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMLOGICPORT. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD ATMLOGICPORT. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 1.

SN=14. CARRYVPN=0. SN=14. MOD IMAGRP: SRN=1. LPN=0. set Flow control switch to OFF. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD ATMLOGICPORT. In this step. set Flow control switch to OFF. set Flow control switch to OFF. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. UPPERVP=0. CARRYF=0. LPNTYPE=Leaf. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD FRALNK.. SN=14. ADD UNILNK: SRN=1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission Expected result: The IMA port is not congested and UE1 downloads data at the highest rate. use UE2 to download files from the FTP server. set Flow control switch to OFF. PORTPROTYPE=ATM. BT=AOUa. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. LPN=0. CARRYSN=0. In this step. ----End Example //Activating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-1&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWIT CH-1. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=0. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD IMAGRP. FRALNKN=12. TSBITMAP=TS1-1. 8. RXTRFX=150. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. ADD FRALNK: SRN=1. FRALNKT=FRAATM. Use UE2 to perform PS BE services. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=ON. Expected result: The IMA port is congested and the backpressure function is triggered. AAL2PATHT=HSPA. TXTRFX=150. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. – Deactivating backpressure-based downlink congestion control 1. //Deactivating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. The downloading rate of UE2 decreases and that of UE1 remains unchanged. l Deactivation Procedure – Deactivating RLC retransmission rate-based downlink congestion control Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the flow control switch. SN=14. //Activating VP shaping ADD ATMLOGICPORT: SRN=1. 548 . that is. TXBW=512. IMAGRPN=1. SN=14. UPPERVP=0. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. BT=AOUa. VPI=0. FCINDEX=100. //Activating backpressure-based downlink congestion control ADD PORTFLOWCTRLPARA: FCINDEX=10. VCI=200. – For R99 BE services. This is because R99 services have a higher priority. In this step. – For HSDPA BE services. E1T1PN=0. PATHID=1. deselect DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNILNK. Ltd. ADD ATMLOGICPORT: SRN=1. 3. BT=AOUa. CARRYT=ATMLOGICPORT. LPNTYPE=Leaf. UNILNKN=1. 2. RXBW=512. In this step. deselect DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH in Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. RXBW=512. TXBW=512.

LPN=0. CARRYIMAGRPN=1. //Deactivating backpressure-based downlink congestion control MOD IMAGRP: SRN=1. IMAGRPN=1. LPNTYPE=Leaf. SN=14. MOD FRALNK: SRN=1. MOD UNILNK: SRN=1. SN=14. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. OPSEPFLAG=OFF. FRALNKT=FRAATM. SN=14. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. SN=14. CARRYT=IMA. TSBITMAP=TS1-1. BT=AOUa. RXBW=512. UNILNKN=1. BT=AOUa. E1T1PN=0.. FCINDEX=100. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. MOD ATMLOGICPORT: SRN=1. RSCMNGMODE=SHARE. TXBW=512. 549 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 185 Configuring Overbooking on ATM Transmission DraSwitch=DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWIT CH-0. FLOWCTRLSWITCH=OFF. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. FRALNKN=12.

For details about license items. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. When the Robust Header Compression (RoHC) technique is used. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature depends on the UE capability and the IP multimedia subsystem (IMS). l CN should support IP multimedia subsystem (IMS). For details on how to activate the license. l Dependencies on Other Features – In the case of VoIP over HSPA. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. – In the case of VoIP over HSPA. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010617 VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+. 550 . l The VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ feature requires the IMS.. and the IMS signaling transmission needs to be configured on the BSC6900. and WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. a large quantity of resources are consumed. the data transmission efficiency of VoIP services is greatly improved. Context VoIP services can be carried on the DCH or HSPA. verify. WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. When VoIP services are carried on the DCH. Ltd. l UE should support VoIP.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA + This section describes how to activate. the system capacity significantly increases. the following features have been configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. the WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX feature has been configured before this feature is activated. When VoIP services are carried on the HSPA.

Optional: If VoIP services need to use the WRFD-01061403 HSUPA 2ms TTI feature. Optional: a. If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) and Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) boards. In this step. l In the case of HSUPA. In the case of HSDPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. a. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. it is recommended that the Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF) algorithm be activated. either 10 ms or 2 ms HSUPA TTI can be set for VoIP services. it is recommended that the non-scheduling transmission mode be used. select the EDCH_TTI_2ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. In this step. b. select the DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Optional: To use the WRFD-01061404 HSUPA 2ms/10ms TTI HO feature. In this step. To set 2 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. 2. In this step. To configure the EPF scheduling strategy. 5. Go to Step 4. 2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. 551 . run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). it is recommended that the WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) feature be activated. To set 10 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ NOTE l Data configurations on the BSC6900 and NodeB are required to activate the VoIP over HSPA/HSPA + feature. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. Ltd.DL_HSDSCH) and IMS channel type to HSPA(UL_EDCH. select the CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel Configuration Strategy Switch. In this step. 4. do as follows: 1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure 1. b. If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) and Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) boards. set VOIP channel type to HSPA(UL_EDCH. it is recommended that 10 ms HSUPA TTI be set for VoIP services. In this step.. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the RoHC algorithm.DL_HSDSCH). 6. 3. The purpose is to reduce the delay of VoIP services. l To increase the transmission efficiency of VoIP services.

In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. Analyze the traced messages. – If data shown in Figure 186-2 is traced on the Uu interface. the UE is in the CELL_DCH state. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. double-click Uu Interface Trace. VoIP services are carried on HSPA/HSPA+. Ltd. Figure 186-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. click the Trace tab.. On the unfolded list. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG as shown in Figure 186-1 to trace Uu interface signaling messages. 552 . double-click UMTS Services. Figure 186-2 UE in CELL_DCH state Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide l 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ Verification Procedure 1. – If data shown in Figure 186-3 is traced on the Uu interface. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box.

Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. trace the RRC_RB_SETUP or RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface to check the type of carried TTI. If VoIP services are carried on HSPA or HSPA+. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ Figure 186-3 VoIP services carried on HSPA/HSPA+ 3. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. select the DCH(UL_DCH.DL_DCH) check box under the parameter IMS channel type. Figure 186-4 Type of TTI carried in the message l Deactivation Procedure NOTE The services admitted before deactivation of this feature are not affected. 553 . Ltd. as shown in Figure 186-4. and select the DCH(UL_DCH. The services admitted after the deactivation will not use this feature. //Enabling the RoHC algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH-1. ImsChlType=HSPA.DL_DCH) check box under the parameter VOIP channel type. ----End Example //Activating VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Configuring VoIP/IMS to be carried on the E-DCH in the uplink and HSDSCH in the downlink SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: VoipChlType=HSPA.. 1.

/*Deactivating VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+*/ //Operations on the BSC6900 side SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: VoipChlType=DCH. 554 . //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 2 ms TTI SET UFRC: VoipHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_2ms. Ltd. //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 10 ms TTI SET UFRC: VoipHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_10ms. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. //Enabling dynamic adjustment of TTI reconfiguration for CS voice services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 186 Configuring VoIP over HSPA/HSPA+ //Enabling the HSUPA 2 ms scheduling algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. //Setting the EPF scheduling strategy on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: SM=EPF. ImsChlType=DCH.. //Turning off the switch of saving CE resources SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-1.

Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – None.DTX/DRX have been configured before this feature is activated for VoIP over HSPA+.. and the delay-sensitive (DS) scheduling algorithm is used for optimized HSDPA scheduling. verify. l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package have been configured before this feature is activated for VoIP over HSPA. – CN should support IP multimedia subsystem (IMS). see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide.RAN Feature Activation Guide 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA This section describes how to activate. For details about license items. Procedure l Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Activation Procedure Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context RAN10. For details on how to activate the license. To ensure the QoS of VoIP carried over HSPA.0 supports VoIP over HSPA. l Others – UE should support VoIP. the nonscheduling method is used for the HSUPA scheduling. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. 555 . – WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package and WRFD-010686 CPC. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-01061703 Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA. Ltd.

Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. //Deactivation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. Run the NodeB MML command LST MACHSPARA to query the configuration result. or PF(PF). set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). SM=EPF. l Verification Procedure 1. //Verification procedure LST MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. In this step. ----End Example //Activation procedure SET MACHSPARA: LOCELL=0. In this step. Ltd. set Scheduling Method to MAXCI(Max C/I). Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. SM=PF.RAN Feature Activation Guide 187 Configuring Optimized Scheduling for VoIP over HSPA 1. l Run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA. 556 . RR(Round Robin).

. Ltd. verify. click the Trace tab. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. In the displayed Uu Interface Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set IMS channel type to HSPA. 557 . In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-010618 IMS Signaling over HSPA. On the unfolded list. For details about license items. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1.RAN Feature Activation Guide 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA This section describes how to activate. Context IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) signaling over HSPA can shorten the setup delay of IMS services like VoIP to save network resources for the operator. double-click UMTS Services. l Verification Procedure 1. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. double-click Uu Interface Trace. For details on how to activate the license. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. l Other Prerequisites – The CN and UE must support this feature.

– If data shown in Figure 188-2 is traced on the Uu interface.RAN Feature Activation Guide 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA Trace dialog box. Figure 188-2 UE in CELL_DCH state Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Analyze the traced messages. the UE is in the CELL_DCH state.. – If data shown in Figure 188-3 is traced on the Uu interface. Figure 188-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG as shown in Figure 188-1 to trace Uu interface signaling messages. VoIP services are carried on HSPA/HSPA+. Ltd. 558 .

. Figure 188-4 Type of TTI carried in the message l Deactivation Procedure 1. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: ImsChlType=DCH.RAN Feature Activation Guide 188 Configuring IMS Signaling over HSPA Figure 188-3 VoIP services carried on HSPA/HSPA+ 3. trace the RRC_RB_SETUP or RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface to check the type of carried TTI. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: ImsChlType=HSPA. //Deactivating IMS Signaling over HSPA. If VoIP services are carried on HSPA or HSPA+. 559 . ----End Example //Activating IMS Signaling over HSPA. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to set IMS channel type to DCH. Ltd. as shown in Figure 188-4.

In this step. thereby reducing occupancy of radio resources.RAN Feature Activation Guide 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) This section describes how to activate. Context PDCP header compression (RoHC) mainly applies to VoIP services to reduce IP overhead. 560 . Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Select the following parameters in the Compatibility Switch list box: – CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.. For details on how to activate the license. select the CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel configuration strategy switch. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. This feature depends on the feature WRFD-010619 CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+. For details about license items. This feature provides an IP header compression mechanism. Ltd. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. which aims to save the bandwidth over the Uu interface. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. verify. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-011501 PDCP Header Compression (RoHC). Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The UE supports this feature. l Dependencies on Other Features – The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete.

Check the rb-InformationSetupList message in the traced data: – If this message contains the IE headerCompressionInfoList. as shown in Figure 189-1. and Save File. Enable the UE to establish VoIP services. Set Cell config. 561 . In this step. – If this message does not contain the IE headerCompressionInfoList.. and then click Submit. 2. Disable the following switches in the Compatibility Switch list box: – CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH – CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH ----End Example //Activating PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH-1. this feature has not been activated. Figure 189-1 l Deactivation Procedure 1. deselect the CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH check box under the parameter Channel configuration strategy switch. this feature has been activated.RAN Feature Activation Guide 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) – CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH l Verification Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Uu Message Type. 3. and double-click Uu Interface Trace to display the Uu Interface Trace window. Ltd. 4. On the BSC6900 LMT. CmpSwitch=CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-1&CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-1&CMP_RAB Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. click Trace > UMTS Service.

//Deactivating PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CfgSwitch=CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH-0. 562 . Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. CmpSwitch=CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB _7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITC H-0..RAN Feature Activation Guide 189 Configuring PDCP Header Compression (RoHC) _7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-1&CMP_RAB_8_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-1&CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_SWITC H-1.

l Dependencies on Other Features – The following features have been configured before this feature is activated: – WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.. in the case of CS voice over HSPA. uplink CS voice packets are carried on the E-DCH and downlink CS voice packets are carried on the HS-DSCH. and WRFD-010636 SRB over HSUPA. WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package. In the case of CS voice services over HSPA. WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details on how to activate the license. 563 . Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware. – WRFD-010686 CPC-DTX/DRX. The IMS for VoIP services is not required because the CS voice services over HSPA are carried on the CS domain of the CN. l Other Prerequisites – The UE is of 3GPP Release 8 or higher and CS voice services are capable of being carried on HSPA/HSPA+. Ltd. in the case of CS voice over HSPA+. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.RAN Feature Activation Guide 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/ HSPA+ This section describes how to activate. – The BSC6900 and NodeB versions are RAN11. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-010619 CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+. For details about license items. CS Voice over HSPA is intended for CS conversational AMR and AMR WB.0 or later. verify. CS streaming services are still carried on the DCH. Context The implementation of CS voice services over HSPA is introduced in 3GPP Release 8.

4. which does not need to be configured. select the DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. select the MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH check box under the parameter Service Mapping Strategy Switch. Optional: If CS voice services need to be carried on the 2 ms Transmission Time Interval (TTI). select the HSPA(UL EDCH. If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:b (WBBPb) and Enhanced Base Band Card (EBBC) boards. Procedure l l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. 3. Go to Step 3. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA to configure the uplink EDCH and downlink HSDSCH as the channels carrying HSPA CS services. The purpose is to reduce the delay of CS voice services. To configure the EPF scheduling strategy.RAN Feature Activation Guide 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ NOTE l Data configurations on the BSC6900 and NodeB are required to activate the CS Voice over HSPA/ HSPA+.. In this step. l In the case of HSUPA. select the EDCH_TTI_2ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. b. 5. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) a. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step. Optional: Configure the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.DL HSDSCH) check box under the parameter CS voice channel type. do as follows: 1) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC. In this step. Verification Procedure 1. 2. To set 10 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. In the case of HSDPA. In this step. Optional: If the dynamic adjustment of CS voice services over HSUPA from 2 ms TTI to 10 ms TTI is required. To set 2 ms HSUPA TTI for HSUPA services. double-click UMTS Services. run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRC to select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. it is recommended that the Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF) algorithm be activated. click the Trace tab. On the Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. it is recommended that the non-scheduling transmission mode be used. 2) Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to select the DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH check box under the parameter Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch. a. run the NodeB MML command SET MACHSPARA to set Scheduling Method to EPF(Enhanced PF). In the Navigation Tree pane on the BSC6900 LMT. 564 . either 10 ms or 2 ms HSUPA TTI can be set for VoIP services. it is recommended that 10 ms HSUPA TTI be set for VoIP services. If the NodeB is configured with the WCDMA Baseband Process Unit REV:d (WBBPd) and Enhanced Base Band Card REV:d (EBBCd) boards. In this step. In the displayed Trace Navigation Tree pane. select the EDCH_TTI_10ms check box under the parameter HSUPA TTI type of VOIP service. Ltd. b.

– If the data traced on the Uu interface is displayed.RAN Feature Activation Guide 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ unfolded list. Figure 190-2 UE in CELL_DCH state Figure 190-3 CS voice services carried on HSPA/HSPA+ 3. trace the RRC_RB_SETUP or RRC_RB_RECFG message on the Uu interface to check the type of carried TTI. as shown in Figure 190-3. select RRC_RB_SETUP and RRC_RB_RECFG as shown in Figure 190-1 to trace Uu interface signaling messages. the UE is in CELL_DCH state. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) If CS voice services are carried on HSPA or HSPA+.. CS voice services are carried on HSPA/HSPA+. Analyze the traced messages. as shown in Figure 190-4. 565 . Ltd. double-click Uu Interface Trace. Figure 190-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box 2. – If data shown in Figure 190-2 is traced on the Uu interface.

Ltd.DL_DCH) check box under the parameter CS voice channel type. /*Deactivating CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+*/ //Operations on the BSC6900 side SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: CSVoiceChlType=DCH. 566 . Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA. select the DCH(UL_DCH. //Enabling dynamic adjustment of TTI reconfiguration for CS voice services SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1. //Setting the EPF scheduling strategy on the NodeB side SET MACHSPARA: SM=EPF. //Turning off the switch of saving CE resources SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-1. 1. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..RAN Feature Activation Guide 190 Configuring CS Voice over HSPA/HSPA+ Figure 190-4 Type of TTI carried in the message l Deactivation Procedure NOTE The services admitted before deactivation of this feature are not affected. The services admitted after the deactivation will not use this feature. //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 2 ms TTI SET UFRC: CSVoiceHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_2ms. In this step. //Enabling the HSUPA 2 ms scheduling algorithm SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: MapSwitch=MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH-1. ----End Example /*Activation procedure*/ //Operations on the BSC6900 side //Configuring CS voice services to be carried on the EDCH in the uplink and HS-DSCH in the downlink SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: CSVoiceChlType =HSPA. //Setting the HSUPA TTI type of the VoIP service to 10 ms TTI SET UFRC: VoipHsupaTti=EDCH_TTI_10ms.

see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. the Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 567 . For details on how to activate the license..RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS This section describes how to activate. To achieve high locating accuracy. Ltd. – The UE supports at least one of the following locating methods: – UE-assisted CELLID+RTT locating or UE-based CELLID+RTT locating in RNCCENTRIC mode – UE-assisted CELLID+RTT locating in the SAS-CENTRIC mode – UE is needed to report the relevant measurement results. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. Context The simplest CELLID + Round Trip Time (RTT) locating method is to directly use the geographical center of the coverage area of the reference cell as the locating result. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020801 Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. – CN is needed to trigger the location request.0 or later. For details about license items. the BSC6900 calculates the time of arrival (TOA) of signal from the cell antenna to the UE. l Others Prerequisites – The NodeB and the BSC6900 software versions are RAN3. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – If SAS-CENTRIC locating is required. By multiplying the TOA by the velocity of light. SAS equipment has been configured. the BSC6900 demands RTT measurement in all cells in the active set and requests the UE to perform locating measurement on the corresponding cells. and the BSC6900 supports the Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS function. By means of the two types of measurement. verify.

Initiate Iu. For details. Optional: If inter-RNC locating is required. 4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the parameters of the SMLC algorithm. CELLID+RTT Method Type. 3. Figure 191-2. and Location Working Mode to appropriate values. For details. Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. 568 . as shown in Figure 191-1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to set the following location information parameters of the cell: – Cell location configuration type – Geographical location information about the antenna: – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell coverage information: – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Orientation – Cell Antenna Opening l Verification Procedure 1. 2. set UE Positioning Method. Iub.RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS BSC6900 obtains the distance between a certain cell and the UE. see 195 Configuring LCS over Iur. If three TOA circles intersect. In this step. and Uu interface message tracing. Figure 191-1 Iu Interface Trace dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. the Iupc interface is required. and Figure 191-3 respectively. Optional: If SAS-CENTRIC mode needs to be supported. see 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service.. Ltd. the Iur interface needs to be configured. the BSC6900 can obtain the accurate location of the UE.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 3. The message LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL and LOCATION REPORT are traced on the Iu interface. 569 ..RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-2 Iub Interface Trace dialog box Figure 191-3 Uu Interface Trace dialog box Issue 11 (2013-05-29) 2. Use a UE to access the cell and enable the CN to send a locating request message. Ltd. as shown in Figure 191-4 and Figure 191-5.

.RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-4 LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd. 570 .

Ltd. 571 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-5 LOCATION REPORT 4.. as shown in Figure 191-6 and Figure 191-7. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) The messages traced on the Iub interface show that the procedure Dedicated Measurement Initiation is performed on all links in the active set and that the value of Dedicated Measurement Type is Round Trip Time.

which is a type of internal measurement (if the UE supports UE Rx-Tx time difference type 2 measurement. as shown in Figure 191-8 and Figure 191-9. you can see the information about the UE RxTx time difference measurement. 572 . the locating method for RxTx time difference type 2 measurement is adopted). Issue 11 (2013-05-29) From the traced Uu interface messages. Ltd. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co..RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-6 Dedicated Measurement Type Figure 191-7 Round Trip Time 5.

GCDF=DEG. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. TrigTime1A=D10. CELLIDRTTMethodType=UE_ASSISTED. deselect the CELLID_RTT check box under parameter UE Positioning Method. In this step.RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS Figure 191-8 UE Rx-Tx time difference Figure 191-9 UE Rx-Tx time difference type 1 l Deactivation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to deactivate the CELLID+RTT locating method. ForcedSHOSwitch=OFF. AntennaLatitudeDegree=78900. Ltd. IntraRelThdFor1B=2. SHOQualmin=-20. 573 . //Setting the location information parameters of the cell ADD USMLCCELL: RNCId=2121. CellId=80. LcsWorkMode=RNC_CENTRIC. TrigTime1B=D10.. AntennaAltitudeMeter=4567. CellLocCfgType=CELL_ANTENNA. MTRLGY=MET. IntraRelThdFor1A=2. AntennaLongitudeDegree=6789. ----End Example //Activating Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS //Setting the parameters of the SMLC algorithm SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_CENTER-0&CELLID_RTT-1&OTDOA-0&AGPS-0.

RAN Feature Activation Guide 191 Configuring Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS MaxAntennaRange=5678. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. 574 . AntennaOpening=456. Ltd. //Deactivating Cell ID + RTT Function Based LCS SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=CELLID_CENTER-0&CELLID_RTT-0&OTDOA-0&AGPS-0. AntennaOrientation=567. CellAverageHeight=6789..

l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. For details about license items. – The UE supports at least one of the following positioning methods: – UE-based OTDOA positioning method – UE-assisted OTDOA positioning method Context Huawei UTRAN supports IPDL-OTDOA location services. – CN is needed to trigger the location request. BSC6900 initiates and traces the SFN-SFN observed time difference measurement.RAN Feature Activation Guide 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS This section describes how to activate. BSC6900 may request the NodeB to perform RTT measurement and request the UE to perform Rx-Tx time difference measurement. For accurate location calculation. l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. After BSC6900 receives a LOCATON REPORT CONTROL message. – UE is needed to report the relevant measurement results. BSC6900 calculates the relative time difference (RTD) of the cell related to positioning based on the latest measurement reports (MRs). In this feature. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. l Others Prerequisites – BSC6900 supports this feature. Ltd. After receiving the corresponding MRs. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020802 OTDOA Based LCS.. see 3 Activating the UMTS License. it requests the UE to perform SFN-SFN observed time difference measurement if the IPDL-OTDOA positioning method is used. 575 . In addition. verify. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – The NodeB is configured with the Universal Satellite Card and Clock Unit (USCU) board that is equipped with a GPS card. For details on how to activate the license. the NodeB is configured with a GPS card and supports cell frame timing measurement. BSC6900 calculates the location of the UE.

In this step. l Deactivation Procedure 1. 2. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST USMLC to query SMLC algorithm parameter settings. Optional: Configure the Iur interface if inter-RNC locating is required. 3. Verification Procedure 1. set Cell ID and GPS Frame Timing Active Flag to appropriate values. OTDOAMethodType=UE_BASED. l Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING to set the parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement. For details. In this step. see 195 Configuring LCS over Iur. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCELLGPSFRMTIMING to query the parameter settings related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement.. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to deactivate the OTDOA-based location service. set the following parameters to appropriate values: – Cell Location Setting Type – Parameters associated with the geographical location information about the antenna system – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Parameters associated with the cell coverage information – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Opening – Cell Antenna Orientation 4. In this step. Ltd. 576 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS Procedure l Activation Procedure 1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the SMLC algorithm parameters. Check whether the parameters required for positioning are correctly set. LcsWorkMode=RNC_CENTRIC. – Run the BSC6900 MML command LST USMLCCELL to query the settings of the location parameters of a cell. set UE Positioning Method and Location Working Mode to appropriate values. NOTE Location Working Mode must be set to RNC_CENTRIC(RNC CENTRIC Mode). ----End Example //Activating OTDOA Based LCS //Setting the parameters for the SMLC algorithm SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=OTDOA-1. //Setting the location information parameters of the cell Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to add the location information about a cell.

MTRLGY=MET. AntennaOrientation=567.. //Deactivating OTDOA Based LCS SET USMLC: SmlcMethod=OTDOA-0. StartFlag=ACTIVE. GCDF=DEG. AntennaAltitudeMeter=4567. CellId=80. MaxAntennaRange=5678. AntennaOpening=456. AntennaLatitudeDegree=78900. Ltd. 577 .RAN Feature Activation Guide 192 Configuring OTDOA Based LCS ADD USMLCCELL: RNCId=2121. //Setting parameters related to UTRAN GPS cell frame timing measurement ADD UCELLGPSFRMTIMING: CellId=80. AntennaLongitudeDegree=6789. CellAverageHeight=6789. CellLocCfgType=CELL_ANTENNA. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co.

Ltd. the NodeB must be configured with the Universal Satellite card and Clock Unit (USCU) and WCDMA GPS Receiving Unit (WGRU). l Dependencies on Other Features – This feature does not depend on other features. – The UE supports UE-based A-GPS positioning or UE-assisted A-GPS positioning or both. 578 . see 3 Activating the UMTS License. NOTE If A-GPS positioning is required.. Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. – If a GPS receiver is configured on the NodeB side. l License – The license controlling this feature has been activated. and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020803 A-GPS Based LCS. the BSC6900 must be configured with the General Clock Unit with GPS REV:a (GCGa) board. – UE is needed to report the relevant measurement results. the BSC6900 must be configured with a Stand-Alone SMLC (SAS) device.RAN Feature Activation Guide 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS This section describes how to activate. SMLC refers to Serving Mobile Location Center. Prerequisites l Dependencies on Hardware – When the RNC-CENTRIC locating service is required: – If a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver is configured on the BSC6900 side. – When the SAS-CENTRIC locating service is required. and all the equipment (including the GPS antenna system) must be properly installed and connected. the GPS receiver does not need to be installed in BSC6900 side or NodeB side. see 2 Overview of Feature Activation Guide. For details on how to activate the license. verify. For details about license items. l Other Prerequisites – NodeB V200R013 supports this feature while NodeB V100R013 does not support this feature.

Optional: If inter-RNC locating is required. – Cell Location Setting Type – Parameters associated with the geographical location information about the antenna system – Cell Antenna Longitude – Cell Antenna Latitude – Cell Antenna Altitude – Parameters associated with the cell coverage information – Cell Antenna Max Coverage – Cell Antenna Opening Issue 11 (2013-05-29) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. if a GPS receiver is configured on the BSC6900 side.RAN Feature Activation Guide 193 Configuring A-GPS Based LCS – CN is needed to trigger the location request. Optional: If the GPS positioning method in SAS-CENTRIC mode is required. In this way. run the BSC6900 MML command SET CLKTYPE to set the type of clock board to GCGa. configure the Iu-PC interface by referring to 196 Configuring Iupc Interface for LCS Service. l Activation Procedure Procedure NOTE The BSC6900 and NodeB must be configured with the related data to activate this feature. set UE Positioning Method and Location Working Mode to appropriate values. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET USMLC to set the SMLC algorithm parameters. Ltd. Activation Procedure on the BSC6900 Side 1. l If the accurate location information about the antenna of the GPS receiver cannot be obtained. and accurately calculate the differential GPS information. 5. 3. it is recommended that the information be specified when the GPS receiver is being configured. the GPS receiver can quickly search for the satellite group in the area where it is located. the auto search mode can be selected. In open areas. In this step. A-GPS positioning can provide high positioning sensitivity.. The location information about the GPS receiver can be automatically searched by the GPS receiver itself or be configured by a user. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD USMLCCELL to set the parameters related to cell location information to appropriate values. Context A-GPS positioning is an application of GPS positioning in the WCDMA network. l If the accurate location information (to be provided by the surveying and mapping authorities) about the antenna of the GPS receiver can be obtained. In RNC-CENTRIC mode. and save power. shorten positioning time. configure the Iur interface by referring to 195 Configuring LCS over Iur. 579 . 4. 2.

– If Way to Get Position is set to SEARCH_WITH_PRECISION(Search with precision). set GPS ID. and Antenna Altitude to appropriate values.. Then. run the BSC6900 MML command ACT GPS to activate the specified GPS receiver. Activation Procedure for NodeB V200R013 NOTE In RNC-CENTRIC mode. Subrack No. 2. to appropriate values based on the actual location of the USCU board. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co. Run the NodeB MML command ADD GPS to add a GPS clock link. and Slot No. In this step. and GPS antenna altitude to appropriate values. In RNC-CENTRIC mode.. the NodeB must be configured with the USCU and WGRU. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command STR POSAVE with Maximum time for posave set to 12. In this step. and all the equipm